Curriculum
The St. Tammany Parish Public School System created a Guaranteed Curriculum to serve as a written, online document to help ensure uniform, highquality instructional resources across the School System. The Guaranteed Curriculum is locally developed and is a living document, which is constantly reviewed and revised. The online document is a guide to what teachers should teach and what students should know and be able to do.
Guaranteed Curriculum Grade Level Unit Descriptions and Standards
Math
 Grade K
 Grade 1
 Grade 2
 Grade 3
 Grade 4
 Grade 5
 Grade 6
 Grade 7
 Grade 8
 Accelerate to Algebra
 Algebra I
 Geometry
 Algebra II
Grade K
Unit 1 Counting and Cardinality
Description: The students will understand number sequence, cardinality, onetoone correspondence, and written number symbols. Students will connect sorting a group into parts and decomposing numbers.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Counting and Cardinality
K.CC.1 Count to 100 by ones and by tens.
K.CC.3 Write numbers from 020. Represent a number of objects with a written numeral 020. (with 0 representing a count of no objects).
K.CC.4 Understand the relationship between numbers and quantities; connect counting to cardinality.
a. When counting objects in standard order, say the number names as they relate to each object in the group, demonstrating onetoon correspondence.
b. Understand that the last number name said tells the number of objects counted. The number of objects is the same regardless of their arrangement or the order in which they were counted.
c. Understand that each successive number name refers to a quantity that is one larger.
K.CC.5 Count to answer “How many?” questions.
a. Count objects up to 20, arranged in a line, a rectangular array, or a circle.
b. Count objects up to 10 in a scattered configuration.
c. When given a number from 120, count out that many objects.
K.MD.3 Classify objects into given categories based on their attributes, count the number of objects in each category and sort the categories by count.
Students will be able to:
 Classify objects into groups by attribute.
 Consider different ways and reasons to count while learning three strategies to help them count accurately.
 Write numerals and count out objects to match a given number, and determine if they have enough of something.
 Explore number relationships, and begin to use number sentences (5 is 2 and 3).
 Consider how to choose an accurate counting strategy.
 Count things or events that happen over time.
 Analyze the count sequence focusing on that each successive number is 1 more when counting forward and 1 less when counting backward.
Unit 2 TwoDimensional and ThreeDimensional Shapes
Description: The students will analyze and describe twoand threedimensional shapes by considering their attributes. Students will identify shapes in the world and create examples through building and drawing.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Geometry
K.MD.3 Classify objects into given categories based on their attributes, count the number of objects in each category and sort the categories by count..
K.G.1 Describe objects in the environment using names of shapes and describe the relative positions of these objects using terms such as above, below, beside, in front of, behind, and next to.
K.G.2 Correctly name shapes regardless of their orientation or overall size.
K.G.3 Identify shapes as twodimensional (lying in a plane, “flat”) or threedimensional (“solid”)
K.G.4 Analyze and compare two and three dimensional shapes, in different sizes and orientations, using informal language to describe their similarities, differences, parts (e.g., number of sides and vertices/”corners” and other attributes (e.g., having sides of equal lengths).
K.G.5 Model shapes in the world by building shapes from components (e.g., sticks and clay balls) and drawing shapes.
Students will be able to:
 Identify specific qualities that are used to classify shapes (number of sides and corners).
 Discover that some attributes are common to both flat and solid shapes, such as corners.
 Construct and compose shapes to observe how shapes look from multiple perspectives, how parts fit together to make a whole, and how shapes relate to one another.
Unit 3 Comparison
Description: The students will describe and compare measurable attributes and compare the length and weight of objects. Students will develop a toolbox of strategies to compare sets and numbers within 10.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Counting and Cardinality
K.CC.6 Identify whether the number of objects in one group is greater than, less than, or equal to the number of objects in another group, e.g. by using matching and counting strategies.
K.CC.7 Compare two numbers between 1 and 10 presented as written numerals.
Measurement and Data
K.MD.1 Describe measurable attributes of objects, such as length or weight. Describe several measurable attributes of a single object.
K.MD.2 Directly compare two objects with a measurable attribute in common, to see which object has “more of”/“less of” the attribute, and describe the difference. For example, directly compare the heights of two children and describe one child as taller/shorter.
K.MD.3 Classify objects into given categories based on their attributes, count the number of objects in each category and sort the categories by count.
K.MD.4 Recognize pennies, nickels, dimes, and quarters by name and value (e.g., This is a nickel and it is worth 5 cents.)
Students will be able to:
 Develop their understanding of size by focusing on height and length as measurable attributes, and accurately compare the length of two objects using the terms taller, longer, and shorter.
 Use a balance scale to compare the weights of two objects or groups of objects.
 Compare the number of objects in a set and describe the comparison by using the terms more and fewer.
 Compare numbers using the terms greater, less, and equal to describe the relationship between numbers.
Unit 4 Composition and Decomposition
Description: The students will explore parttotal relationships by composing and decomposing shapes and numbers in more than one way. Students will represent the quantities and relationships in story problems with objects, fingers, drawings, and number bonds.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
K.OA.1 Represent addition and subtraction with objects, fingers, mental images, drawings, sounds (e.g. claps).
K.OA.2 Solve addition and subtraction word problems and add and subtract within 10, e.g. by using objects or drawings to represent the problem.
K.OA.3 Decompose numbers less than or equal to 10 into pairs in more than one way, e.g. by using objects or drawings, and record each decomposition by a drawing or equation (e.g. 5 = 2 + 3 and 5 = 4 + 1).
Geometry
K.G.6 Compose simple shapes to form larger shapes.
Students will be able to:
 Construct a larger composite shape by putting together simple shapes.
 Compose and decompose shapes and numbers in more than one way.
 Expand parttotal thinking to include decomposition and composition story situations.
Unit 5 Addition and Subtraction
Description: The students will develop a conceptual understanding of addition and subtraction. Students will represent situations with number sentences and model story problems in many different ways.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Counting and Cardinality
K.CC.2 Count forward beginning from a given number within the known sequence (instead of having to begin at 1).
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
K.OA.1 Represent addition and subtraction with objects, fingers, mental images, drawings, sounds (e.g. claps).
K.OA.2 Solve addition and subtraction word problems and add and subtract within 10, e.g. by using objects or drawings to represent the problem.
K.OA.3 Decompose numbers less than or equal to 10 into pairs in more than one way, e.g. by using objects or drawings, and record each decomposition by a drawing or equation (e.g. 5 = 2 + 3 and 5 = 4 + 1).
K.OA.A.4 For any number from 1 to 9, find the number that makes 10 when added to the given number, e.g., by using objects or drawings, and record the answer with a drawing or equation.
K.OA.A.5 Fluently add and subtract within 5.
Geometry
K.G.6 Compose simple shapes to form larger shapes.
Students will be able to:
 Represent addition stories by using number sentences with mathematical symbols, such as 4 + 2 = 6, and read their work by using mathematical symbols.
 Solve subtraction problems and represent their thinking by using number sentences with mathematical symbols.
 Make sense and persevere in solving problems.
 Look for and make use of structure by looking for and making use of patterns.
Unit 6 Place Value Foundations
Description: The students will compose and decompose numbers 11 to 20 as 10 ones and some more ones in different ways. Students will explore patterns in the number sequence and base ten number system.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Counting and Cardinality
K.CC.4 Understand the relationship between numbers and quantities; connect counting to cardinality.
a. When counting objects in standard order, say the number names as they relate to each object in the group, demonstrating onetoone correspondence.
b. Understand that the last number name said tells the number of objects counted. The number of objects is the same regardless of their arrangement or the order in which they were counted.
c. Understand that each successive number name refers to a quantity that is one larger.
K.CC.5 Count to answer “How many?” questions.
a. Count objects up to 20, arranged in a line, a rectangular array, or a circle.
b. Count objects up to 10 in a scattered configuration.
c. When given a number from 120, count out that many objects.
K.CC.6 Identify whether the number of objects in one group is greater than, less than, or equal to the number of objects in another group, e.g. by using matching and counting strategies.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
K.OA.2 Solve addition and subtraction word problems and add and subtract within 10, e.g. by using objects or drawings to represent the problem.
K.NBT.1 Gain understanding of place value; understand that the numbers 1119 are composed of ten ones and one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine ones; compose and decompose numbers 1119 using place value; record each composition or decomposition using a drawing or equation.
Students will be able to:
 Understand place value concepts as they count and write numbers 1120.
 Expand their experience with place value and parttotal relationships by representing teen numbers with number bonds and number sentences.
 Master the count to 100 by using pattern and structure.
 Apply comparison strategies to situations involving greater numbers and measureable attributes.
Grade 1
Unit 1 Counting, Comparison, and Addition
Description: Students organize data to make counting and comparing easier. Students will apply counting on as a strategy for addition. Students compare equivalent ways to make the same total and reason about the meaning of the equal sign.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations in Base Ten
1.OA.3 Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract. Examples: If 8 + 3 = 11 is known, then 3 + 8 =11 is also known. (Commutative property of addition.) To add 2 + 6 + 4, the second two numbers can be added to make a ten, so 2 + 6 + 4 = 2 + 10 = 12 (Associative property of addition.)
1.OA.5 Relate counting to addition and subtraction (e.g., by counting on 2 to add 2).
1.OA.6 Add and subtract within 20, demonstrating fluency for addition and subtraction within 10. Use strategies such as counting on; making ten (e.g., 8 + 6 = 8 + 2 + 4 = 10 + 4 = 14); decomposing a number leading to a ten (e.g., 13 – 4 = 13 – 3 – 1 = 10 – 1 = 9); using the relationship between addition and subtraction (e.g., knowing that 8 + 4 = 12, one knows 12 – 8 = 4); and creating equivalent but easier or known sums (e.g., adding 6 + 7 by creating the known equivalent 6 + 6 + 1 = 12 + 1 = 13).
1.OA.7 Understand the meaning of the equal sign, and determine if equations involving addition and subtraction are true or false. For example, which of the following equations are true and which are false? 6 = 6, 7 = 8 – 1, 5 + 2 = 2 + 5, 4 + 1 = 5 + 2.
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
1.NBT.2 Understand that the two digits of a twodigit number represent amounts of tens and ones.
1.NBT.3 Compare two twodigit numbers based on meaning of the tens and ones digits, recording the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, and <.
Measurement and Data
1.MD.4 Organize, represent, and interpret data with up to three categories; ask and answer questions about the total number of data points, how many in each category, and how many more or less are in one category than in another.
The Students will be able to:
 Collect data by answering questions, sorting sets, and making observations.
 Create bar graphs, picture graphs, and tally charts to visually represent the data.
 Count by naming the known part and then keep counting the objects in the second part to find the total.
 Count on to find totals for expressions rather than for sets of countable objects.
 Reason about more complex number sentences to determine whether they are true or false.
Unit 2 Addition and Subtraction Relationships
Description: Students use word problems to notice relationships between addition and subtraction. Students explore ways of finding an unknown part.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
1.OA.1 Use addition and subtraction within 20 to solve word problems involving situations of adding to, take from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
1.OA.4 Understand subtraction as an unknownaddend problem. For example, subtract 10 – 8 by finding the number that makes 10 when added to 8.
1.OA.5 Relate counting addition and subtraction (e.g., by counting on 2 to add 2).
1.OA.6 Add and subtract within 20, demonstrating fluency for addition and subtraction within 10. Use mental strategies such as counting on; making ten (e.g., 8 + 6 = 8 + 2 + 4 = 10 + 4 = 14); decomposing a number leading to a ten (e.g., 13 – 4 = 13 – 3 – 1 = 10 –1 = 9); using the relationship between addition and subtraction (e.g., knowing that 8 + 4 = 12, one knows 12 – 8 = 4); and creating equivalent but easier or known sums (e.g., adding 6 + 7 by creating the known equivalent 6 + 6 + 1 = 12 + 1 = 13.
1.OA.7 Understand the meaning of the equal sign, and determine if equations involving addition and subtraction are true or false. For example, which of the following equations are true and which are false? 6 = 6, 7 = 8 – 1, 5 + 2 = 2 + 5, 4 + 1 = 5 + 2.
1.OA.8 Determine the unknown whole number in an addition or subtraction equation relating three whole numbers. For example, determine the unknown number that makes the equation true in each of the equations: 8 + ? = 11, 5 = __  3, 6 + 6 = __
Measurement and Data
1.MD.4 Organize, represent, and interpret data with up to three categories; ask and answer questions about the total number of data points, how many in each category, and how many more or less are in one category than in another.
The Students will be able to:
 Reason about take from situations, and subtract by using the unit of five.
 Reason that related addition and subtraction problems have the same parts and total.
 Solve add to with change unknown and take from with change unknown word problems.
 Use partwhole relationships and related facts to find the value of various unknowns in equations.
 Represent comparison word problems by making groups equal.
Unit 3 Properties of Operations to Make Easier Problems
Description: Students use the unit of ten to make easier problems by decomposing addends and grouping them in any order. Students apply the associative and commutative properties and learn how to use strategies such as counting on, making ten, taking from ten, subtracting to get a ten, and relating operations to break down larger addition and subtraction problems.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
1.OA.1 Use addition and subtraction within 20 to solve word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
1.OA.2 Solve word problems that call for addition of three whole numbers whose sum is less than or equal to 20, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
1.OA.3 Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract. Examples: If 8 + 3 = 11 is known, then 3 + 8 =11 is also known. (Commutative property of addition.) To add 2 + 6 + 4, , the second two numbers can be added to make a ten, so 2 + 6 + 4 = 2 + 10 = 12 (Associative property of addition.)
1.OA.6 Add and subtract within 20, demonstrating fluency for addition and subtraction within 10. Use mental strategies such as counting on; making ten (e.g., 8 + 6 = 8 + 2 + 4 = 10 + 4 = 14); decomposing a number leading to a ten (e.g., 13 – 4 = 13 – 3 – 1 = 10 –1 = 9); using the relationship between addition and subtraction (e.g., knowing that 8 + 4 = 12, one knows 12 – 8 = 4); and creating equivalent but easier or known sums (e.g., adding 6 + 7 by creating the known equivalent 6 + 6 + 1 = 12 + 1 = 13.
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
1.NBT.1 Count to 120, starting at any number less than 120. In this range, read and write numerals and represent a number of objects with a written numeral.
1.NBT.2 Understand that the two digits of a twodigit number represent amounts of tens and ones.
The Students will be able to:
 Solve threeaddend problems in which two addends are partners to 10.
 Solve twoaddend problems in which the addends do not make ten.
 Make ten and add and represent their thinking on a number path.
 Represent and compare two and three addend equations on the number path.
 Recognize ten as a unit by building, drawing, and visualizing quantities.
 Understand that all twodigit numbers are composed of tens and ones.
 Use subtraction strategies (take from ten, counting on by using ten, and counting back by using ten) to solve problems.
Unit 4 Comparison and Composition of Length Measurements
Description: Students explore units within the context of measurement and describe and compare lengths iterating length units such as centimeter cubes and 10centimeter sticks.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
1.OA.1 Use addition and subtraction within 20 to solve word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
1.NBT.2 Understand that the two digits of a twodigit number represent amounts of tens and ones.
1.NBT.3 Compare two twodigit numbers based on meaning of the tens and ones digits, recording the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, and <.
Measurement and Data
1.MD.1 Order three objects by length; compare the lengths of two objects indirectly by using a third object.
1.MD.2 Express the length of an object as a whole number of length units, by laying multiple copies of a shorter object (the length unit) end to end; understand that the length measurement of an object is the number of samesized length units that span it with no gaps or overlaps. Limit to contexts where the object being measured is spanned by a whole number of length units with no gaps or overlaps.
1.MD.5 Determine the value of a collection of coins up to 50 cents. (Pennies, nickels, dimes, and quarters in isolation; not to include a combination of coins.)
The Students will be able to:
 Compare the length of objects by direct and indirect methods.
 Measure and compare lengths of objects by using centimeter cubes and recording the measurements in tens and ones.
 Solve comparison word problems.
Unit 5 Place Value Concepts to Compare, Add, and Subtract
Description: Students develop understanding of the base ten system. Students use tens and ones to compose and compare numbers. Students make easier problems to add and subtract within 100.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
1.OA.7 Understand the meaning of the equal sign, and determine if equations involving addition and subtraction are true or false. For example, which of the following equations are true and which are false? 6 = 6, 7 = 8 – 1, 5 + 2 = 2 + 5, 4 + 1 = 5 + 2.
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
1.NBT.1 Count to 120, starting at any number less than 120. In this range, read and write numerals and represent a number of objects with a written numeral.
1.NBT.2 Understand that the two digits of a twodigit number represent amounts of tens and ones.
1.NBT.3 Compare two twodigit numbers based on meaning of the tens and ones digits, recording the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, and <.
1.NBT.4 Add within 100, including adding a twodigit number and a onedigit number, and adding a twodigit number and a multiple of 10.
a. Use concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a number sentence; justify the reasoning used with a written explanation.
b. Understand that in adding twodigit numbers, one adds tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose a ten.
1.NBT.5 Given a twodigit number, mentally find 10 more or 10 less than the number, without having to count; explain the reasoning used.
1.NBT.6 Subtract multiples of 10 in the range 1090 from multiples of 10 in the range 1090 (positive or zero difference), using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used.
Measurement
1.MD.3 Tell and write time in hours and halfhours using analog and digital clocks. Recognize and identify coins, their names, and their values.
The Students will be able to:
 Group units in Tens and Ones.
 Compare twodigit numbers by using place value structure.
 Add one and two digit numbers using place value.
 Add tens to a multiple of ten, add tens to any twodigit number, subtract tens from a multiple of ten.
 Use place value understanding to add twodigit numbers.
Unit 6 Attributes of Shapes Advancing Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction
Description: Students reason about shapes and their attributes. Students will compose and decompose shapes building an understanding of partwhole relationships, including fractions. Students advance place value understanding through 120, and within 100, and solve more complex problems.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
1.OA.1 Use addition and subtraction within 20 to solve word problems involving situations of adding to, take from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
1.NBT.1 Count to 120, starting at any number less than 120. In this range, read and write numerals and represent a number of objects with a written numeral.
1.NBT.4 Add within 100, including adding a twodigit number and a onedigit number, and adding a twodigit number and a multiple of 10.
a. Use concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a number sentence; justify the reasoning used with a written explanation.
b. Understand that in adding twodigit numbers, one adds tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose a ten.
Geometry
1.G.1 Distinguish between defining attributes (e.g, triangles are closed and threesided) versus nondefining attributes (e.g., color, orientation, overall size); build and draw shapes to possess defining attributes.
1.G.2 Compose twodimensional shapes (rectangles, squares, trapezoids, triangles, halfcircles, and quartercircles) and threedimensional shapes (cubes, right rectangular prisms, right circular cones, and right circular cylinders) to create a composite shape, and compose new shapes from the composite shape. (Note: Students do not need to learn the formal names such as right rectangular prisms.)
1.G.3 Partition circles and rectangles into two and four equal shares, describe the shares using the words halves, fourths, and quarters, and use the phrases half of, fourth of, and quarter of. Describe the whole as two of or four of the shares. Understand for these examples that decomposing into more equal shares creates smaller shares.
Measurement
1.MD.3 Tell and write time in hours and halfhours using analog and digital clocks.
The Students will be able to:
 Describe and name twodimensional flat shapes by using defining attributes.
 Describe and name threedimensional solid shapes, including cubes, cones, cylinders, rectangle prisms, triangular prisms, and pyramids.
 Decompose and compose flat and solid composite shapes.
 Partition shapes in a variety of ways and determine if the parts are equal shares of the whole, also identifying halves, fourths, and quarters.
 Count and represent threedigit numbers from 100120 by counting, reading numerals, writing totals, and representing numbers.
 Make sense of word problems by representing with tape diagrams.
 Add 2 twodigit numbers that have sums within 100.
Grade 2
Unit 1 Place Value Concepts Through Metric Measurement and Data Place Value, Counting, Comparing, within 1,000.
Description: Students will represent and interpret data. Students will explore place value within the context of metric measurement. Students will use various modelsbundles, bills, and disks to further develop place value understanding.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Measurement and Data
2.MD.1 Measure the length of an object by selecting and using appropriate tools such as rulers, yardsticks, meter sticks, and measuring tapes.
2.MD.3 Estimate lengths using inches, feet, centimeters, and meters.
2.MD.4 Measure to determine how much longer one object is than another, expressing the length difference in terms of a standard length unit.
2.MD.5 Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve word problems involving lengths that are given in the same units, e.g., by using drawings (such as drawings of rulers) and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
2.MD.6 Represent whole numbers as lengths from 0 on a number line diagram with equally spaced points corresponding to the numbers 0, 1, 2, ..., and represent wholenumber sums and differences within 100 on a number line diagram.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
2.OA.1 Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve one and twostep word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
Number and Operation in Base Ten
2.NBT.1 Understand that the three digits of a threedigit number represent amounts of hundreds, tens, and ones; e.g., 706 equals 7 hundreds, 0 tens, and 6 ones. Understand the following as special cases:
a. 100 can be thought of as a bundle of ten tens – called a
“hundred.”
b. The numbers 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
900 refer to one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine hundreds (and 0 tens and 0 ones).
2.NBT.2 Count within 1000; skipcount by 5s, 10s and 100s.
2.NBT.3 Read and write numbers to 1000 using baseten numerals, number names, and expanded form.
2.NBT.4 Compare two threedigit numbers based on meanings of the hundreds, tens, and ones digits, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.
Measurement and Data
2.MD.10 Draw a picture graph and a bar graph to represent a set of data with up to four categories. Solve simple puttogether, take apart, and compare problems using information presented in a bar graph.
The Students will be able to:
 Represent data to solve problems by counting, matching, or using strategies.
 Use a ruler to understand metric measurement concepts.
 Estimate, measure, and compare lengths of objects.
 Model adding and subtracting efficiently by getting to a benchmark number when using a number line.
 Expand understanding of ones, tens, and hundreds up to 1,000 using concrete bundles.
 Use the baseten place value system to represent counts with bundles, then digits.
 Use $1, $10, and $100 bills to make connections between the value of the bill and the connecting place value units.
 Model numbers ones, tens, and hundreds, with place value disks and drawings.
 Compare two threedigit numbers by using place value drawings and comparison statements with symbols (˃, =, ˂)
Unit 2 Addition and Subtraction within 200
Description: Students will use the properties of operations, the relationships between numbers, and place value understanding to add and subtract within 200. Students will apply these operations to representing and solving various word problems.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
2.NBT.6 Add up to four twodigit numbers using strategies based on place value and properties of operations.
2.NBT.7 Add and subtract within 1000 using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; justify the reasoning used with a written explanation. Understand that in adding or subtracting threedigit numbers, one adds or subtracts hundreds and hundreds, tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose or decompose tens or hundreds.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
2.OA.A.1 Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve one and twostep word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
The Students will be able to:
 Use place value understanding, properties of operations, and relationships between numbers to solve problems in a simplified way.
 Compose a ten and a hundred to add by using their understanding of the place value system.
 Use models and recording methods to simplify subtraction problems.
 Develop a conceptual understanding of subtraction by taking from a unit of ten or a hundred.
Unit 3 Shapes and Time with Fraction Concepts
Description: Students reason about the attributes of geometric shapes. Students build fractional understanding by working with composite shapes and partitioning circles and rectangles into equal shares and apply fractional understanding to telling time.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operation in Base Ten
2.NBT.2 Count within 1000; skipcount by 5s, 10s and 100s.
Measurement and Data
2.MD.7 Tell and write time from analog and digital clocks to the nearest five minutes, using a.m. and p.m.
Geometry
2.G.1 Recognize and draw shapes having specified attributes, such as a given number of angles or a given number of equal faces. Identify triangles, quadrilaterals, pentagons, hexagons, and cubes.
2.G.3 Partition circles and rectangles into two, three, or four equal shares, describe the shares using the words halves, thirds, half of, a third of, etc, and describe the whole as two halves, three thirds, four fourths. Recognize that equal shares of identical wholes need not have the same shape.
The Students will be able to:
 Recognize and characterize twodimensional shapes by their defining attributes, such as the number of sides or angles.
 Use partwhole understanding to compose and decompose composite shapes.
 Partition samesize circles and rectangles into fractional parts and describe them as halves, thirds, and fourths or quarters.
 Apply their understanding of halves and fourths to concepts about time.
 Read and show times on an analog clock to the nearest 5 minutes and write the time.
Unit 4 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000
Description: Students deepen understanding of addition and subtraction working within 1,000. Students will reason about place value, properties of operations, and the relationship between numbers as they choose efficient strategies to solve problems.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
2.OA.A.1 Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve one and twostep word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
2.OA.B.2 Fluently add and subtract within 20 using mental strategies. By the end of Grade 2, know from memory all sums of two onedigit numbers.
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
2.NBT.5 Fluently add and subtract within 100 using strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction.
2.NBT.6 Add up to four twodigit numbers using strategies based on place value and properties of operations.
2.NBT.7 Add and subtract within 1000 using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; justify the reasoning used with a written explanation. Understand that in adding or subtracting threedigit numbers, one adds or subtracts hundreds and hundreds, tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose or decompose tens or hundreds.
2.NBT.8 Mentally add 10 or 100 to a given number 100–900, and mentally subtract 10 or 100 from a given number 100–900.
2.NBT.9 Explain why addition and subtraction strategies work, using place value and the properties of operations.
The Students will be able to:
 Use mental place value strategies to add and subtract tens and hundreds.
 Use strategies to make the next ten or hundred and use compensation to add larger numbers.
 Continue to relate place value disks to and drawings to vertical form.
 Apply the take from a ten or hundred strategy to subtract within 1,000.
 Use strategies for decomposing tens and hundreds within 1,000.
 Use multiple strategies to add and subtract finding the unknown.
Unit 5 Money, Data, and Customary Measurement
Description: Students apply place value strategies and properties of operations to work with coins and bills. Students will review measurement concepts using customary units, and solve problems in the context of money, length, and data.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Measurement and Data
2.MD.1 Measure the length of an object by selecting and using appropriate tools such as rulers, yardsticks, meter sticks, and measuring tapes.
2.MD.2 Measure the length of an object twice, using length units of different lengths for the two measurements; describe how the two measurements relate to the size of the unit chosen.
2.MD.3 Estimate lengths using inches, feet, centimeters, and meters.
2.MD.4 Measure to determine how much longer one object is than another, expressing the length difference in terms of a standard length unit.
2.MD.5 Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve word problems involving lengths that are given in the same units, e.g., by using drawings (such as drawings of rulers) and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
2.MD.6 Represent whole numbers as lengths from 0 on a number line diagram with equally spaced points corresponding to the numbers 0, 1, 2, ..., and represent wholenumber sums and differences within 100 on a number line diagram.
2.MD.8 Solve word problems involving dollar bills, quarters, dimes, nickels, and pennies, using $ and ¢.
2.MD.9 Generate measurement data by measuring lengths of several objects to the nearest whole unit, or by making repeated measurements of the same object. Show the measurements by making a line plot, where the horizontal scale is marked off in wholenumber units.
The Students will be able to:
 Organize, count, and represent a collection of coins.
 Manipulate different combinations of coins to make the same total value.
 Find the total value of a group of coins or bills in one and two step problems, and use models and drawings to represent parttotal relationships.
 Measure and estimate length using customary units.
 Apply knowledge of the ruler to a number line diagram.
 Apply place value strategies and the properties of operations to solve measurement problems.
Unit 6 Multiplication and Division Foundations
Description: Students will count and solve problems with equal groups of objects. Students will organize equal groups into rows and columns to create rectangular arrays. Students gain foundations for multiplication by composing and decomposing arrays.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
2.OA.A.1 Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve one and twostep word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
2.OA.3 Determine whether a group of objects (up to 20) has an odd or even number of members, e.g., by pairing objects or counting them by 2s; write an equation to express an even number as a sum of two equal addends.
2.OA.4 Use addition to find the total number of objects arranged in rectangular arrays with up to 5 rows and up to 5 columns; write an equation to express the total as a sum of equal addends.
Geometry
2.G.2 Partition a rectangle into rows and columns of samesize squares and count to find the total number of them.
The Students will be able to:
 Count and create equal groups to solve problems.
 Organize equal groups into rows and columns to compose rectangular arrays.
 Compose and decompose rectangles with rows and columns to model the foundation of multiplication and division.
 Apply understanding of the meaning of even and odd numbers.
Grade 3
Unit 1 Multiplication and Division with Units of 2, 3, 4, 5, and 10
Description: Students will relate repeated addition, equal groups, and arrays to multiplication and division. Students will use the commutative and distributive properties as strategies to multiply. Students will express division as both unknown factor problems and division equations and break apart and distribute the total to divide.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
3.OA.A.1 Interpret products of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 5 × 7 as the total number of objects in 5 groups of 7 objects each. For example, describe a context in which a total number of objects can be expressed as 5×7.
3.OA.A.2 Interpret wholenumber quotients of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 56 ÷8 as the number of objects in each share when 56 objects are partitioned equally into 8 shares, or as a number of shares when 56 objects are partitioned into equal shares of 8 objects each. For example, describe context in which a number of shares or a number of groups can be expressed as 56 ÷ 8.
3.OA.A.3 Use multiplication and division within 100 to solve word problems involving equal groups, arrays, and measurement quantities, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
3.OA.A.4 Determine the unknown whole number in a multiplication or division equation relating three whole numbers. For example, determine the unknown number that makes the equation true in each of the equations 8 × ? = 48, 5 = □ ÷ 3, 6 × 6 = ?
3.OA.B.5 Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide. Examples: If 6 × 4 = 24 is known, then 4 × 6 = 24 is also known. (Commutative property of multiplication.) 3 × 5 × 2 can be found by 3× 5 = 15, then 15 × 2 = 30, or by 5 × 2 = 10, then 3 × 10 = 30. (Associative property of multiplication.) Knowing that 8 × 5 = 40 and 8 × 2 = 16, one can find 8 × 7 as 8 × (5 + 2) = (8 × 5) + (8 × 2) = 40 + 16 = 56. (Distributive property.)
3.OA.B.6 Understand division as an unknownfactor problem. For example, find 32 ÷ 8 by finding the number that makes 32 when multiplied by 8.
3.OA.C.7 Fluently multiply and divide within 100, using strategies such as the relationship between multiplication and division (e.g., knowing that 8 × 5 = 40, one knows 40 ÷ 5 = 8) or properties of operations. By the end of Grade 3, know from memory all products of two onedigit numbers.
3.OA.D.8 Solve twostep word problems using the four operations. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding.
Numbers and Operations in Base Ten
3.NBT.2 Fluently add and subtract within 1000 using strategies and algorithms based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction.
The Students will be able to:
 Understand and connect equal groups and repeated addition to multiplication.
 Use equal group models and arrays to understand division.
 Use properties of multiplication to explore strategies to multiply efficiently.
 Understand division as both unknown factor problems and division equations and connect multiplication to division.
 Apply the distributive property to solve multiplication and division problems.
Unit 2 Place Value Concepts through Metric Measurement
Description: Students will compose and decompose metric measurement units and relate them to place value units up to 1 thousand. Students will use place value understanding and the vertical number line to round two and three digit numbers. Students also add and subtract two and three digit numbers within 1,000 by using a variety of strategies, using the standard algorithm. Students use the properties of operations, the relationships between numbers, and place value understanding to add and subtract within 200. Students will apply these operations to representing and solving various word problems.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Measurement and Data
3.MD.2 Measure and estimate liquid volumes and masses of objects using standard units of grams (g), kilograms (kg), and liters (l). Add, subtract, multiply, or divide to solve onestep word problems involving masses or volumes that are given in the same units, e.g., by using drawings (such as a beaker with a measurement scale) to represent the problem.
3.MD.3 Draw a scaled picture graph and a scaled bar graph to represent a data set with several categories. Solve one and twostep “how many more” and “how many less” problems using information presented in scaled bar graphs. For example, draw a bar graph in which each square in the bar graph might represent 5 pets.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
3.OA.8 Solve twostep word problems using the four operations. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding.
Number and Operations in Base Ten
3.NBT.1 Use place value understanding to round whole numbers to the nearest 10 or 100.
3.NBT.2 Fluently add and subtract within 1000 using strategies and algorithms based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction.
The Students will be able to:
 Measure weight and liquids using metric measurements while connecting to place value concepts.
 Use a vertical number line to round to the nearest ten and hundred.
 Explore a variety of addition and subtraction strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and the relationship between addition and subtraction.
 Use concrete and drawings to represent and record addition and subtraction work.
Unit 3 Multiplication and Division with Units of 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, and 9
Description: Students will apply conceptual understanding to extend learning of multiplication and division by using the commutative, distributive, and associative properties. Students will multiply with twodigit multiples of 10 and solve one and two step word problems involving the four operations.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
3.OA.A.1 Interpret products of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 5 × 7 as the total number of objects in 5 groups of 7 objects each. For example, describe a context in which a total number of objects can be expressed as 5×7.
3.OA.A.2 Interpret wholenumber quotients of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 56 ÷8 as the number of objects in each share when 56 objects are partitioned equally into 8 shares, or as a number of shares when 56 objects are partitioned into equal shares of 8 objects each. For example, describe context in which a number of shares or a number of groups can be expressed as 56 ÷ 8.
3.OA.3 Use multiplication and division within 100 to solve word problems in situations involving equal groups, arrays, and measurement quantities, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.
3.OA.4 Determine the unknown whole number in a multiplication or division equation relating three whole numbers. For example, determine the unknown number that makes the equation true in each of the equations 8 × ? = 48, 5 = ∆ ÷ 3, 6 × 6 =?.
3.OA.5 Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide. (Students need not use formal terms for these properties.) Examples: If 6 × 4 = 24 is known, then 4 × 6 = 24 is also known. (Commutative property of multiplication.) 3 × 5 × 2 can be found by 3 × 5 = 15, then 15 × 2 = 30, or by 5 × 2 = 10, then 3 × 10 = 30. (Associative property of multiplication.) Knowing that 8 × 5 = 40 and 8 × 2 = 16, one can find 8 × 7 as 8 × (5 + 2) = (8 × 5) + (8 × 2) = 40 + 16 = 56. (Distributive property.)
3.OA.6 Understand division as an unknown‐factor problem. For example, find 32 8 by finding the number that makes 32 when multiplied by 8.
3.OA.7 Fluently multiply and divide within 100, using strategies such as the relationship between multiplication and division (e.g., knowing that 8 × 5 = 40, one knows 40 ÷ 5 = 8) or properties of operations. By the end of Grade 3, know from memory all products of two onedigit numbers.
3.OA.8 Solve twostep word problems using the four operations. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding.
3.OA.9 Identify arithmetic patterns (including patterns in the addition table or multiplication table), and explain them using properties of operations. For example, observe that 4 times a number is always even, and explain why 4 times a number can be decomposed into two equal addends.
Number and Operation in Base Ten
3.NBT.3 Multiply onedigit whole numbers by multiples of 10 in the range 10–90 (e.g., 9 × 80, 5 × 60) using strategies based on place value and properties of operations.
The Students will be able to:
 Apply understanding of multiplication from Module 1 to work with units of 6 and 8.
 Use properties of operations to solve and multiply efficiently with a focus on the unit 7.
 Explore patterns to multiply and divide with 9, 0, and 1.
 Multiply multiples of 10 by onedigit numbers.
Unit 4 Multiplication and Area
Description: Students recognize area as an attribute of twodimensional regions. Students will measure the area of a shape by finding the total number of samesized square units required to cover the shape without gaps or overlaps. Students will understand that rectangular arrays can be decomposed into identical rows or identical columns. Students will connect the number of rows and columns to the side lengths and connect area to multiplication.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Geometry
3.G.1 Understand that shapes in different categories (e.g., rhombuses, rectangles, and others) may share attributes (e.g., having four sides), and that the shared attributes can define a larger category (e.g., quadrilaterals). Recognize rhombuses, rectangles, and squares as examples of quadrilaterals, and draw examples of quadrilaterals that do not belong to any of these subcategories.
Measurement and Data
3.MD.5 Recognize area as an attribute of plane figures and understand concepts of area measurement:
a. A square with side length 1 unit, called “a unit square,” is said to have “one square unit” of area, and can be used to measure area.
b. A plane figure which can be covered without gaps or overlaps by n unit squares is said to have an area of n square units.
3.MD.6 Measure areas by counting unit squares (square cm, square m, square in, square ft, and improvised units).
3.MD.7 Relate area to the operations of multiplication and addition.
a. Find the area of a rectangle with wholenumber side lengths by tiling it, and show that the area is the same as would be found by multiplying the side lengths.
b. Multiply side lengths to find areas of rectangles with wholenumber side lengths in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems, and represent wholenumber products as rectangular areas in mathematical reasoning.
c. Use tiling to show in a concrete case that the area of a rectangle with wholenumber side lengths a and b + c is the sum of a × b and a × c. Use area models to represent the distributive property in mathematical reasoning.
The Students will be able to:
 Use polygons to understand area.
 Use multiplication to determine the area of a rectangle.
 Compose and decompose larger rectangles from smaller rectangles.
 Apply area concepts to a variety of realworld problems.
Unit 5 Fractions as Numbers
Description: Students will develop an understanding of fractions as numbers. Students will partition a whole into equal parts and recognize 1 of a fractional unit as a unit fraction. Students will compose nonunit fractions from unit fractions and use visual fraction models and written fractions to represent parts of a whole. Students will use fractions to represent numbers equal to, less than, and greater than 1 and compare fractions by using visual fraction models and by reasoning about the size of the fractions that have the same numerator/denominator.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations – Fractions
3.NF.1 Understand a fraction 1/b, with denominators 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8, as the quantity formed by 1 part when a whole is partitioned into b equal parts; understand a fraction a/b as the quantity formed by a part of size 1/b.
3.NF.2 Understand a fraction with denominators 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 as a number on a number line diagram.
a. Represent a fraction 1/b on a number line diagram by defining the interval from 0 to 1 as the whole and partitioning it into b equal parts. Recognize that each part has size 1/b and that the endpoint of the part based at 0 locates the number 1/b on the number line.
b. Represent a fraction a/b on a number line diagram by marking off the length 1/b from 0. Recognize that the resulting interval has size a/b and that its endpoint locates the number a/b on the number line.
3.NF.3 Explain equivalence of fractions with denominators 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 in special cases, and compare fractions by reasoning about their size.
a. Understand two fractions as equivalent (equal) if they are the same size, or the same point on a number line. (Grade 3 expectations in this domain are limited to fractions with denominators 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8.)
b. Recognize and generate simple equivalent fractions, e.g., 1/2 = 2/4, 4/6 = 2/3. Explain why the fractions are equivalent, e.g., by using a visual fraction model.
c. Express whole numbers as fractions, and recognize fractions that are equivalent to whole numbers. Examples: Express 3 in the form of 3 = 3/1; recognize that 6/1 = 6; locate 4/4 and 1 at the same point of a number line diagram.
d. Compare two fractions with the same numerator or the same denominator by reasoning about their size. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two fractions refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model.
Geometry
3.G.2 Partition shapes into parts with equal areas. Express the area of each part as a unit fraction of the whole. For example, partition a shape into 4 parts with equal area, and describe the area of each part is 1/4 of the area of the shape.
Measurement and Data
3.MD.4 Generate measurement data by measuring lengths using rulers marked with halves and fourths of an inch. Show the data by making a line plot, where the horizontal scale is marked off in appropriate units—whole numbers, halves, or quarters.
The Students will be able to:
 Understand fractions as numbers by naming the fractional parts of the whole in unit form and describing the relationship.
 Understand unit fractions and their relationship to the whole.
 Represent fractions from 0 to 1 on a number line.
 Compare fractions using the number line.
 Find equivalent fractions using the number line.
Unit 6 Geometry, Measurement, and Data
Description: Students will tell time to the nearest minute and use linear models to solve and represent elapsed time word problems. Students will describe, analyze, and compare properties of twodimensional shapes. Students will compare and classify shapes by the number of sides and angles and make connections to the attributes of shapes. Students will recognize perimeter as an attribute of plane figures and solve realworld and mathematical problems involving perimeter. Students will represent and interpret data by using scaled picture graphs, scaled bar graphs, and line plots.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Geometry
3.G.1 Understand that shapes in different categories (e.g., rhombuses, rectangles, and others) may share attributes (e.g., having four sides), and that the shared attributes can define a larger category (e.g., quadrilaterals). Recognize rhombuses, rectangles, and squares as examples of quadrilaterals, and draw examples of quadrilaterals that do not belong to any of these subcategories.
Measurement and Data
3.MD.1 Understand time to the nearest minute.
a. Tell and write time to the nearest minute and measure time intervals in minutes, within 60 minutes, on an analog and digital clock.
b. Calculate elapsed time greater than 60 minutes to the nearest quarter and half hour on a number line diagram.
c. Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of time intervals in minutes, e.g., by representing the problem on a number line diagram.
3.MD.3 Draw a scaled picture graph and a scaled bar graph to represent a data set with several categories. Solve one and two step “how many more” and “how many less” problems using information presented in scaled bar graphs.
3.MD.4 Generate measurement data by measuring lengths using rulers marked with halves and fourths of an inch. Show the data by making a line plot, where the horizontal scale is marked off in appropriate units—whole numbers, halves, or quarters.
3.MD.8 Solve real world and mathematical problems involving perimeters of polygons, including the finding the perimeter given the side lengths, finding an unknown side length, and exhibiting rectangles with the same perimeter and different areas or with the same area and different perimeters.
3.MD.9 Solve word problems involving pennies, nickels, dimes, quarters, and bills greater than one dollar, suing the dollar and cent symbols appropriately.
The Students will be able to:
 Use a number line to represent the scale of a clock. Solve time interval problems.
 Describe, define, and sort quadrilaterals using attributes such as pairs of parallel sides, sides that have the same length, and right angles.
 Solve problems and find the perimeter of a given shape.
 Reason about the relationship between area and perimeter.
 Collect and represent data involving fractional lengths.
 Identify place value patterns to name units up to 1 million.
Grade 4
Unit 1 Place Value Concepts for Addition and Subtraction
Description: Students use multiplicative comparisons to describe place value relationships and the relative sizes of metric units. They build fluency with the standard algorithm for addition and subtraction with numbers of up to 6 digits.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
4.OA.1 Interpret a multiplication equation as a comparison and represent verbal statements of multiplicative comparisons as multiplication equations, e.g., interpret 35 = 5 X 7 as a statement that is 35 times as many as 7 and 7 times as many as 5.
4.OA.2 Multiply or divide to solve word problems involving multiplicative comparison, e.g., by using drawings and/or equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem, distinguishing multiplicative comparison from additive comparison.
4.OA.3 Solve multistep word problems posed with whole numbers and having wholenumber answers using the four operations, including problems in which remainders must be interpreted. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding.
Number and Operations in Base Ten
4.NBT.1 Recognize that in a multidigit whole number less than or equal to 1,000,000, a digit in one place represents ten times what it represents in the place to its right.
4.NBT.2 Read and write multidigit whole numbers less than or equal to 1,000,000 using baseten numerals, number names, and expanded form. Compare two multidigit numbers based on meanings of the digits in each place, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.
4.NBT.3 Use place value understanding to round multidigit whole numbers, less than or equal to 1,000,000, to any place.
Use place value understanding and properties of operations to perform multidigit arithmetic.
4.NBT.4 Fluently add and subtract multidigit whole numbers with sums less than or equal to 1,000,000, using the standard algorithm.
Measurement and Data
Solve problems involving measurement and conversion of measurements from a larger unit to smaller unit.
4.MD.1 Know relative sizes of measurement units within one system of units including km, m, cm; kg, g; lb, oz.; l, ml; hr, min, sec. Within a single system of measurement, express measurements in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Record measurement equivalents in a twocolumn table.
4.MD.2 Use the four operations to solve word problems involving distances, intervals of time, liquid volumes, masses of objects, and money, including problems involving simple fractions or decimals, and problems that require expressing measurements given in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Represent measurement quantities using diagrams such as number line diagrams that feature a measurement scale.
The student will be able to:
 Identify, represent, and interpret multiplicative comparisons in patterns, tape diagrams, multiplication equations, measurements, and units of money.
 Name the place value units of ten thousand, hundred thousand, and million.
 Recognize the multiplicative relationship between place value units and will write and compare numbers with up to 6 digits in standard, expanded, word, and unit forms.
 Round fourdigit, fivedigit, and sixdigit numbers to the nearest thousand, ten thousand, and hundred thousand.
 Build fluency with addition and subtraction of numbers of up to 6 digits by using the standard algorithm.
 Add and subtract to solve twostep and multistep word problems.
 Use multiplicative comparisons to describe the relative sizes of metric units of length (kilometers, meters, centimeters), mass (kilograms, grams), and liquid volume (liters, milliliters).
 Express larger units in terms of smaller units and complete conversion tables. Students add and subtract mixed unit measurements.
Unit 2 Place Value Concepts for Multiplication and Division
Description: Students multiply twodigit numbers by onedigit numbers by using the distributive property. They divide two and threedigit numbers by onedigit numbers by using the break apart and distribute strategy. Students apply their multiplication skills to convert customary units of length. They also identify factors and multiples of numbers within 100.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations in Base Ten
4.NBT.5 Multiply a whole number of up to four digits by a onedigit whole number, and multiply two twodigit numbers, using strategies based on place value and the properties of operations. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
4.NBT.6 Find whole number quotients and remainders with up to fourdigit dividends and onedigit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models
Measurement and Data
4.MD.1 Know relative sizes of measurement units within one system of units including km, m, cm; kg, g; lb, oz.; l, ml; hr, min, sec. Within a single system of measurement, express measurements in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Record measurement equivalents in a twocolumn table.
4.MD.2 Use the four operations to solve word problems involving distances, intervals of time, liquid volumes, masses of objects, and money, including problems involving simple fractions or decimals, and problems that require expressing measurements given in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Represent measurement quantities using diagrams such as number line diagrams that feature a measurement scale.
4.MD.3 Apply the area and perimeter formulas for rectangles in realworld and mathematical problems.
4.MD.8 Recognize angle measure as additive. When an angle is decomposed into nonoverlapping parts, the angle measure of the whole is the sum of the angle measures of the parts. Solve addition and subtraction problems to find unknown angles on a diagram in realworld and mathematical problems, e.g., by using an equation with a letter for the unknown angle measure.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
4.OA.2 Multiply or divide to solve word problems involving multiplicative comparison e.g., by using drawings and/or equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem, distinguish multiplicative comparison from additive comparison.
4.OA.5 Generate a number or shape pattern that follows the given rule. Identify apparent features of the pattern that were not explicit in the rule itself.
The student will be able to:
 Use place value understanding help me solve multiplication and division problems.
 Use the four operations related to one another.
 Determine what types of problems can be solved using multiplication and division.
 Determine the important components of a problem in order to solve realworld story problems.
 Use their understanding of patterns to help solve problems.
 Understand the difference between perimeter and area.
 Use distributive property to solve multiplication and division problems.
 Decompose 2digit numbers to solve multiplication and division problems.
 Use multiplication and division to help them identify factors, multiples, prime numbers, and composite numbers within 100.
Unit 3 Multiplication and Division of MultiDigit Numbers
Description: Students multiply numbers of up to four digits by onedigit numbers and twodigit numbers by twodigit numbers. Students also divide numbers of up to four digits by onedigit numbers, resulting in wholenumber quotients and remainders.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations in Base Ten
4.NBT.5 Multiply a whole number of up to four digits by a onedigit whole number, and multiply two twodigit numbers, using strategies based on place value and the properties of operations. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
4.NBT.6 Find wholenumber quotients and remainders with up to fourdigit dividends and onedigit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
Measurement and Data
4.MD.1 Know relative sizes of measurement units within one system of units including km, m, cm; kg, g; lb, oz.; l, ml; hr, min, sec. Within a single system of measurement, express measurements in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit.
4.MD.2 Use the four operations to solve word problems involving distances, intervals of time, liquid volumes, masses of objects, and money, including problems involving simple fractions or decimals, and problems that require expressing measurements given in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Represent measurement quantities using diagrams such as number line diagrams that feature a measurement scale.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
4.OA.3 Solve multistep word problems posed with whole numbers and having wholenumber answers using the four operations, including problems in which remainders must be interpreted. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding.
The student will be able to:
 Use multiplication strategies to both multiply and divide by multiples of 100 and 1000.
 Multiply a twodigit by a twodigit using different strategies.
 Use place value strategies to divide by hundreds, tens, and ones.
 Connect pictorial representations of division to long division using place value understanding.
 Multiply using partial products.
 Multiply a single digit by a fourdigit using partial products, distributive property, and vertical method.
 Express and convert units of measure in customary units.
 Solve division word problems using estimation.
 Solve division problems by interpreting a remainder.
Unit 4 Multiplication and Division of MultiDigit Numbers
Description: Students rename fractions greater than 1 as mixed numbers, generate equivalent fractions, compare fractions with unlike units, and add and subtract fractions and mixed numbers with like units. Students also multiply fractions and mixed numbers by whole numbers.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations (Fractions)
4.NF.1 Explain why a fraction 𝑎/𝑏 is equivalent to a fraction (𝑛 × 𝑎)/(𝑛 × 𝑏) by using visual fraction models, with attention to how the number and size of the parts differ even though the two fractions themselves are the same size. Use this principle to recognize and generate equivalent fractions.
4.NF.2 Compare two fractions with different numerators and different denominators, e.g., by creating common denominators or numerators, or by comparing to a benchmark fraction such as 1/2. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two fractions refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model.
4.NF.3 Understand a fraction 𝑎/𝑏 with 𝑎 > 1 as a sum of fractions 1/𝑏.
4.NF.4 Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication to multiply a fraction by a whole number.
Measurement and Data
4.MD.2 Use the four operations to solve word problems involving distances, intervals of time, liquid volumes, masses of objects, and money, including problems involving simple fractions or decimals, and problems that require expressing measurements given in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Represent measurement quantities using diagrams such as number line diagrams that feature a measurement scale.
4.MD.4 Make a line plot to display a data set of measurements in fractions of a unit (1/2, 1/4, 1/8). Solve problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions by using information presented in line plots.
The student will be able to:
 Decompose whole numbers into unit fractions.
 Decompose fractions into a sum of unit fractions.
 Represent fractions using various fraction models.
 Rename fractions greater than 1 as mixed numbers.
 Generate equivalent fractions with both unit fractions and nonunit fractions.
 Represent equivalent fractions using tape diagrams, number lines, and multiplication or division.
 Compare fractions with related denominators
 Generate common denominators in order to comparing fractions.
 Add and subtract fractions with like units.
 Subtract a fraction from a whole number.
 Add and subtract a fraction to a mixed number.
 Represent repeated addition of fractions to multiplication.
Unit 5 Place Value Concepts for Decimal Fractions
Description: Students’ understanding of tenths and hundredths as fractional units to recognizing tenths and hundredths as place value units. They compare decimal numbers and add mixed numbers and fractions with the unlike, but related, units of tenths and hundredths.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations (Fractions)
4.NF.5 Express a fraction with denominator 10 as an equivalent fraction with denominator 100, and use this technique to add two fractions with respective denominators 10 and 100.
4.NF.6 Use decimal notation for fractions with denominators 10 or 100.
4.NF.7 Compare two decimals to hundredths by reasoning about their size. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two decimals refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions.
Measurement and Data (MS)
The student will be able to:
 Represent tenths and hundredths as place value units.
 Write mixed numbers with tenths and hundredths in decimal form.
 Represent decimal numbers in expanded form.
 Compare measurements expressed in decimal form.
 Compare and order decimals.
 Apply fraction equivalence to add tenths and hundredths.
 Solve word problems with tenths and hundredths.
Unit 6 Place Value Concepts for Decimal Fractions
Description: Students identify attributes of polygons including side length and the presence or absence of pairs of parallel sides, pairs of perpendicular sides, and angle types. They use protractors to measure and draw angles accurately. Students also identify and draw lines of symmetry.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Geometry
4.G.1 Draw points, lines, line segments, rays, angles (right, acute, obtuse), and perpendicular and parallel lines. Identify these in twodimensional figures.
4.G.2 Classify twodimensional figures based on the presence or absence of parallel or perpendicular lines, or the presence or absence of angles of a specified size. Recognize right triangles as a category, and identify right triangles.
4.G.3 Recognize a line of symmetry for a twodimensional figure as a line across the figure such that the figure can be folded along the line into matching parts. Identify linesymmetric figures and draw lines of symmetry.
Measurement and Data
4.MD.5 Recognize angles as geometric shapes that are formed wherever two rays share a common endpoint, and understand concepts of angle measurement.
4.MD.6 Measure angles in wholenumber degrees using a protractor. Sketch angles of specified measure.
4.MD.7 Recognize angle measure as additive. When an angle is decomposed into nonoverlapping parts, the angle measure of the whole is the sum of the angle measures of the parts. Solve addition and subtraction problems to find unknown angles on a diagram in real world and mathematical problems.
The student will be able to:
 Identify and draw points, lines, rays, line segments, and angles.
 Identify the 4 types of angles: right, acute, obtuse, and straight.
 Identify and draw parallel and perpendicular lines.
 Use a protractor to measure angles.
 Determine the unknown angle measure within right and straight angles and around a point.
 Recognize, identify, and draw lines of symmetry.
 Sort polygons based on a given rule.
 Classify triangles based on given attributes.
Grade 5
Unit 1 Place Value Concepts for Multiplication and Division with Whole Numbers
Description: Students describe place value relationships, express powers of ten with exponents, convert metric measurements, and multiply and divide by multidigit numbers. They develop fluency with the standard algorithm for multiplication.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Numbers in Base Ten
5.NBT.1 Recognize that in a multidigit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its left.
5.NBT.2 Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by powers of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a decimal is multiplied or divided by a power of 10. Use wholenumber exponents to denote powers of 10.
5.NBT.5 Fluently multiply multidigit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.
5.NBT.6 Find quotients of whole numbers with up to fourdigit dividends and twodigit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
5.OA.1 Use parentheses, brackets, or braces in numerical expressions, and evaluate expressions with these symbols.
5.OA.2 Write simple expressions that record calculations with numbers, and interpret numerical expressions without evaluating them.
Measurement and Data MD
5.MD.1 Convert among differentsized standard measurement units within a given measurement system (e.g., convert 5 cm to 0.05 m), and use these conversions in solving multistep, real world problems.
The student will be able to:
 Explain that a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as what it represents in the place to the right.
 Multiply and divide by powers of 10.
 Use exponents to multiply and divide.
 Convert metric measure.
 Multiply two and three digits numbers but twodigit numbers using the distributive property.
 Multiply two and three digits numbers but twodigit numbers using the standard algorithm.
 Divide up to a four digit dividend by one and twodigits divisors using division strategies.
 Write, interpret, and compare numerical expressions.
 Create and solve realworld problems for a given numerical expression.
 Solve multistep problems using all four operations.
Unit 2 Place Value Concepts for Multiplication and Division with Whole Numbers
Description: Enhances students’ prior work with fractions to add and subtract fractions and mixed numbers with unlike denominators. Students also interpret a fraction as the result of dividing the numerator by the denominator and interpret data in line plots.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and OperationsFractions
5.NF.1 Add and subtract fractions with unlike denominators (including mixed numbers) by replacing given fractions with equivalent fractions in such a way as to produce an equivalent sum or difference of fractions with like denominators.
5.NF.2 Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions referring to the same whole, including cases of unlike denominators, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem. Use benchmark fractions and number sense of fractions to estimate mentally and assess the reasonableness of answers.
5.NF.3 Interpret a fraction as division of the numerator by the denominator (𝑎/𝑏 = 𝑎 ÷ 𝑏). Solve word problems involving division of whole numbers leading to answers in the form of fractions or mixed numbers, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem.
Measurement and Data MD
5.MD.2 Make a line plot to display a data set of measurements in fractions of a unit (1/2, 1/4, 1/8). Use operations on fractions for this grade to solve problems involving information presented in line plots.
The student will be able to:
 Interpret a fraction as division.
 Add and subtract fractions with related units using pictorial models, area models, and numerically.
 Add and subtract fractions with unrelated units using pictorial models, area models, and numerically.
 Add and subtract whole numbers and mixed numbers with related and unrelated units using number lines, arrow way, and number bonds.
 Represent data on a line plot.
 Solve problems by using data on a line plot.
Unit 3 Multiplication and Division of Fractions
Description: Students use various strategies to multiply and divide with fractions. They multiply fractions by whole numbers and by fractions, divide whole numbers by unit fractions and unit fractions by whole numbers, and convert customary measurements.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and OperationsFractions
5.NF.4 Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication to multiply a fraction or whole number by a fraction.
5.NF.5 Interpret multiplication as scaling (resizing) by comparing the size of a product to the size of one factor on the basis of the size of the other factor and explaining why multiplying a given number by a fraction greater than 1 results in a product greater than the given number
5.NF.6 Solve real world problems involving multiplication of fractions and mixed numbers, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem.
5.NF.7 Interpret division of a unit fraction by a nonzero whole number, and compute such quotients.
Interpret division of a whole number by a unit fraction, and compute such quotients.
Solve real world problems involving division of unit fractions by nonzero whole numbers and division of whole numbers by unit fractions
The student will be able to:
 Find fractions of a set with arrays, tape diagrams, and number lines.
 Multiply a whole number by a fraction less than 1.
 Multiply a whole number by a fraction.
 Convert customary units.
 Multiply fractions pictorially.
 Divide a nonzero whole number by a unit fraction.
 Divide a unit fractions by a nonzero whole number.
 Solve word problems involving fractions with multiplication and division.
 Evaluate expressions with grouping symbols.
 Solve multistep word problems involving fractions.
Unit 4 Place value concepts for Decimal Operations
Description: Students relate their understanding of whole numbers and fractions to decimals. Decimal concepts include: describing place value relationships, rounding, comparing, adding, subtracting, multiplying, dividing, and converting measurements.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Base Ten
5.NBT.1 Recognize that in a multidigit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its left.
5.NBT.2 Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by powers of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a decimal is multiplied or divided by a power of 10. Use wholenumber exponents to denote powers of 10.
5.NBT.3 Read, write, and compare decimals to thousandths.
5.NBT.4 Use place value understanding to round decimals to any place.
Perform operations with multidigit whole numbers and with decimals to hundredths.
5.NBT.7 Add, subtract, multiply, and divide decimals to hundredths, using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
5.OA.1 Use parentheses, brackets, or braces in numerical expressions, and evaluate expressions with these symbols.
5.OA.2 Write simple expressions that record calculations with numbers, and interpret numerical expressions without evaluating them.
Measurement and Data
5.MD.1 Convert among differentsized standard measurement units within a given measurement system (e.g., convert 5 cm to 0.05 m), and use these conversions in solving multistep, real world problems.
The student will be able to:
 Model decimal place value units to the thousandths.
 Represent decimal numbers to the thousandths in different forms.
 Multiply and divide decimal numbers by powers of 10.
 Compare decimals to the thousandths.
 Round decimals to the nearest thousandths.
 Add and subtract decimals using place value understanding.
 Solve word problems with addition and subtraction of decimals.
 Multiply decimals numbers by one and twodigit whole numbers.
 Multiply a decimals number by a decimal number.
 Divide decimals using place value understanding.
 Apply decimal understanding to solve metric measurement problems.
Unit 5 Addition and Multiplication with Area and Volume
Description: Students connect operations to geometric concepts. They find area of rectangles with fraction side lengths, multiply mixed numbers, and find the volume of right rectangular prisms. Students also categorize twodimensional figures in a hierarchy.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations Fractions
5.NF.4 Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication to multiply a fraction or whole number by a fraction.
b.Construct a model to develop understanding of the concept of multiplying two fractions and create a story context for the equation. [in general, (m/n) × (c/d) = (mc) / (nd).]
5.NF.6 Solve real world problems involving multiplication of fractions and mixed numbers, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem.
Measurement and Data
5.MD.3 Recognize volume as an attribute of solid figures and understand concepts of volume measurement.
a. A cube with side length 1 unit, called a “unit cube,” is said to have “one cubic unit” of volume, and can be used to measure volume.
b. A solid figure which can be packed without gaps or overlaps using n unit cubes is said to have a volume of n cubic units.
5.MD.4 Measure volumes by counting unit cubes, using cubic cm, cubic in, cubic ft, and improvised units.
5.MD.5 Relate volume to the operations of multiplication and addition and solve real world and mathematical problems involving volume.
a. Find the volume of a right rectangular prism with wholenumber side lengths by packing it with unit cubes, and show that the volume is the same as would be found by multiplying the edge lengths, equivalently by multiplying the height by the area of the base. Represent threefold wholenumber products as volumes, e.g., to represent the associative property of multiplication.
b. Apply the formulas V = l × w × h and V = b × h for rectangular prisms to find volumes of right rectangular prisms with wholenumber edge lengths in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems.
c. Recognize volume as additive. Find volumes of solid figures composed of two nonoverlapping right rectangular prisms by adding the volumes of the nonoverlapping parts, applying this technique to solve real world problems.
Geometry B. Classify twodimensional figures into categories based on their properties.
5.G.3 Understand that attributes belonging to a category of twodimensional figures also belong to all subcategories of that category. For example, all rectangles have four right angles and squares are rectangles, so all squares have four right angles.
5.G.4 Classify quadrilaterals in a hierarchy based on properties.
The student will be able to:
 Classify quadrilaterals based on their properties.
 Identify quadrilaterals when given properties.
 Classify quadrilaterals in a hierarchy based on properties.
 Determine the area of rectangular figures with fractional side lengths.
 Solve problems involving area of composite figures with mixed numbers.
 Multiply mixed numbers.
 Solve multistep word problems involving mixed numbers.
 Identify attributes of rectangular prisms related to volume.
 Find the volume using unit cubes and layers.
 Relate volume of a solid and liquid volume.
 Find the volume by multiplying by the area of the base times the height
 Find the volume by multiplying the edge lengths.
 Solve word problems involving perimeter, area, and volume.
Unit 6 Foundations to Geometry in the Coordinate Plane
Description: Students are introduced to the coordinate plane Students construct a coordinate plane, identify the location of points in the plane, and identify patterns in ordered pairs that create lines. They draw quadrilaterals in the plane and use the plane to represent data.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
Number and Operations Fractions
5.NF.4 Find the area of a rectangle with fractional side lengths by tiling it with unit squares of the appropriate unit fraction side lengths, and show that the area is the same as would be found by multiplying the side lengths. Multiply fractional side lengths to find areas of rectangles, and represent fraction products as rectangular areas.
Geometry
5.G.1 Use a pair of perpendicular number lines, called axes, to define a coordinate system, with the intersection of the lines (the origin) arranged to coincide with the 0 on each line and a given point in the plane located by using an ordered pair of numbers, called its coordinates. Understand that the first number in the ordered pair indicates how far to travel from the origin in the direction of one axis, and the second number in the ordered pair indicates how far to travel in the direction of the second axis, with the convention that the names of the two axes and the coordinates correspond (e.g., x‐axis and x‐coordinate, y‐axis and y‐coordinate).
5.G.2 Represent real world and mathematical problems by graphing points in the first quadrant of the coordinate plane, and interpret coordinate values of points in the context of the situation.
5.G.4 Classify twodimensional figures in a hierarchy based on properties.
Operations and Algebraic Thinking
5.OA.3 Generate two numerical patterns using two given rules. Identify apparent relationships between corresponding terms. Form ordered pairs consisting of corresponding terms from the two patterns, and graph the ordered pairs on a coordinate plane. For example, given the rule “Add 3” and the starting number 0, and given the rule “Add 6” and the starting number 0, generate terms in the resulting sequences, and observe that the terms in one sequence are twice the corresponding terms in the other sequence. Explain informally why this is so.
The student will be able to:
 Identify and plot points on a coordinate plane.
 Describe the distance and directions between points.
 Use the properties of horizontal and vertical lines to solve problems.
 Identify relationships between corresponding terms in number patterns.
 Draw lines and identify points on the line in the coordinate plane.
 Solve problems with rectangles in the coordinate plane.
 Use the coordinate plane to reason about perimeters and areas of rectangles.
 Interpret graphs, plot data, interpret lines graphs, and reason about patterns in realworld situations.
Grade 6
Unit 1 Expressions and Equations
Description: During this unit, students will find area of a variety of twodimensional figures and surface area of threedimensional figures which will lead students into the beginning work with algebraic expressions, including those with wholenumber exponents.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Relate prior knowledge of a rectangle to find the area of other twodimensional figures along with determining surface area of threedimensional figures.
 Relate prior knowledge about writing, interpreting and evaluating numerical expressions to understanding work with algebraic expressions.
 Apply prior understanding of multiplication to evaluate expressions that include exponents to determine the GCF (Greatest Common Factor) and LCM (Least Common Multiple) of two whole numbers.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
G. Geometry
A. Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving area and surface area.
6.G.A.1 Find the area of right triangles, other triangles, special quadrilaterals, and polygons by composing into rectangles or decomposing into triangles and other shapes; apply these techniques in the context of solving realworld and mathematical problems.
6.G.A.4 Represent three  dimensional figures using nets made up of rectangles and triangles, and use the nets to find the surface area of these figures. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems.
EE. Expressions and Equations
A. Apply and extend previous understandings of arithmetic to algebraic expressions.
6.EE.A.1 Write and evaluate numerical expressions involving wholenumber exponents.
6.EE.A.2 Write, read, and evaluate expressions in which letters stand for numbers.
a. Write expressions that record operations with numbers and with letters standing for numbers.
b. Identify parts of an expression using mathematical terms (sum, term, product, factor, quotient, and coefficient); view one or more parts of an expression as a single entity.
c. Evaluate expressions at specific values of their variables. Include expressions that arise from formulas used in realworld problems. Perform arithmetic operations, including those involving wholenumber exponents, in the conventional order when there are no parentheses to specify a particular order (Order of Operations).
NS. Number Systems
B.Compute fluently with multi  digit numbers and find common factors and multiples.
6.NS.B.4 Find the greatest common factor of two whole numbers less than or equal to 100 and the least common multiple of two whole numbers less than or equal to 12. Use the distributive property to express a sum of two whole numbers 1 –100 with a common factor as a multiple of a sum of two whole numbers with no common factor.
The student will be able to….
 Find the area of parallelograms.
 Find the area of triangles and other polygons.
 Identify and draw a net for a threedimensional figure.
 Find the surface area of a threedimensional figure.
 Write and evaluate algebraic expressions.
 Write and evaluate numerical expressions, including those with wholenumber exponents.
 Find the greatest common factor and least common multiple of two whole numbers to solve realworld problems.
 Actively participate in discussions by asking questions and rephrasing or building on classmates’ ideas.
Unit 2 Decimals and Fractions
Description: During this unit, students will divide fractions, using the standard algorithms to add, subtract, multiply, and divide decimals, and using standard algorithms to divide whole numbers.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Relate prior knowledge about place value and operations with whole numbers to better understand how to perform all four operations with decimals.
 Relate prior knowledge of area models and partial quotients to make sense of an algorithm for dividing whole numbers and decimals.
 Apply the understanding of division of fractions and mixed numbers to be thought of as forming equal groups to determine the number or size of groups knowing the relationship between multiplication and division will help divide fractions.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NS. Number Systems
A. Apply and extend previous understanding of multiplication and division to divide fractions by fractions.
6.NS.A.1 Interpret and compute quotients of fractions, and solve word problems involving division of fractions by fractions, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem.
B. Compute fluently with multidigit numbers and find common factors and multiples.
6.NS.B.2 Fluently divide multidigit numbers using the standard algorithm.
6.NS.B.3 Fluently add, subtract, multiply, and divide multi digit decimals using the standard algorithm for each operation.
G. Geometry
A. Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving volume.
6.G.A.2 Find the volume of a right rectangular prism with fractional edge lengths by packing it with unit cubes of the appropriate unit fraction edge lengths, and show that the volume is the same as would be found by multiplying the edge lengths of the prism. Appl y the formulas 𝑉 = 𝑙𝑤ℎ and 𝑉 = 𝑏ℎ to find volumes of right rectangular prisms with fractional edge lengths in the context of solving realworld and mathematical problems.
The student will be able to….
 Add, subtract, and multiply multidigit decimals using standard algorithms.
 Divide multidigit whole numbers and multidigit decimals using standard algorithms.
 Divide fractions.
 Solve realworld problems that involve dividing fractions.
 Find the volume of a right rectangular prism with fractional edge lengths.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to describe a strategy and how that strategy is used to solve a problem.
Unit 3 Ratio Reasoning: Ratio Concepts and Equivalent Ratios
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to representing ratios using ratio language and finding equivalent ratios.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Relate prior knowledge about place value and operations with whole numbers to better understand how to perform all four operations with decimals.
 Relate prior knowledge of area models and partial quotients to make sense of an algorithm for dividing whole numbers and decimals.
 Apply the understanding of division of fractions and mixed numbers to be thought of as forming equal groups to determine the number or size of groups knowing the relationship between multiplication and division will help divide fractions.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
RP. Ratios and Proportional Relationships
A.Understand ratio concepts and use ratio reasoning to solve problems.
6.RP.A.1 Understand the concept of a ratio and use ratio language to describe a ratio relationship between two quantities.
6.RP.A.3 Use ratio and rate reasoning to solve realworld and mathematical problems, e.g., by reasoning about tables of equivalent ratios, tape diagrams, double number line diagrams, or equations.
a. Make tables of equivalent ratios relating quantities with whole  number measurements, find missing values in the tables, and plot the pairs of values on the coordinate plane. Use tables to compare ratios.
The student will be able to….
 Use ratio language to describe a ratio relationship between two quantities.
 Use ratio reasoning to solve realworld problems.
 Identify and write equivalent ratios.
 Represent equivalent ratios as points in the coordinate plane.
 Use tables to compare ratios.
 Justify solutions to ratio problems by using ratio language and models, such as double number lines, tables, tape diagrams, and coordinates.
Unit 4 Ratio Reasoning: Unit Rates and Percent
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to rates and percent.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Make the connection that a rate is a ratio telling how many units of one quantity which will help students solve problems involving equivalent ratios.
 Use unit rate to find the amount of one quantity in a ratio relationship when given the amount of the other quantity.
 Use what they know about ratios and rates to solve problems about percent.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
RP. Ratios and Proportional Relationships
A. Understand ratio concepts and use ratio reasoning to solve problems.
6.RP.A.2 Understand the concept of a unit rate a / b associated with a ratio a:b with b ≠ 0, and use rate language in the context of a ratio relationship.
6.RP.A.3 Use ratio and rate reasoning to solve realworld and mathematical problems, e.g., by reasoning about tables of equivalent ratios, tape diagrams, double number line diagrams, or equations.
b. Solve unit rate problems including those involving unit pricing and constant speed.
c. Find a percent of a quantity as a rate per 100 (e.g., 30% of a quantity means 30 / 100 times the quantity); solve problems involving finding the whole, given a part and the percent.
d. Use ratio reasoning to convert measurement units; manipulate and transform units appropriately when multiplying or dividing quantities.
NS. Number Systems
6.NS.B.3 Fluently add, subtract, multiply, and divide multi digit decimals using the standard algorithm for each operation.
The student will be able to….
 Compare rates to solve realworld problems.
 Use unit rates to find equivalent ratios.
 Convert measurement units using rates.
 Express percent as a decimal or a fraction.
 Find a given percent of a number.
 Find what percent one number is of another number.
 Find the whole when given a part and a percent.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to explain ratios, rates, and percent.
Unit 5 Algebraic Thinking: Equivalent Expressions and Equations with Variables
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to generating equivalent expressions, solving onevariable equations, and analyzing twovariable relationships.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Writing expressions in different, but equivalent, forms in order to help make sense of problems.
 Discovering that one can perform the same operation on both sides of an equation (inverse operation) and the two sides will remain equal.
 Understand that solving an equation means determining the value of the variable or unknown that makes the equation true.
 Knowing how patterns can help describe two quantities differ from each other.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EE. Expressions and Equations
A. Apply and extend previous understandings of arithmetic to algebraic expressions.
6.EE.A.2 Write, read, and evaluate expressions in which letters stand for numbers.
b. Identify parts of an expression using mathematical terms (sum, term, product, factor, quotient, and coefficient); view one or more parts of an expression as a single entity.
c. Evaluate expressions at specific values of their variables. Include expressions that arise from formulas used in realworld problems. Perform arithmetic operations, including those involving wholenumber exponents, in the conventional order when there are no parentheses to specify a particular order
6.EE.A.3 Apply the properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions.
6.EE.A.4 Identify when two expressions are equivalent (i.e., when the two expressions name the same number regardless of which value is substituted into them).
B. Reason about and solve onevariable equations and inequalities
6.EE.B.5 Understand solving an equation or inequality as a process of answering a question: which values from a specified set, if any, make the equation or inequality true? Use substitution to determine whether a given number in a specified set makes an equation or inequality true.
6.EE.B.6 Use variables to represent numbers and write expressions when solving a realworld or mathematical problem; understand that a variable can represent an unknown number, or, depending on the purpose at hand, any number in a specified set.
6.EE.B.7 Solve realworld and mathematical problems by writing and solving equations and inequalities of the form x + p = q and px = q for cases in which p, q, and x are all nonnegative rational numbers. Inequalities will include >, <, ≤, and ≥.
C. Represent and analyze quantitative relationships between dependent and independent variables.
6.EE.C.9 Use variables to represent two quantities in a realworld problem that change in relationship to one another; write an equation to express one quantity, thought of as the dependent variable, in terms of the other quantity, thought of as the independent variable. Analyze the relationship between the dependent and independent variables using graphs and tables, and relate these to the equation.
The student will be able to….
 Identify when two expressions are equivalent.
 Write equivalent expressions.
 Determine whether a number is a solution of an equation and write equations with variables to represent realworld problems.
 Solve equations that represent realworld problems.
 Identify the independent and dependent variable in a relationship between two quantities.
 Write an equation to represent the relationship between an independent and dependent variable.
 Analyze the relationship between independent and dependent variable.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to describe writing equivalent expressions and solving equations.
Unit 6 Positive and Negative Numbers: Absolute Value, Inequalities, and the Coordinate Plane
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to positive and negative rational numbers and their absolute values, graphing inequalities with variables on a number line, and plotting points on a fourquadrant coordinate plane.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use positive and negative numbers to describe quantities with opposite values.
 Discover that every positive and negative number has both a distance and direction from 0 on a number line.
 Extend a number line to show both positive and negative rational numbers to explain absolute value.
 Learn that an inequality with a variable can have infinite many solutions on a number line.
 Extend their knowledge of the coordinate plane from one quadrant to all four quadrants.
 Knowing about absolute value can help find the distance between points.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NS. Number Systems
C. Apply and extend previous understandings of the system of rational numbers.
6.NS.C.5 Understand that positive and negative numbers are used together to describe quantities having opposite directions or values (e.g., temperature above/ below zero, elevation above/ below sea level, credits/ debits, positive/ negative electric charge); use positive and negative numbers to represent quantities in real world contexts, explaining the meaning of 0 in each situation.
6.NS.C.6 Understand a rational number as a point on the number line. Extend number line diagrams and coordinate axes familiar from previous grades to represent points on the line and in the plane with negative number coordinates.
a. Recognize opposite signs of numbers as indicating locations on opposite sides of 0 on the number line; recognize that the opposite of the opposite of a number is the number itself, e.g., ( 3) = 3, and that 0 is its own opposite.
b. Understand signs of numbers in ordered pairs as indicating locations in quadrants of the coordinate plane; recognize that when two ordered pairs differ only by signs, the locations of the points are related by reflections across one or both axes.
c. Find and position integers and other rational numbers on a horizontal or vertical number line diagram; find and position pairs of integers and other rational numbers on a coordinate plane.
6.NS.C.7 Understand ordering and absolute value of rational numbers.
a. Interpret statements of inequality as statements about the relative position of two numbers on a number line diagram. For example, interpret –3 > –7 as a statement that –3 is located to the right of –7 on a number line oriented from left to right.
b. Write, interpret, and explain statements of order for rational numbers in realworld contexts. For example, write –3 o C > –7 o C to express the fact that –3 o C is warmer than –7 o C.
c. Understand the absolute value of a rational number as its distance from 0 on the number line; interpret absolute value as magnitude for a positive or negative quantity in a real world situation. For example, for an account balance of –30 dollars, write –30 = 30 to describe the size of the debt in dollars.
d. Distinguish comparisons of absolute value from statements about order. For example, recognize that an account balance less than – 30 dollars represents a debt greater than 30 dollars.
6.NS.C.8 Solve realworld and mathematical problems by graphing points in all four quadrants of the coordinate plane. Include use of coordinates and absolute value to find distances between points with the same first coordinate or the same second coordinate.
B. Reason about and solve onevariable equations and inequalities
6.EE.B.5 Understand solving an equation or inequality as a process of answering a question: which values from a specified set, if any, make the equation or inequality true? Use substitution to determine whether a given number in a specified set makes an equation or inequality true.
6.EE.B.8 Write an inequality of the form x > c or x < c to represent a constraint or condition in a real world or mathematical problem. Recognize that inequalities of the form x > c or x < c have infinitely many solutions; represent solutions of such inequalities on number line diagrams.
G. Geometry
A. Solve real world and mathematical problems involving area, surface area, and volume.
6.G.A.3 Draw polygons in the coordinate plane given coordinates for the vertices; use coordinates to find the length of a side joining points with the same first coordinate or the same second coordinate. Apply these techniques in the context of solving realworld and mathematical problems.
The student will be able to….
 Plot integers and rational numbers on number lines to represent realworld contexts.
 Compare and order positive and negative numbers.
 Determine whether a number is a solution of an inequality.
 Write and graph inequalities to represent realworld contexts.
 Plot ordered pairs in all four quadrants of the coordinate plane.
 Use absolute value to find the distance between points on a horizontal or vertical line.
 Solve problems about polygons in the coordinate plane.
 Listen carefully during discussion in order to understand and explain another persons’ ideas.
Unit 7 Statistical Thinking: Data Distributions and Measures of Center of Variability
Description: During this unit, students will represent and describe data in dot plots, histograms, and box plots. Students will learn to choose the appropriate measures of center and variability to summarize data sets.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Become familiar with data distributions and how they help answer statistical questions.
 Relate knowledge of number lines to organize a set of data to help make sense of the data.
 Summarize data sets using a single number to describe a typical value and a single number to describe data spread out.
 Describe a data set based on the statistical question being answered and on the characteristics of the data set.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
SP. Statistics and Probability
A. Develop understanding of statistical variability
6.SP.A.1 Recognize a statistical question as one that anticipates variability in the data related to the question and accounts for it in the answers.
6.SP.A.2 Understand that a set of data collected to answer a statistical question has a distribution which can be described by its center, spread, and overall shape.
6.SP.A.3 Recognize that a measure of center for a numerical data set summarizes all of its values with a single number, while a measure of variation describes how its values vary with a single number.
B. Summarize and describe distributions
6.SP.B.4 Display numerical data in plots on a number line, including dot plots, histograms, and box plots.
6.SP.B.5 Summarize numerical data sets in relation to their context.
The student will be able to….
 Represent data in a frequency table, dot plot, and histograms.
 Describe a set of data by its center, spread, and overall shape.
 Summarize data by describing how the data were measured and their units of measurement.
 Represent data in a box plot.
 Calculate median and IQR of a data set, then interpret them in different contexts.
 Compare measures of center and variability, then choose measures of center and variability to summarize a data set.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to describe sets of data.
Grade 7
Unit 1 Proportional Relationships
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to scale factors, will build upon their knowledge of unit rates now involving ratios of fractions, represent proportional relationships with equations and graphs, and compute the circumference and area of circles.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use prior knowledge of unit rate and dividing fractions to explore ratios that compare fractions.
 Relate knowledge of ratios to explore the meaning of a proportional relationship in which one quantity is a constant multiple of another. Y= kx, where k is the constant multiple or constant of proportionality.
 Discover the distance around a circle, circumference, divided by the distance across, diameter, is always the same, a number called pi.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
RP Ratios and Proportional Relationships
A. Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real  world and mathematical problems.
7.RP.A.1 Compute unit rates associated with ratios of fractions, including ratios of lengths, areas and other quantities measured in like or different units.
7.RP.A.2 Recognize and represent proportional relationships between quantities.
a. Decide whether two quantities are in a proportional relationship
b. Identify the constant of proportionality (unit rate) in tables, graphs, equations, diagrams, and verbal descriptions of proportional relationships.
c. Represent proportional relationships by equations.
d. Explain what a point (x, y) on the graph of a proportional relationship means in terms of the situation, with special attention to the points (0, 0) and (1, r) where r is the unit rate.
G.Geometry
A. Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationship between them.
7.G.A.1 Solve problems involving scale drawings of geometric figures, such as computing actual lengths and areas from a scale drawing and reproducing a scale drawing at a different scale.
B. Solve reallife and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume.
7.G.B.4 Know the formulas for the area and circumference of a circle and solve problems; give an informal derivation of the relationship between the circumference and area of a circle.
The student will be able to….
 Find actual distance given a scale drawing.
 Find actual area given a scale drawing.
 Draw a scale drawing in a different scale.
 Find unit rates with complex fractions.
 Identify proportional relationships and the constant of proportionality.
 Write an equation to represent a proportional relationship.
 Interpret graphs of proportional relationships.
 Find the circumference and area of circles.
 Make connections between representations of proportional relationships by explaining how they are similar and different.
Unit 2 Numbers and Operations: Add and Subtract Rational Numbers
Description: During this unit, students are extending their knowledge of positive and negative numbers to now combining by adding and subtracting negative numbers.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use prior knowledge about positive and negative numbers and about addition on the number line to help add with positive and negative numbers.
 Use prior knowledge of how addition and subtraction are related to gain an understanding of subtracting positive and negative numbers.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NSNumber System
A. Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers .
7.NS.A.1 Apply and extend previous understandings of addition and subtraction to add and subtract rational numbers; represent addition and subtraction on a horizontal or vertical number line diagram.
a. Describe situations in which opposite quantities combine to make 0. For example, a hydrogen atom has 0 charge because its two constituents are oppositely charged.
b. Understand p + q as the number located a distance q  from p, in the positive or negative direction depending on whether q is positive or negative. Show that a number and its opposite have a sum of 0 (are additive inverses). Interpret sums of rational numbers by describing realworld contexts.
c. Understand subtraction of rational numbers as adding the additive inverse, p – q = p + (– q). Show that the distance between two rational numbers on the number line is the absolute value of their difference and apply this principle in real world contexts.
d. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract rational numbers.
The student will be able to….
 Add positive and negative integers.
 Add positive and negative fractions and decimals.
 Subtract positive and negative integers.
 Justify solutions to problems about adding and subtracting rational numbers by telling what I noticed and what I decided at a result.
Unit 3 Numbers and Operations: Multiply and Divide Rational Numbers
Description: During this unit, students are working with rational numbers in decimals forms that either terminate or repeat along with continuing work with rational numbers by multiplying and dividing negative numbers.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Extending the properties of operations to include operations with negative numbers to help understand how to multiply and divide with signed numbers.
 Divide an integer by any integer except 0, and the quotient is a rational number. Rational numbers have decimals forms that either terminate or repeat.
 Write any division problem as a fraction, including problems with negative numbers.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NSNumber System
A.Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers .
7.NS.A.2 Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division and of fractions to multiply and divide rational numbers.
a. Understand that multiplication is extended from fractions to rational numbers by requiring that operations continue to satisfy the properties of operations, particularly the distributive property, leading to products such as (–1) (–1) = 1 and the rules for multiplying signed numbers. Interpret products of rational numbers by describing realworld contexts.
b. Understand that integers can be divided, provided that the divisor is not zero, and every quotient of integers (with non  zero divisor) is a rational number. If p and q are integers, then – (p / q) = (–p) / q = p / (–q). Interpret quotients of rational numbers by describing real  world contexts.
c. Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide rational numbers.
d. Convert a rational number to a decimal using long division; know that the decimal form of a rational number terminates in 0s or eventually repeats.
7.NS.A.3 Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving the four operations with rational numbers.
EE Expressions and Exponents
B. Solve real life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions and equations.
7.EE.B.3 Solve multistep reallife and mathematical problems posed with positive and negative rational numbers in any form (whole numbers, fractions, and decimals), using tools strategically. Apply properties of operations to calculate with numbers in any form.
The student will be able to….
 Multiply positive and negative integers.
 Divide positive and negative integers.
 Multiply positive and negative fractions and decimals.
 Divide positive and negative fractions and decimals.
 Express rational numbers as terminating or repeating decimals.
 Solve word problems with rational numbers.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to explain problems with rational numbers.
Unit 4 Algebraic Thinking: Expressions, Equations, and Inequalities
Description: During this unit, students are generating equivalent expressions and solving multistep equations and inequalities.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Apply properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions.
 Apply knowledge of solving onestep equations to solve multistep equations and inequalities.
 Discover/Reason about the effect of multiplying by a negative number can help to understand why the inequality symbol sometimes changes when solving inequalities.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EEExpressions and Exponents
A. Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers .
7.EE.A.1 Apply properties of operations as strategies to add, subtract, factor, and expand linear expressions with rational coefficients to include multiple grouping symbols (e.g., parentheses, brackets, and braces).
7.EE.A.2 Understand that rewriting an expression in different forms in a problem context can shed light on the problem and how the quantities in it are related.
EE Expressions and Exponents
B. Solve real life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions and equations.
7.EE.B.4 Use variables to represent quantities in a realworld or mathematical problem, and construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the quantities.
The student will be able to….
 Find equivalent expressions.
 Rewrite expressions in different forms.
 Solve multistep equations.
 Solve problems using equations.
 Solve inequalities.
 Graph the solution to an inequality on a number line.
 Actively participate in discussions by asking questions and rephrasing or building on classmates’ ideas.
Unit 5 Proportional Reasoning
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to proportional reasoning with percents and statistical samples. Random sampling will be explored by students as well in this unit.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Apply knowledge of proportional reasoning to understand applications of percents, for example simple interest, percent change, and percent error.
 Apply knowledge of proportional reasoning in order to draw conclusions about populations based on random sampling.
 Use prior knowledge of data distribution and measures of center and variability to compare two populations.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
RP Ratios and Proportional Relationships
A. Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real  world and mathematical problems.
7.RP.A.3 Use proportional relationships to solve multistep ratio and percent problems of simple interest, tax, markups and markdowns, gratuities and commissions, fees, percent increase and decrease, and percent error.
SP Statistics and Probability
A. Use random sampling to draw inferences about a population.
7.SP.A.1 Understand that statistics can be used to gain information about a population by examining a sample of the population; generalizations about a population from a sample are valid only if the sample is representative of that population. Understand that rand om sampling tends to produce representative samples and support valid inferences.
7.SP.A.2 Use data from a random sample to draw inferences about a population with an unknown characteristic of interest. Generate multiple samples (or simulated samples) of the same size to gauge the variation in estimates or predictions.
7.SP.A.3 Informally assess the degree of visual overlap of two numerical data distributions with similar variabilities using quantitative measures of center (median and/ or mean) and variability (interquartile range and/ or mean absolute deviation), as well as describing any overall pattern and any striking deviations from the overall pattern with reference to the context in which the data were gathered.
7.SP.A.4 Use measures of center and measures of variability for numerical data from random samples to draw informal comparative inferences about two populations.
The student will be able to….
 Calculate simple interest.
 Solve percent problems involving markups, markdowns, tips, tax, and commission.
 Solve percent problems involving percent change or percent error.
 Identify random samples.
 Make statistical inferences from random samples.
 Compare data using measures of center and variability.
 Agree or disagree with ideas in discussions about random samples and explain why?
Unit 6 Geometry
Description: During this unit, students will take part in writing and solving equations for problems involving area, surface area, volume, and angle relationships, describing plane sections of threedimensional figures, and drawing shapes with given attributes.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Apply knowledge of writing and solving equations to geometry concepts such as area, surface area, volume, and angle relationships.
 Apply knowledge of surface area and volume of rectangular prisms to compute surface area and volume of any prism.
 Apply knowledge of twodimensional figures to help identify shapes forms when a plane is sliced.
 Apply knowledge of angles, triangles, and quadrilaterals to draw shapes with given parameters.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GGeometry
A. Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationships between them.
7.G.A.3 Draw (freehand, with ruler and protractor, or with technology) geometric shapes with given conditions.
B. Solve reallife and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume.
7.G.B.6 Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving area, volume and surface area of two and threedimensional objects composed of triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons, cubes, and right prisms. (Pyramids limited to surface area only.)
The student will be able to….
 Solve problems involving area and surface area.
 Solve problems involving volume.
 Describe plane sections of prisms, pyramids, and cylinders.
 Solve problems with angles.
 Draw triangles and quadrilaterals to meet given conditions.
 Listen carefully during discussion in order to understand and explain another person’s ideas.
Unit 7 Probability
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to the concept of probability. Students will learn how to find the probability of single and compound events along with comparing experimental and theoretical probability.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use proportional reasoning to understand probabilities and to make predictions about future events.
 Apply knowledge of collecting and analyzing data to help estimate the probability of a chance event.
 Analyze possible outcomes and use knowledge of fractions, decimals, and percent to help find probabilities.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
A. Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationships between them.
7.G.A.3 Draw (freehand, with ruler and protractor, or with technology) geometric shapes with given conditions.
B. Solve reallife and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume.
7.G.B.6 Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving area, volume and surface area of two and threedimensional objects composed of triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons, cubes, and right prisms. (Pyramids limited to surface area only.)
The student will be able to….
 Describe the probability of an event using words and numbers.
 Find probabilities of single events.
 Use the results of an experiment to find the experimental probability of an event.
 Find the theoretical probability of an event.
 Compare theoretical and experimental probabilities.
 Find probabilities of compound events.
 Use simulations to find probabilities of events.
 Explain ideas about probability clearly by using models to show why the ideas make sense for the problem.
Grade 8
Unit 1 Geometric Figures: Rigid Transformations and Congruence
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to rigid transformations, including those in the coordinate plane.
Major Themes of the Unit:
Discover rigid transformations are slides, flips, or turns that change the location and orientation of a figure but not its size or shape. Also using the coordinate plane to explore how transformations affect the placement of a figures’ vertices.
Use rigid transformations to make sense of congruence and understand why corresponding side and angles of a congruent figure are the same.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
G Geometry
A. Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software.
8.G.A.1 Verify experimentally the properties of rotations, reflections, and translations:
a. Lines are taken to lines, and line segments to line segments of the same length.
b. Angles are taken to angles of the same measure.
c. Parallel lines are taken to parallel lines.
8.G.A.2 Explain that a two  dimensional figure is congruent to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, and translations; given two congruent figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the congruence between the m. (Rotations are only about the origin and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.)
8.G.A.3 Describe the effect of dilations, translations, rotations, and reflections on two dimensional figures using coordinates. (Rotations are only about the origin, dilations only use the origin as the center of dilation, and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.
The student will be able to….
 Recognize translations, reflections, and rotations, as rigid transformations.
 Understand that rigid transformations do not change the size and shape of a figure.
 Perform translations, reflections, and rotations in the coordinate plane.
 Describe a rigid transformation that maps a figure onto an image.
 Understand that two figures are congruent if one can be mapped exactly onto he other by a sequence of one or more rigid transformations.
 Perform sequences of translations, rotations, and reflections that maps a figure onto an image.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to describe that effects of rigid transformations on a figure.
Unit 2 Geometric Figures: Transformations, Similarity, and Angle Relationships
Description: During this unit, students are extending their knowledge of transformations to dilations, angle relationships formed by parallel lines but by a transversal, and angle relationships in triangles. Students also explore angle relationships in triangles.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use prior knowledge of scale drawings to understand that a dilation is a transformation that can enlarge or reduce the figure creating similar figures.
 Build upon the knowledge of transformations to discover angle relationships between angles formed by a pair of parallel lines and a line that intersects them.
 Extend upon the knowledge of angle pairs to help when exploring angle relationships in triangles proving triangles similar.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
G Geometry
A. Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software.
8.G.A.3 Describe the effect of dilations, translations, rotations, and reflections on two dimensional figures using coordinates. (Rotations are only about the origin, dilations only use the origin as the center of dilation, and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.
8.G.A.4 Explain that a two  dimensional figure is similar to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, translations, and dilations; given two similar two dimensional figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the similarity between them. (Rotations are only about the origin, dilations only use the origin as the center of dilation, and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.
8.G.A.5 Use informal arguments to establish facts about the angle sum and exterior angle of triangles, about the angles created when parallel lines are cut by a transversal, and the angle angl e criterion for similarity of triangles.
The student will be able to….
 Understand that a dilation is a transformation in which the shape of a figure stays the same, but its size can change.
 Understand that if a figure can be obtained by transforming a different figure, they are similar.
 Perform and describe a sequence of transformations that shows two figures are similar.
 Identify pairs of angles that are formed when two lines are cut by a transversal.
 Use angle relationships to find unknown angle measurements given a pair of parallel lines cut by a transversal.
 Find unknown angle measurements by using the interior and exterior angle relationships of a triangle.
 Show that it two triangles have two pairs of corresponding angles that are congruent, then the triangles are similar.
 Agree or disagree with ideas in discussions about geometric figures and explain why.
Unit 3 Linear Relationships
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to the concept of slope, and solving linear equations and systems of equations.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Understand that linear equations with two variables has a graph that is a straight line. Using prior knowledge of ratios and unit rates will help make sense of the slope and yintercept.
 Learn that a linear equation in one variable can have one solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions.
 Understand that a system of equations is a group of related linear equations where a solution makes all the equations true at the same time.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EE Expressions and Equations
B. Understand the connections between proportional relationships, lines, and linear equations.
8.EE.B.5 Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the graph. Compare two different proportional relationships represented in different ways.
8.EE.B.6 Use similar triangles to explain why the slope m is the same between any two distinct points on a non vertical line in the coordinate plane; derive the equation y = mx for a line through the origin and the equation y = mx + b for a line intercepting the vertical axis at b.
C. Analyze and solve linear equations and pairs of simultaneous linear equations.
8.EE.C.7 Solve linear equations in one variable.
a. Give examples of linear equations in one variable with one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solutions. Show which of these possibilities is the case by successively transforming the given equation into simpler forms, until an equivalent equation of the form x = a, a = a, or a = b results (where a and b are different numbers).
b. Solve linear equations with rational number coefficients, including equations whose solutions require expanding expressions using the distributive property and collecting like terms.
8.EE.C.8 Analyze and solve pairs of simultaneous linear equations.
a. Understand that solutions to a system of two linear equations in two variables correspond to points of intersection of their graphs, because points of intersection satisfy both equations simultaneously.
b. Solve systems of two linear equations in two variables algebraically, and estimate solutions by graphing the equations. Solve simple cases by inspection.
The student will be able to….
 Define slope and show that the slope of a line is the same between any two points on the line.
 Find the slope of a line and graph linear equations given in any form.
 Derive the linear equations y=mx and y=mx +b.
 Represent and solve onevariable linear equations with the variable on both sides of the equation.
 Determine whether onevariable linear equations have one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solutions, and give examples.
 Solve systems of linear equations graphically and algebraically.
 Represent and solve systems of linear equations to solve realworld and mathematical problems.
 Justify solutions to problems about linear equations by telling what I noticed and what I decided to do as a result.
Unit 4 Functions
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to comparing and interpreting functions, describing qualitatively, and writing equations for linear functions.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Learn that a function is a rule that assigns exactly one output to each input.
 Use tables, graphs, equations and verbal descriptions to model, evaluate, and compare characteristics of linear functions.
 Describe functions qualitatively based on its graph.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
F Functions
A. Define, evaluate, and compare functions.
8.F.A.1 Understand that a function is a rule that assigns to each input exactly one output. The graph of a function is the set of ordered pairs consisting of an input and the corresponding output.
8.F.A.2 Compare proper ties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions).
8.F.A.3 Interpret the equation y = mx + b as defining a linear function, whose graph is a straight line; categorize functions as linear or nonlinear when given equations, graphs, or tables.
B. Use functions to model relationships between quantities.
8.F.B.4 Construct a function to model a linear relationship between two quantities. Determine the rate of change and initial value of the function from a description of a relationship or from two (x, y) values, including reading these from a table or from a graph. Interpret the rate of change and initial value of a linear function in terms of the situation it models, and in terms of its graph or a table of values.
8.F.B.5 Describe qualitatively the functional relationship between two quantities by analyzing a graph (e.g., where the function is increasing or decreasing, linear or nonlinear). Sketch a graph that exhibits the qualitative features of a function that has been described verbally.
The student will be able to….
 Understand that a function is a type of rule where each input results in exactly one output.
 Identify relationships that are functions from different representations, such as descriptions, tables, graphs, or equations.
 Determine whether a function is linear or nonlinear.
 Identify and interpret the rate of change and initial value for a linear function.
 Write an equation to model a linear function.
 Compare two functions represented in different way, such as in words, with tables, as equations, and as graphs.
 Use a graph to describe a function qualitatively.
 Sketch a graph of a function from a qualitative description.
 Make connections between different representations of functions by explaining how they are similar and different.
Unit 5 Integer Exponents
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to operations with powers, comparing integer powers of ten, and expressing and operating with numbers in scientific notation.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Explore operations with powers and discover patterns that help to understand and apply properties of exponents.
 Use knowledge of properties of exponents to operate numbers that are very large and very small.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EE Expressions and Equations
A. Work with radicals and integer exponents.
8.EE.A.1 Know and apply the properties of integer exponents to generate equivalent numerical expressions.
8.EE.A.3 Use numbers expressed in the form of a single digit times an integer power of 10 to estimate very large or very small quantities, and to express how many times as much one is than the other.
8.EE.A.4 Perform operations with numbers expressed in scientific notation, including problems where both decimal and scientific notation are used. Use scientific notation and choose units of appropriate size for measurements of very large or very small quantities.
The student will be able to….
 Simplify expressions with two or more powers using exponent properties.
 Apply exponent properties to rewrite or simplify expressions with zero and negative integer exponents.
 Express, estimate, and compare quantities using integer powers of 10.
 Perform operations with numbers in scientific notation.
 Work with scientific notation to solve problems.
 Listen carefully during discussion in order to understand and explain another person’s ideas.
Unit 6 Real Numbers
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to irrational numbers, Pythagorean Theorem, and its converse, and finding the volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use knowledge about working with rational numbers to solve problems with both rational and irrational numbers in both algebra and geometry topics understanding that an irrational number cannot be written as a terminating or repeating decimal.
 Discover the side lengths of a right triangle have a special relationship and this relationship can you used to find an unknown side length.
 Use prior knowledge of pi and the area of circles to solve realworld problems about volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EE Expressions and Equations
A. Work with radicals and integer exponents.
8.EE.A.2 Use square root and cube root symbols to represent solutions to equations of the form x 2 = p and x 3 = p, where p is a positive rational number. Evaluate square roots of small perfect squares and cube roots of small perfect cubes. Know that √2 is irrational.
NS Number Systems
A. Know that there are numbers that are not rational, and approximate them by rational numbers.
8.NS.A.1 Know that numbers that are not rational are called irrational. Understand informally that every number has a decimal expansion; for rational numbers show that the decimal expansion repeats eventually. Convert a decimal expansion which repeats eventually into a rational number by analyzing repeating patterns.
8.NS.A.2 Use rational approximations of irrational numbers to compare the size of irrational numbers, locate them approximately on a number line diagram, and estimate the value of expressions.
GGeometry
B. Understand and apply the Pythagorean Theorem.
8.G.B.6 Explain a proof of the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse using the areas of squares.
8.G.B.7 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to determine unknown side lengths in right triangles in realworld and mathematical problems in two and three dimensions.
8.G.B.8 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points in a coordinate system.
C. Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres.
8.G.C.9 Know the formulas for the volumes of cones, cylinders, and spheres and use them to solve real  world and mathematical problems.
The student will be able to….
 Recognize numbers as perfect squares and perfect cubes.
 Take the square root or cube root of a number to solve problems.
 Know every rational number can be written as a repeating or a terminating decimal.
 Write repeating decimals as fractions.
 Find rational approximations of irrational numbers and locate them on the number line.
 Explain the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse.
 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to find an unknown length in a figure or distance between two points in the coordinate plane.
 Know the volume formulas for cones, cylinders, and spheres and use them to solve problems.
 Actively participate in discussions by asking questions and rephrasing or building on a classmates’ ideas.
Unit 7 Statistics: TwoVariable Data
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to bivariate data, including quantitative data displayed in scatter plots and analyzed with lines of fit. Students will also experience categorical data displayed in twoway tables and analyzed with relative frequencies.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Build upon onevariable data displays by constructing and analyzing twovariable data displays.
 Use prior knowledge of linear equations to help model a linear pattern in a twovariable data set to make predictions.
 Organize and interpret twovariable categorical data and describe possible associations.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
SP Statistics and Probability
A. Investigate patterns of association in bivariate data.
8.SP.A.1 Construct and interpret scatter plots for bivariate measurement data to investigate patterns of association between two quantities. Describe patterns such as clustering, outliers, positive or negative association, linear association, and nonlinear association.
8.SP.A.2 Know that straight lines are widely used to model relationships between two quantitative variables. For scatter plots that suggest a linear association, informally fit a straight line, and informally assess the model fit by judging the closeness of the data points to the line.
8.SP.A.3 Use the equation of a linear model to solve problems in the context of bivariate measurement data, interpreting the slope and intercept.
8.SP.A.4 Understand that pat terns of association can also be seen in bivariate categorical data by displaying frequencies and relative frequencies in a two way table. Construct and interpret a two way table summarizing data on two categorical variables collected from the same subject s. Use relative frequencies calculated for rows or columns to describe possible association between the two variables.
8.NS.A.2 Use rational approximations of irrational numbers to compare the size of irrational numbers, locate them approximately on a number line diagram, and estimate the value of expressions.
The student will be able to….
 Make and use scatter plots to recognize and describe patterns and associations in twovariable data.
 Assess linear models for good fit to a set of data.
 Write and interpret equations for linear models that are good lines of fit for data.
 Understand and identify associations in twovariable categorical data by displaying frequencies in twoway tables.
 Construct and interpret twoway tables with relative frequency.
 Explain ideas about twovariable data clearly by using models to show why the ideas make sense for the problem.
Accelerate to Algebra
FIRST SEMESTER
Unit 1 Proportional Relationships
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to scale factors, will build upon their knowledge of unit rates now involving ratios of fractions, represent proportional relationships with equations and graphs, and compute the circumference and area of circles.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use prior knowledge of unit rate and dividing fractions to explore ratios that compare fractions.
 Relate knowledge of ratios to explore the meaning of a proportional relationship in which one quantity is a constant multiple of another. Y= kx, where k is the constant multiple or constant of proportionality.
 Discover the distance around a circle, circumference, divided by the distance across, diameter, is always the same, a number called pi.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
RP Ratios and Proportional Relationships
A. Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real  world and mathematical problems.
7.RP.A.1 Compute unit rates associated with ratios of fractions, including ratios of lengths, areas and other quantities measured in like or different units.
7.RP.A.2 Recognize and represent proportional relationships between quantities.
a. Decide whether two quantities are in a proportional relationship
b. Identify the constant of proportionality (unit rate) in tables, graphs, equations, diagrams, and verbal descriptions of proportional relationships.
c. Represent proportional relationships by equations.
d. Explain what a point (x, y) on the graph of a proportional relationship means in terms of the situation, with special attention to the points (0, 0) and (1, r) where r is the unit rate.
G.Geometry
A. Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationship between them.
7.G.A.1 Solve problems involving scale drawings of geometric figures, such as computing actual lengths and areas from a scale drawing and reproducing a scale drawing at a different scale.
B. Solve reallife and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume.
7.G.B.4 Know the formulas for the area and circumference of a circle and solve problems; give an informal derivation of the relationship between the circumference and area of a circle.
The student will be able to….
 Find actual distance given a scale drawing.
 Find actual area given a scale drawing.
 Draw a scale drawing in a different scale.
 Find unit rates with complex fractions.
 Identify proportional relationships and the constant of proportionality.
 Write an equation to represent a proportional relationship.
 Interpret graphs of proportional relationships.
 Find the circumference and area of circles.
 Make connections between representations of proportional relationships by explaining how they are similar and different.
Unit 2 Numbers and Operations: Add and Subtract Rational Numbers
Description: During this unit, students are extending their knowledge of positive and negative numbers to now combining by adding and subtracting negative numbers.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use prior knowledge about positive and negative numbers and about addition on the number line to help add with positive and negative numbers.
 Use prior knowledge of how addition and subtraction are related to gain an understanding of subtracting positive and negative numbers.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NSNumber System
A. Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers .
7.NS.A.1 Apply and extend previous understandings of addition and subtraction to add and subtract rational numbers; represent addition and subtraction on a horizontal or vertical number line diagram.
a. Describe situations in which opposite quantities combine to make 0. For example, a hydrogen atom has 0 charge because its two constituents are oppositely charged.
b. Understand p + q as the number located a distance q  from p, in the positive or negative direction depending on whether q is positive or negative. Show that a number and its opposite have a sum of 0 (are additive inverses). Interpret sums of rational numbers by describing realworld contexts.
c. Understand subtraction of rational numbers as adding the additive inverse, p – q = p + (– q). Show that the distance between two rational numbers on the number line is the absolute value of their difference and apply this principle in real world contexts.
d. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract rational numbers.
The student will be able to….
 Add positive and negative integers.
 Add positive and negative fractions and decimals.
 Subtract positive and negative integers.
 Justify solutions to problems about adding and subtracting rational numbers by telling what I noticed and what I decided at a result.
Unit 3 Numbers and Operations: Multiply and Divide Rational Numbers
Description: During this unit, students are working with rational numbers in decimals forms that either terminate or repeat along with continuing work with rational numbers by multiplying and dividing negative numbers.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Extending the properties of operations to include operations with negative numbers to help understand how to multiply and divide with signed numbers.
 Divide an integer by any integer except 0, and the quotient is a rational number. Rational numbers have decimals forms that either terminate or repeat.
 Write any division problem as a fraction, including problems with negative numbers.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NSNumber System
A.Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers .
7.NS.A.2 Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division and of fractions to multiply and divide rational numbers.
a. Understand that multiplication is extended from fractions to rational numbers by requiring that operations continue to satisfy the properties of operations, particularly the distributive property, leading to products such as (–1) (–1) = 1 and the rules for multiplying signed numbers. Interpret products of rational numbers by describing realworld contexts.
b. Understand that integers can be divided, provided that the divisor is not zero, and every quotient of integers (with non  zero divisor) is a rational number. If p and q are integers, then – (p / q) = (–p) / q = p / (–q). Interpret quotients of rational numbers by describing real  world contexts.
c. Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide rational numbers.
d. Convert a rational number to a decimal using long division; know that the decimal form of a rational number terminates in 0s or eventually repeats.
7.NS.A.3 Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving the four operations with rational numbers.
EE Expressions and Exponents
B. Solve real life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions and equations.
7.EE.B.3 Solve multistep reallife and mathematical problems posed with positive and negative rational numbers in any form (whole numbers, fractions, and decimals), using tools strategically. Apply properties of operations to calculate with numbers in any form.
The student will be able to….
 Multiply positive and negative integers.
 Divide positive and negative integers.
 Multiply positive and negative fractions and decimals.
 Divide positive and negative fractions and decimals.
 Express rational numbers as terminating or repeating decimals.
 Solve word problems with rational numbers.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to explain problems with rational numbers.
Unit 4 Algebraic Thinking: Expressions, Equations, and Inequalities
Description: During this unit, students are generating equivalent expressions and solving multistep equations and inequalities.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Apply properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions.
 Apply knowledge of solving onestep equations to solve multistep equations and inequalities.
 Discover/Reason about the effect of multiplying by a negative number can help to understand why the inequality symbol sometimes changes when solving inequalities.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EEExpressions and Exponents
A. Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers .
7.EE.A.1 Apply properties of operations as strategies to add, subtract, factor, and expand linear expressions with rational coefficients to include multiple grouping symbols (e.g., parentheses, brackets, and braces).
7.EE.A.2 Understand that rewriting an expression in different forms in a problem context can shed light on the problem and how the quantities in it are related.
EE Expressions and Exponents
B. Solve real life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions and equations.
7.EE.B.4 Use variables to represent quantities in a realworld or mathematical problem, and construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the quantities.
The student will be able to….
 Find equivalent expressions.
 Rewrite expressions in different forms.
 Solve multistep equations.
 Solve problems using equations.
 Solve inequalities.
 Graph the solution to an inequality on a number line.
 Actively participate in discussions by asking questions and rephrasing or building on classmates’ ideas.
Unit 5 Proportional Reasoning
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to proportional reasoning with percents and statistical samples. Random sampling will be explored by students as well in this unit.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Apply knowledge of proportional reasoning to understand applications of percents, for example simple interest, percent change, and percent error.
 Apply knowledge of proportional reasoning in order to draw conclusions about populations based on random sampling.
 Use prior knowledge of data distribution and measures of center and variability to compare two populations.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
RP Ratios and Proportional Relationships
A. Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real  world and mathematical problems.
7.RP.A.3 Use proportional relationships to solve multistep ratio and percent problems of simple interest, tax, markups and markdowns, gratuities and commissions, fees, percent increase and decrease, and percent error.
SP Statistics and Probability
A. Use random sampling to draw inferences about a population.
7.SP.A.1 Understand that statistics can be used to gain information about a population by examining a sample of the population; generalizations about a population from a sample are valid only if the sample is representative of that population. Understand that rand om sampling tends to produce representative samples and support valid inferences.
7.SP.A.2 Use data from a random sample to draw inferences about a population with an unknown characteristic of interest. Generate multiple samples (or simulated samples) of the same size to gauge the variation in estimates or predictions.
7.SP.A.3 Informally assess the degree of visual overlap of two numerical data distributions with similar variabilities using quantitative measures of center (median and/ or mean) and variability (interquartile range and/ or mean absolute deviation), as well as describing any overall pattern and any striking deviations from the overall pattern with reference to the context in which the data were gathered.
7.SP.A.4 Use measures of center and measures of variability for numerical data from random samples to draw informal comparative inferences about two populations.
The student will be able to….
 Calculate simple interest.
 Solve percent problems involving markups, markdowns, tips, tax, and commission.
 Solve percent problems involving percent change or percent error.
 Identify random samples.
 Make statistical inferences from random samples.
 Compare data using measures of center and variability.
 Agree or disagree with ideas in discussions about random samples and explain why?
Unit 6 Geometry
Description: During this unit, students will take part in writing and solving equations for problems involving area, surface area, volume, and angle relationships, describing plane sections of threedimensional figures, and drawing shapes with given attributes.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Apply knowledge of writing and solving equations to geometry concepts such as area, surface area, volume, and angle relationships.
 Apply knowledge of surface area and volume of rectangular prisms to compute surface area and volume of any prism.
 Apply knowledge of twodimensional figures to help identify shapes forms when a plane is sliced.
 Apply knowledge of angles, triangles, and quadrilaterals to draw shapes with given parameters.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GGeometry
A. Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationships between them.
7.G.A.3 Draw (freehand, with ruler and protractor, or with technology) geometric shapes with given conditions.
B. Solve reallife and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume.
7.G.B.6 Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving area, volume and surface area of two and threedimensional objects composed of triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons, cubes, and right prisms. (Pyramids limited to surface area only.)
The student will be able to….
 Solve problems involving area and surface area.
 Solve problems involving volume.
 Describe plane sections of prisms, pyramids, and cylinders.
 Solve problems with angles.
 Draw triangles and quadrilaterals to meet given conditions.
 Listen carefully during discussion in order to understand and explain another person’s ideas.
Unit 7 Probability
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to the concept of probability. Students will learn how to find the probability of single and compound events along with comparing experimental and theoretical probability.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use proportional reasoning to understand probabilities and to make predictions about future events.
 Apply knowledge of collecting and analyzing data to help estimate the probability of a chance event.
 Analyze possible outcomes and use knowledge of fractions, decimals, and percent to help find probabilities.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
A. Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationships between them.
7.G.A.3 Draw (freehand, with ruler and protractor, or with technology) geometric shapes with given conditions.
B. Solve reallife and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume.
7.G.B.6 Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving area, volume and surface area of two and threedimensional objects composed of triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons, cubes, and right prisms. (Pyramids limited to surface area only.)
The student will be able to….
 Describe the probability of an event using words and numbers.
 Find probabilities of single events.
 Use the results of an experiment to find the experimental probability of an event.
 Find the theoretical probability of an event.
 Compare theoretical and experimental probabilities.
 Find probabilities of compound events.
 Use simulations to find probabilities of events.
 Explain ideas about probability clearly by using models to show why the ideas make sense for the problem.
SECOND SEMESTER
Unit 1 Geometric Figures: Rigid Transformations and Congruence
Description: During this unit, students will be introduced to rigid transformations, including those in the coordinate plane.
Major Themes of the Unit:
Discover rigid transformations are slides, flips, or turns that change the location and orientation of a figure but not its size or shape. Also using the coordinate plane to explore how transformations affect the placement of a figures’ vertices.
Use rigid transformations to make sense of congruence and understand why corresponding side and angles of a congruent figure are the same.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
G Geometry
A. Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software.
8.G.A.1 Verify experimentally the properties of rotations, reflections, and translations:
a. Lines are taken to lines, and line segments to line segments of the same length.
b. Angles are taken to angles of the same measure.
c. Parallel lines are taken to parallel lines.
8.G.A.2 Explain that a two  dimensional figure is congruent to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, and translations; given two congruent figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the congruence between the m. (Rotations are only about the origin and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.)
8.G.A.3 Describe the effect of dilations, translations, rotations, and reflections on two dimensional figures using coordinates. (Rotations are only about the origin, dilations only use the origin as the center of dilation, and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.
The student will be able to….
 Recognize translations, reflections, and rotations, as rigid transformations.
 Understand that rigid transformations do not change the size and shape of a figure.
 Perform translations, reflections, and rotations in the coordinate plane.
 Describe a rigid transformation that maps a figure onto an image.
 Understand that two figures are congruent if one can be mapped exactly onto he other by a sequence of one or more rigid transformations.
 Perform sequences of translations, rotations, and reflections that maps a figure onto an image.
 Use math vocabulary and precise language to describe that effects of rigid transformations on a figure.
Unit 2 Geometric Figures: Transformations, Similarity, and Angle Relationships
Description: During this unit, students are extending their knowledge of transformations to dilations, angle relationships formed by parallel lines but by a transversal, and angle relationships in triangles. Students also explore angle relationships in triangles.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use prior knowledge of scale drawings to understand that a dilation is a transformation that can enlarge or reduce the figure creating similar figures.
 Build upon the knowledge of transformations to discover angle relationships between angles formed by a pair of parallel lines and a line that intersects them.
 Extend upon the knowledge of angle pairs to help when exploring angle relationships in triangles proving triangles similar.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
G Geometry
A. Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software.
8.G.A.3 Describe the effect of dilations, translations, rotations, and reflections on two dimensional figures using coordinates. (Rotations are only about the origin, dilations only use the origin as the center of dilation, and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.
8.G.A.4 Explain that a two  dimensional figure is similar to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, translations, and dilations; given two similar two dimensional figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the similarity between them. (Rotations are only about the origin, dilations only use the origin as the center of dilation, and reflections are only over the y axis and x axis.
8.G.A.5 Use informal arguments to establish facts about the angle sum and exterior angle of triangles, about the angles created when parallel lines are cut by a transversal, and the angle angl e criterion for similarity of triangles.
The student will be able to….
 Understand that a dilation is a transformation in which the shape of a figure stays the same, but its size can change.
 Understand that if a figure can be obtained by transforming a different figure, they are similar.
 Perform and describe a sequence of transformations that shows two figures are similar.
 Identify pairs of angles that are formed when two lines are cut by a transversal.
 Use angle relationships to find unknown angle measurements given a pair of parallel lines cut by a transversal.
 Find unknown angle measurements by using the interior and exterior angle relationships of a triangle.
 Show that it two triangles have two pairs of corresponding angles that are congruent, then the triangles are similar.
 Agree or disagree with ideas in discussions about geometric figures and explain why.
Unit 3 Linear Relationships
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to the concept of slope, and solving linear equations and systems of equations.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Understand that linear equations with two variables has a graph that is a straight line. Using prior knowledge of ratios and unit rates will help make sense of the slope and yintercept.
 Learn that a linear equation in one variable can have one solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions.
 Understand that a system of equations is a group of related linear equations where a solution makes all the equations true at the same time.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EE Expressions and Equations
B. Understand the connections between proportional relationships, lines, and linear equations.
8.EE.B.5 Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the graph. Compare two different proportional relationships represented in different ways.
8.EE.B.6 Use similar triangles to explain why the slope m is the same between any two distinct points on a non vertical line in the coordinate plane; derive the equation y = mx for a line through the origin and the equation y = mx + b for a line intercepting the vertical axis at b.
C. Analyze and solve linear equations and pairs of simultaneous linear equations.
8.EE.C.7 Solve linear equations in one variable.
a. Give examples of linear equations in one variable with one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solutions. Show which of these possibilities is the case by successively transforming the given equation into simpler forms, until an equivalent equation of the form x = a, a = a, or a = b results (where a and b are different numbers).
b. Solve linear equations with rational number coefficients, including equations whose solutions require expanding expressions using the distributive property and collecting like terms.
8.EE.C.8 Analyze and solve pairs of simultaneous linear equations.
a. Understand that solutions to a system of two linear equations in two variables correspond to points of intersection of their graphs, because points of intersection satisfy both equations simultaneously.
b. Solve systems of two linear equations in two variables algebraically, and estimate solutions by graphing the equations. Solve simple cases by inspection.
The student will be able to….
 Define slope and show that the slope of a line is the same between any two points on the line.
 Find the slope of a line and graph linear equations given in any form.
 Derive the linear equations y=mx and y=mx +b.
 Represent and solve onevariable linear equations with the variable on both sides of the equation.
 Determine whether onevariable linear equations have one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solutions, and give examples.
 Solve systems of linear equations graphically and algebraically.
 Represent and solve systems of linear equations to solve realworld and mathematical problems.
 Justify solutions to problems about linear equations by telling what I noticed and what I decided to do as a result.
Unit 4 Functions
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to comparing and interpreting functions, describing qualitatively, and writing equations for linear functions.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Learn that a function is a rule that assigns exactly one output to each input.
 Use tables, graphs, equations and verbal descriptions to model, evaluate, and compare characteristics of linear functions.
 Describe functions qualitatively based on its graph.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
F Functions
A. Define, evaluate, and compare functions.
8.F.A.1 Understand that a function is a rule that assigns to each input exactly one output. The graph of a function is the set of ordered pairs consisting of an input and the corresponding output.
8.F.A.2 Compare proper ties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions).
8.F.A.3 Interpret the equation y = mx + b as defining a linear function, whose graph is a straight line; categorize functions as linear or nonlinear when given equations, graphs, or tables.
B. Use functions to model relationships between quantities.
8.F.B.4 Construct a function to model a linear relationship between two quantities. Determine the rate of change and initial value of the function from a description of a relationship or from two (x, y) values, including reading these from a table or from a graph. Interpret the rate of change and initial value of a linear function in terms of the situation it models, and in terms of its graph or a table of values.
8.F.B.5 Describe qualitatively the functional relationship between two quantities by analyzing a graph (e.g., where the function is increasing or decreasing, linear or nonlinear). Sketch a graph that exhibits the qualitative features of a function that has been described verbally.
The student will be able to….
 Understand that a function is a type of rule where each input results in exactly one output.
 Identify relationships that are functions from different representations, such as descriptions, tables, graphs, or equations.
 Determine whether a function is linear or nonlinear.
 Identify and interpret the rate of change and initial value for a linear function.
 Write an equation to model a linear function.
 Compare two functions represented in different way, such as in words, with tables, as equations, and as graphs.
 Use a graph to describe a function qualitatively.
 Sketch a graph of a function from a qualitative description.
 Make connections between different representations of functions by explaining how they are similar and different.
Unit 5 Integer Exponents
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to operations with powers, comparing integer powers of ten, and expressing and operating with numbers in scientific notation.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Explore operations with powers and discover patterns that help to understand and apply properties of exponents.
 Use knowledge of properties of exponents to operate numbers that are very large and very small.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EE Expressions and Equations
A. Work with radicals and integer exponents.
8.EE.A.1 Know and apply the properties of integer exponents to generate equivalent numerical expressions.
8.EE.A.3 Use numbers expressed in the form of a single digit times an integer power of 10 to estimate very large or very small quantities, and to express how many times as much one is than the other.
8.EE.A.4 Perform operations with numbers expressed in scientific notation, including problems where both decimal and scientific notation are used. Use scientific notation and choose units of appropriate size for measurements of very large or very small quantities.
The student will be able to….
 Simplify expressions with two or more powers using exponent properties.
 Apply exponent properties to rewrite or simplify expressions with zero and negative integer exponents.
 Express, estimate, and compare quantities using integer powers of 10.
 Perform operations with numbers in scientific notation.
 Work with scientific notation to solve problems.
 Listen carefully during discussion in order to understand and explain another person’s ideas.
Unit 6 Real Numbers
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to irrational numbers, Pythagorean Theorem, and its converse, and finding the volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Use knowledge about working with rational numbers to solve problems with both rational and irrational numbers in both algebra and geometry topics understanding that an irrational number cannot be written as a terminating or repeating decimal.
 Discover the side lengths of a right triangle have a special relationship and this relationship can you used to find an unknown side length.
 Use prior knowledge of pi and the area of circles to solve realworld problems about volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
EE Expressions and Equations
A. Work with radicals and integer exponents.
8.EE.A.2 Use square root and cube root symbols to represent solutions to equations of the form x 2 = p and x 3 = p, where p is a positive rational number. Evaluate square roots of small perfect squares and cube roots of small perfect cubes. Know that √2 is irrational.
NS Number Systems
A. Know that there are numbers that are not rational, and approximate them by rational numbers.
8.NS.A.1 Know that numbers that are not rational are called irrational. Understand informally that every number has a decimal expansion; for rational numbers show that the decimal expansion repeats eventually. Convert a decimal expansion which repeats eventually into a rational number by analyzing repeating patterns.
8.NS.A.2 Use rational approximations of irrational numbers to compare the size of irrational numbers, locate them approximately on a number line diagram, and estimate the value of expressions.
GGeometry
B. Understand and apply the Pythagorean Theorem.
8.G.B.6 Explain a proof of the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse using the areas of squares.
8.G.B.7 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to determine unknown side lengths in right triangles in realworld and mathematical problems in two and three dimensions.
8.G.B.8 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points in a coordinate system.
C. Solve realworld and mathematical problems involving volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres.
8.G.C.9 Know the formulas for the volumes of cones, cylinders, and spheres and use them to solve real  world and mathematical problems.
The student will be able to….
 Recognize numbers as perfect squares and perfect cubes.
 Take the square root or cube root of a number to solve problems.
 Know every rational number can be written as a repeating or a terminating decimal.
 Write repeating decimals as fractions.
 Find rational approximations of irrational numbers and locate them on the number line.
 Explain the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse.
 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to find an unknown length in a figure or distance between two points in the coordinate plane.
 Know the volume formulas for cones, cylinders, and spheres and use them to solve problems.
 Actively participate in discussions by asking questions and rephrasing or building on a classmates’ ideas.
Unit 7 Statistics: TwoVariable Data
Description: During this unit, students are introduced to bivariate data, including quantitative data displayed in scatter plots and analyzed with lines of fit. Students will also experience categorical data displayed in twoway tables and analyzed with relative frequencies.
Major Themes of the Unit:
 Build upon onevariable data displays by constructing and analyzing twovariable data displays.
 Use prior knowledge of linear equations to help model a linear pattern in a twovariable data set to make predictions.
 Organize and interpret twovariable categorical data and describe possible associations.
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
SP Statistics and Probability
A. Investigate patterns of association in bivariate data.
8.SP.A.1 Construct and interpret scatter plots for bivariate measurement data to investigate patterns of association between two quantities. Describe patterns such as clustering, outliers, positive or negative association, linear association, and nonlinear association.
8.SP.A.2 Know that straight lines are widely used to model relationships between two quantitative variables. For scatter plots that suggest a linear association, informally fit a straight line, and informally assess the model fit by judging the closeness of the data points to the line.
8.SP.A.3 Use the equation of a linear model to solve problems in the context of bivariate measurement data, interpreting the slope and intercept.
8.SP.A.4 Understand that pat terns of association can also be seen in bivariate categorical data by displaying frequencies and relative frequencies in a two way table. Construct and interpret a two way table summarizing data on two categorical variables collected from the same subject s. Use relative frequencies calculated for rows or columns to describe possible association between the two variables.
8.NS.A.2 Use rational approximations of irrational numbers to compare the size of irrational numbers, locate them approximately on a number line diagram, and estimate the value of expressions.
The student will be able to….
 Make and use scatter plots to recognize and describe patterns and associations in twovariable data.
 Assess linear models for good fit to a set of data.
 Write and interpret equations for linear models that are good lines of fit for data.
 Understand and identify associations in twovariable categorical data by displaying frequencies in twoway tables.
 Construct and interpret twoway tables with relative frequency.
 Explain ideas about twovariable data clearly by using models to show why the ideas make sense for the problem.
Algebra I
Topic 1
Solving Equations and Inequalities
Topic 1 focuses on extending students’ understanding of writing and solving equations and inequalities to include equations and inequalities that require multiple steps to solve, as well as those that have variables on both sides of the equation or inequality.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Reason about operations on real numbers.
 Create and solve linear equations with one variable.
 Write and solve equations with a variable on both sides to solve problems.
 Rewrite and use literal equations to solve problems.
 Solve and graph inequalities.
 Write and solve compound inequalities.
 Write and solve absolute value equations and inequalities.
Academic Vocabulary
 element of a set
 set
 subset
 identity
 formula
 literal equation
 compound inequality
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NRN.B.3 Explain why the sum or product of two rational numbers is rational; that the sum of a rational number and an irrational number is irrational; and that the product of a nonzero rational number and an irrational number is irrational.
ACED.A.1 Create equations and inequalities in one variable and use them to solve problems. Include equations arising from linear, quadratic, and exponential functions.
AREI.A.1 Explain each step in solving a simple equation as following from the equality of numbers asserted at the previous step, starting from the assumption that the original equation has a solution. Construct a viable argument to justify a solution method.
AREI.B.3 Solve linear equations and inequalities in one variable, including equations with coefficients represented by letters.
NQ.A.2 Define appropriate quantities for the purpose of descriptive modeling.
NQ.A.1 Use units as a way to understand problems and to guide the solution of multistep problems; choose and interpret units consistently in formulas; choose and interpret the scale and the origin in graphs and data displays.
ACED.A.4 Rearrange formulas to highlight a quantity of interest, using the same reasoning as in solving equations. For example, rearrange Ohm's law V = IR to highlight resistance R.
ACED.A.3 Represent constraints by equations or inequalities, and by systems of equations and/or inequalities, and interpret solutions as viable or nonviable options in a modeling context. For example, represent inequalities describing nutritional and cost constraints on combinations of different foods.
FBF.A.1 Write a linear, quadratic, or exponential function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
Topic 2
Linear Equations
Topic 2 focuses on extending students’ understanding of linear equations. Students analyze descriptions of lines and write their equations in different forms.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Solve absolute value equations and inequalities.
 Use absolute value equations and inequalities to solve problems.
 Write linear equations in two variables using slopeintercept form to represent the relationship between two quantities.
 Interpret the slope and the intercept of a linear model.•Write and graph linear equations in standard form.
 Use linear equations in standard form to interpret the x and yintercepts in the context of given data.
Academic Vocabulary
 pointslope form
 slopeintercept form
 standard form of a linear equation
 yintercept
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
ACED.A.2 Create equations in two or more variables to represent relationships between quantities; graph equations on coordinate axes with labels and scales.
SID.C.7 Interpret the slope (rate of change) and the intercept (constant term) of a linear model in the context of the data.
FLE.A.2 Construct linear and exponential functions, including arithmetic and geometric sequences, given a graph, a description of a relationship, or two inputoutput pairs (include reading these from a table).
ACED.A.3 Represent constraints by equations or inequalities, and by systems of equations and/or inequalities, and interpret solutions as viable or nonviable options in a modeling context. For example, represent inequalities describing nutritional and cost constraints on combinations of different foods.
ACED.A.1 Create equations and inequalities in one variable and use them to solve problems. Include equations arising from linear, quadratic, and exponential functions.
ACED.A.4 Rearrange formulas to highlight a quantity of interest, using the same reasoning as in solving equations. For example, rearrange Ohm's law V = IR to highlight resistance R.
AREI.B.3 Solve linear equations and inequalities in one variable, including equations with coefficients represented by letters.
NQ.A.2 Define appropriate quantities for the purpose of descriptive modeling.
FBF.A.1 Write a linear, quadratic, or exponential function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
Topic 3
Linear Functions
Topic 3 focuses on extending students’ understanding of linear equations to linear functions. Students learn methods to write, graph, and transform linear functions. They also apply analytic methods to tabular and graphic data sets that have linear relationships.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Understand that a relation is a function if each element of the domain is assigned to exactly one element in the range.
 Determine a reasonable domain and identify constraints on the domain based on the context of a realworld problem.
 Write and evaluate linear functions using function notation.
 Graph a linear function and relate the domain of a function to its graph.
 Interpret functions represented by graphs, tables, verbal descriptions, and function notation in terms of a context.
 Write and evaluate linear functions using function notation.
 Graph a linear function and relate the domain of a function to its graph.
 Interpret functions represented by graphs, tables, verbal descriptions, and function notation in terms of a context.
 Identify the common difference in a sequence.
 Write arithmetic sequences both recursively and with an explicit formula.
 Construct arithmetic sequences, given a graph, a description of a relationship, or two inputoutput pairs.
 Fit a function to linear data shown in a scatter plot and use fitted functions to solve problems in the context of the data.
 Interpret the slope of a trend line within the context of data.
Academic Vocabulary
 Continuous
 Discrete
 Domain
 Function
 Onetoone
 Range
 Relation
 Function notation
 Linear function
 Transformation
 Translation
 Arithmetic sequence
 Common difference
 Explicit formula
 Recursive formula
 Sequence
 Term of the sequence
 Negative association
 Negative correlation
 No association
 Positive association
 Positive correlation
 Trend line
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.A.1 Understand that a function from one set (called the domain) to another set (called the range) assigns to each element of the domain exactly one element of the range. If f is a function and x is an element of its domain, then f(x) denotes the output of f corresponding to the input x. The graph off is the graph of the equation y = f(x).
FIF.A.2 Use function notation, evaluate functions for inputs in their domains, and interpret statements that use function notation in terms of a context.
FIF.B.5 Relate the domain of a function to its graph and, where applicable, to the quantitative relationship it describes. For example, if the function h(n) gives the number of personhours it takes to assemble n engines in a factory, then the positive integers would be an appropriate domain for the function.
FLE.A.2 Construct linear and exponential functions, including arithmetic and geometric sequences, given a graph, a description of a relationship, or two inputoutput pairs include reading these from a table).
FIF.C.7 Graph functions expressed symbolically and show key features of the graph, by hand in simple cases and using technology for more complicated cases.
FBF.A.1 Write a function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative). Without technology, find the value of k given the graphs of linear and quadratic functions. With technology, experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph that include cases where f(x) is a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value) or exponential function.
FBF.A.1a Determine an explicit expression, a recursive process, or steps for calculation from a context.
FLE.A.1 Distinguish between situations that can be modeled with linear functions and with exponential functions.
FLE.A.1b Recognize situations in which one quantity changes at a constant rate per unit interval relative to another.
SID.B.6 Represent data on two quantitative variables on a scatter plot, and describe how the variables are related.
SID.B.6.a Fit a function to the data; use functions fitted to data to solve problems in the context of the data. Use given functions or choose a function suggested by the context Emphasize linear and quadratic models.
SID.B.6b Informally assess the fit of a function by plotting and analyzing residual.
SID.B.6.c Fit a linear function for a scatter plot that suggests a linear association.
SID.C.7 Interpret the slope (rate of change) and the intercept (constant term) of a linear model in the context of the data.
SID.C.8 Compute (using technology) and interpret the correlation coefficient of a linear fit.
SID.C.9 Distinguish between correlation and causation.
FBF.A.1a Determine an explicit expression, a recursive process, or steps for calculation from a context.
Topic 4
Systems of Linear Equations and Inequalities
Topic 4 focuses on students extending their understanding of linear equations and inequalities to systems of linear equations and inequalities. Students learn methods to solve systems of linear equations and inequalities. Students identify when each solution method is most useful.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Graph systems of linear equations in two variables to find an approximate solution.
 Write a system of linear equations in two variables to represent realworld problems.
 Use the substitution method to solve systems of equations.
 Represent situations as a system of equations and interpret solutions as viable/nonviable options for the situation.
 Solve systems of linear equations by elimination and prove that the sum of one equation and a multiple of the other produces a system with the same solutions as the original system.
 Represent constraints with a system of equations in a modeling context.
 Graph solutions to linear inequalities in two variables.
 Represent constraints with inequalities and interpret solutions as viable or nonviable options in a modeling context.
 Graph the solution set of a system of linear inequalities in two variables.
 Interpret solutions of linear inequalities in a modeling context.
Academic Vocabulary
 Linear Inequality in Two Variables
 Solution of an Inequality in Two Variables
 Solution of a System of Linear Inequalities
 System of Linear Inequalities
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
AREI.C.6 Solve systems of linear equations exactly and approximately (e.g., with graphs), focusing on pairs of linear equations in two variables.
ACED.A.3 Represent constraints by equations or inequalities, and by systems of equations and/or inequalities, and interpret solutions as viable or nonviable options in a modeling context. For example, represent inequalities describing nutritional and cost constraints on combinations of different foods.
AREI.C.5 Prove that, given a system of two equations in two variables, replacing one equation by the sum of that equation and a multiple of the other produces a system with the same solutions.
AREI.D.12 Graph the solutions to a linear inequality in two variables as a halfplane (excluding the boundary in the case of a strict inequality), and graph the solution set to a system of linear inequalities in two variables as the intersection of the corresponding halfplanes.
ACED.A.2 Create equations in two or more variables to represent relationships between quantities; graph equations on coordinate axes with labels and scales.
Topic 5
Piecewise Functions
Topic 5 focuses on extending the concept of functions to include absolute value functions and other piecewisedefined functions. Students identify the characteristics of each of these types of functions and understand that transformations can be applied to these functions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Graph an absolute value function and identify the key features of the graph.
 Calculate and interpret the rate of change of an absolute value function over a specified interval.
 Graph step functions including ceiling functions and floor functions.
 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of step functions.
Academic Vocabulary
 Absolute value function
 Axis of symmetry
 Vertex
 Piecewisedefined function
 Ceiling function
 Floor function
 Step function
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.B.4 For linear, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), quadratic, and exponential functions that model a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; and end behavior.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
FIF.C.7b Graph piecewise linear (to include absolute value) and exponential functions.
FIF.C.9 Compare properties of two functions (linear, quadratic, piecewise linear [to include absolute value] or exponential) each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a graph of one quadratic function and an algebraic expression for another, determine which has the larger maximum.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative). Without technology, find the value of k given the graphs of linear and quadratic functions. With technology, experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph that include cases where f(x) is a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value) or exponential function.
FIF.A.2 Use function notation, evaluate functions for inputs in their domains, and interpret statements that use function notation in terms of a context.
FIF.A.3 Recognize that sequences are functions whose domain is a subset of the integers. Relate arithmetic sequences to linear functions and geometric sequences to exponential functions.
ASSE.A.1 Interpret expressions that represent a quantity in terms of its context.
Topic 6
Exponents and Exponential Functions
Topic 6 focuses on extending knowledge of functions to include the exponential function. Students learn to identify, write, graph, and transform exponential functions. Students use exponential functions to model realworld situations and make predictions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Extend the properties of integer exponents to rational exponents to rewrite radical expressions using rational exponents.
 Use the properties of exponents to generate equivalent algebraic expressions.
 Write equivalent radical expressions to solve problems with rational exponents.
 Sketch graphs showing key features of exponential functions.
 Write exponential functions using tables and graphs.
 Compare linear and exponential functions.
 Sketch graphs showing key features of exponential functions.
 Write exponential functions using tables and graphs.
 Compare linear and exponential functions.
 Construct a geometric sequence given a graph, table, or description of a relationship.
 Translate between geometric sequences written in recursive and explicit forms.
 Use the formula for the sum of a finite geometric series to solve problems.
 Translate the graph of an exponential function vertically and horizontally, identifying the effect different values of h and k have on the graph of the function.
 Compare characteristics of two exponential functions represented in different ways, such as tables and graphs.
Academic Vocabulary
 Rational exponent
 Asymptote
 Constant ratio
 Exponential function
 Compound interest
 Decay factor
 Exponential decay
 Exponential growth
 Growth factor
 Geometric Sequence
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.B.4 For linear, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), quadratic, and exponential functions that model a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; and end behavior.
FIF.B.5 Relate the domain of a function to its graph and, where applicable, to the quantitative relationship it describes. For example, if the function h(n) gives the number of personhours it takes to assemble n engines in a factory, then the positive integers would be an appropriate domain for the function.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), and exponential function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
FBF.A.1 Write a function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
FLE.A.1 Distinguish between situations that can be modeled with linear functions and with exponential functions.
FLE.A.1a Prove that linear functions grow by equal differences over equal intervals, and that exponential functions grow by equal factors over equal intervals.
NQ.A.3 Choose a level of accuracy appropriate to limitations on measurement when reporting quantities.
ASSE.A.1.b Interpret complicated expressions by viewing one or more of their parts as a single entity. For example, interpret P(1+r)^n as the product of P and a factor not depending on P.
ASSE.B.3.c Use the properties of exponents to transform expressions for exponential functions emphasizing integer exponents.
ACED.A.2 Create equations in two or more variables to represent relationships between quantities; graph equations on coordinate axes with labels and scales.
FLE.A.1c Recognize situations in which a quantity grows or decays by a constant percent rate per unit interval relative to another.
FLE.A.2 Construct linear and exponential functions, including arithmetic and geometric sequences, given a graph, a description of a relationship, or two inputoutput pairs (include reading these from a table).
FLE.B.5 Interpret the parameters in a linear or exponential function in terms of a context.
FIF.C.9 Compare properties of two functions (linear, quadratic, piecewise linear [to include absolute value] or exponential) each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a graph of one quadratic function and an algebraic expression for another, determine which has the larger maximum.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative). Without technology, find the value of k given the graphs of linear and quadratic functions. With technology, experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph that include cases where f(x) is a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value) or exponential function.
Topic 7
Polynomials and Factoring
Topic 7 focuses on extending polynomials. Students identify the parts and factors of polynomials. Students understand how to factor trinomials using the greatest common factor, binomial factors, and special patterns. Students learn methods to add, subtract, and multiply polynomials.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Identify the parts of a polynomial, such as coefficients, variables, and constants.
 Classify polynomials by number of terms and by degree.
 Write a polynomial in standard form.
 Add or subtract two polynomials and recognize that polynomials are closed under addition and subtraction like the system of integers.
 Use the Distributive Property with polynomials, recognizing that polynomials are closed under multiplication.
 Multiply polynomials using a table and an area model.
 Apply the product of polynomials to solve realworld problems.
 Determine the square of a binomial.
 Find the product of a sum and difference of two squares.
 Solve realworld problems involving the square of a binomial.
 Divide a polynomial by a monomial.
 Find the greatest common factor of the terms of a polynomial.
 Write polynomials in factored form.
 Factor a trinomial in the form x²+ bx + c by finding two binomial factors whose product is equal to the trinomial.
 Identify patterns in the signs of the coefficients of the terms of a trinomial expression and use those patterns to determine the signs of the second terms in the binomial factors.
 Factor trinomials in the context of solving realworld problems.
Academic Vocabulary
 Closure Property
 Degree of a monomial
 Degree of a polynomial
 Monomial
 Polynomial
 Standard form of a polynomial
 Difference of two squares
 PerfectSquare trinomial
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
AAPR.A.1 Understand that polynomials form a system analogous to the integers, namely, they are closed under the operations of addition, subtraction, and multiplication; add, subtract, and multiply polynomials.
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it.
ASSE.A.1 Interpret expressions that represent a quantity in terms of its context.
ASSE.A.1a Interpret parts of an expression, such as terms, factors, and coefficients.
ASSE.A.1b Interpret complicated expressions by viewing one or more of their parts as a single entity. For example, interpret P(1+r)^n as the product of P and a factor not depending on P.
ASSE.B.3 Choose and produce an equivalent form of an expression to reveal and explain properties of the quantity represented by the expression.
ACED.A.2 Create equations in two or more variables to represent relationships between quantities; graph equations on coordinate axes with labels and scales.
Topic 8
Quadratic Functions
Topic 8 focuses on extending students’ previous understanding of functions to include quadratic functions: graphing them, using them to model realworld situations, and comparing them to linear and exponential functions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Identify key features of the graph of a quadratic function using graphs, tables, and equations.
 Explain the effect of the value of a on the quadratic parent function.
 Identify key features of the graph of quadratic functions written in vertex form
 Graph quadratic functions in vertex form.
 Graph quadratic functions in standard form and show intercepts, maxima, and minima
 Determine how the values of a, b, and c affect the graph of f(x) = ax² + bx + c.
 Identify key features of parabolas.
 Compare properties of quadratic functions, presented in different forms (algebraically, in a table, graphically).
 Use quadratic functions fitted to data to model realworld situations.
 Use the vertical motion model to write an equation.
 Determine which model—linear, exponential, or quadratic best fits a set of data.
 Use fitted functions to solve problems in the context of data.
Academic Vocabulary
 Parabola
 Quadratic parent function
 Vertex of a parabola
 Vertex form of a quadratic function
 Standard form of a quadratic function
 Quadratic regression
 Vertical motion model
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
ACED.A.2 Create equations in two or more variables to represent relationships between quantities; graph equations on coordinate axes with labels and scales.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), and exponential function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative). Without technology, find the value of k given the graphs of linear and quadratic functions. With technology, experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph that include cases where f(x) is a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value) or exponential function.
FIF.C.7 Graph functions expressed symbolically and show key features of the graph, by hand in simple cases and using technology for more complicated cases.
FIF.B.4 For linear, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), quadratic, and exponential functions that model a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; and end behavior.
FIF.C.7a Graph linear and quadratic functions and show intercepts, maxima, and minima.
FIF.C.8 Write a function defined by an expression in different but equivalent forms to reveal and explain different properties of the function.
FIF.C.9 Compare properties of two functions (linear, quadratic, piecewise linear [to include absolute value] or exponential) each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a graph of one quadratic function and an algebraic expression for another, determine which has the larger maximum.
FIF.A.2 Use function notation, evaluate functions for inputs in their domains, and interpret statements that use function notation in terms of a context.
FBF.A.1 Write a linear, quadratic, or exponential function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
SID.B.6a Fit a function to the data; use functions fitted to data to solve problems in the context of the data. Use given functions or choose a function suggested by the context. Emphasize linear and quadratic models.
SID.B.6b Informally assess the fit of a function by plotting and analyzing residuals.
AREI.D.10 Understand that the graph of an equation in two variables is the set of all its solutions plotted in the coordinate plane, often forming a curve (which could be a line).
FLE.A.3 Observe using graphs and tables that a quantity increasing exponentially eventually exceeds a quantity increasing linearly, quadratically, or (more generally) as a polynomial function.
AAPR.A.1 Understand that polynomials form a system analogous to the integers, namely, they are closed under the operations of addition, subtraction, and multiplication; add, subtract, and multiply polynomials.
ASSE.B.3 Choose and produce an equivalent form of an expression to reveal and explain properties of the quantity represented by the expression.
Topic 9
Solving Quadratic Equations
Topic 9 focuses on extending knowledge of quadratic functions. Students learn to solve quadratic equations using tables, graphs, and factoring. Students also solve equations using square roots, completing the square and the quadratic formula. Students learn different methods, such as graphing, elimination, and substitution, for solving linearquadratic systems.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Use a graph to identify the xintercepts as solutions of a quadratic equation.
 Use a graphing calculator to make a table of values to approximate or solve a quadratic equation.
 Use the ZeroProduct Property and factoring to find the solutions of a quadratic equation.
 Apply factoring to solve realworld problems.
 Use the zeros of a quadratic equation to sketch a graph.
 Write the factored form of a quadratic function from a graph.
 Use properties of exponents to rewrite radical expressions.
 Multiply radical expressions.
 Write a radical expression to model or represent a realworld problem.
 Solve quadratic equations by finding square roots.
 Determine reasonable solutions for realworld problems.
 Solve a quadratic trinomial by completing the square to transform a quadratic equation into a perfect square trinomial.
 Use completing the square to write a quadratic equation in vertex form.
 Derive the quadratic formula by completing the square.
 Solve quadratic equations in one variable by using the quadratic formula.
 Use the discriminant to determine the number and type of solutions to a quadratic equation.
 Describe a linearquadratic system of equations.
 Solve a linearquadratic system of equations by graphing, elimination, or substitution.
Academic Vocabulary
 Quadratic equation
 Zeros of a function
 Standard form of a quadratic equation
 ZeroProduct Property
 Product Property of Square Roots
 Completing the square
 Discriminant
 Quadratic formula
 Root
 Linearquadratic system
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
ASSE.B.3a Factor a quadratic expression to reveal the zeros of the function it defines.
AAPR.B.3 Identify zeros of quadratic functions, and use the zeros to sketch a graph of the function defined by the polynomial.
AREI.B.4b Solve quadratic equations by inspection (e.g., for x² = 49), taking square roots, completing the square, the quadratic formula and factoring, as appropriate to the initial form of the equation. Recognize when the quadratic formula gives complex solutions and write them as “no real solution”.
FIF.C.8a Use the process of factoring and completing the square in a quadratic function to show zeros, extreme values, and symmetry of the graph, and interpret these in terms of a context.
ACED.A.1 Create equations and inequalities in one variable and use them to solve problems. Include equations arising from linear, quadratic, and exponential functions.
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it.
AREI.B.4a Use the method of completing the square to transform any quadratic equation in x into an equation of the form (x  p)² = q that has the same solutions. Derive the quadratic formula from this form.
ASSE.B.3b Complete the square in a quadratic expression to reveal the maximum or minimum value of the function it defines.
NQ.A.3 Choose a level of accuracy appropriate to limitations on measurement when reporting quantities.
ASSE.B.3 Choose and produce an equivalent form of an expression to reveal and explain properties of the quantity represented by the expression.
AREI.B.4a Use the method of completing the square to transform any quadratic equation in x into an equation of the form (x  p)² = q that has the same solutions. Derive the quadratic formula from this form.
ACED.A.4 Rearrange formulas to highlight a quantity of interest, using the same reasoning as in solving equations. For example, rearrange Ohm's law V = IR to highlight resistance R.
AREI.B.4 Solve quadratic equations in one variable.
AREI.D.11 Explain why the xcoordinates of the points where the graphs of the equations y = f(x) and y = g(x) intersect are the solutions of the equation f(x) = g(x); find the solutions approximately, e.g., using technology to graph the functions, make tables of values, or find successive approximations. Include cases where f(x) and/or g(x) are linear, polynomial, rational, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), and exponential functions.
ACED.A.2 Create equations in two or more variables to represent relationships between quantities; graph equations on coordinate axes with labels and scales.
ASSE.A.1 Interpret expressions that represent a quantity in terms of its context.
Topic 10
Working With Functions
Topic 10 extends students’ knowledge of functions to include radical functions. Students identify the key features of the graphs of radical functions. They also learn to transform functions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Graph translations of the square root function
 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change for a square root function over a specified interval.
 Solve realworld problems by evaluating and comparing two square root functions.
 Identify key features of the graph of cube root functions and graph translations of them
 Model realworld situations using the cube root function.
 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a cube root function over a specified interval.
 Relate the domain and range of a function to its graph.
 Analyze the key features of the graph of a function including the domain, range, maximum and minimum values, axis of symmetry, and end behavior to identify the type of function it represents.
 Graph translations of absolute value, exponential, quadratic, and radical functions
 Determine how combining translations affects the key features of the graph of a function.
 Identify the effect on the graph of a function of multiplying the output by −1
 Identify the effect on the graph of a function of replacing f(x) by kf(x) or by f(kx) for specific values of k.
 Combine functions by addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division and identify the domain of the result.
 Demonstrate that, while the resulting domains of new functions from other operations is the intersection of the domains of the original functions, division results in a domain that is the set of all real numbers for which both original functions and the new function are defined.
 Write an equation for the inverse of a linear function.
 Write the inverse of a quadratic function after restricting the domain so the original function is onetoone.
Academic Vocabulary
 Square root function
 Cube root function
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.B.4 For linear, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), quadratic, and exponential functions that model a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; and end behavior.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value), and exponential function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
FIF.C.7b Graph piecewise linear (to include absolute value) and exponential functions.
FIF.B.5 Relate the domain of a function to its graph and, where applicable, to the quantitative relationship it describes. For example, if the function h(n) gives the number of personhours it takes to assemble n engines in a factory, then the positive integers would be an appropriate domain for the function.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative). Without technology, find the value of k given the graphs of linear and quadratic functions. With technology, experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph that include cases where f(x) is a linear, quadratic, piecewise linear (to include absolute value) or exponential function.
FIF.C.7 Graph functions expressed symbolically and show key features of the graph, by hand in simple cases and using technology for more complicated cases.
FIF.A.3 Recognize that sequences are functions whose domain is a subset of the integers. Relate arithmetic sequences to linear functions and geometric sequences to exponential functions.
FBF.A.1 Write a linear, quadratic, or exponential function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
NRN.B.3 Explain why the sum or product of two rational numbers is rational; that the sum of a rational number and an irrational number is irrational; and that the product of a nonzero rational number and an irrational number is irrational.
Topic 11
Statistics
Topic 11 focuses on extending students’ knowledge of dot plots, box plots, and histograms. Students identify that standard deviation is used to compare a specific value to other values. Students understand how to find joint, marginal, and relative frequencies. Students learn methods to interpret data displays and create inferences based on the data.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Represent data using dot plots, box plots, and histograms.
 Interpret the data displayed in dot plots, box plots, and histograms within the context it represents.
 Use measures of center to interpret and compare data sets displayed in dot plots, box plots, and histograms.
 Use measures of variability, such as the MAD and IQR, to interpret and compare data sets.
 Interpret and compare differences in the shape, center, and spread of different data sets.
 Determine the relationship between the mean and median of a data set when the shape of the data display is evenly spread, skewed right, or skewed left.
 Interpret differences in the variability or spread in the context of a data set.
 Calculate the standard deviation of a data set and use it to compare and interpret data sets.
Academic Vocabulary
 Normal distribution
 Standard deviation
 Variance
 Conditional relative frequency
 Joint frequency
 Joint relative frequency
 Marginal frequency
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
SID.A.2 Use statistics appropriate to the shape of the data distribution to compare center (median, mean) and spread (interquartile range, standard deviation) of two or more different data sets.
SID.A.3 Interpret differences in shape, center, and spread in the context of the data sets, accounting for possible effects of extreme data points (outliers).
SID.B.5 Summarize categorical data for two categories in twoway frequency tables. Interpret relative frequencies in the context of the data (including joint, marginal, and conditional relative frequencies). Recognize possible associations and trends in the data.
Geometry
Topic 1
Foundations of Geometry
Topic 1 begins by focusing on the measurements and properties of line segments and angles. The rest of the topic introduces proofs. Students examine the nature of basic reasoning in both inductive and deductive forms, explore ifthen statements, and then write their first proofs.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Communicate precise definitions of angle and segment using the undefined terms: point, line, and plane.
 Use absolute value and the Segment Addition Postulates.
 Use the Protractor Postulate and the Angle Addition Postulate.
 Identify congruent segments and congruent angles.
 Construct copies of segments and angles.
 Construct segments, perpendicular bisectors of segments, and bisectors of angles.
 Apply construction to solve problems.
 Determine the weighted average of two points and use it to partition segments.
 Use the Midpoint Formula to find the midpoint of a segment drawn on a coordinate plane.
 Use the Distance Formula to find the length of a segment drawn on the coordinate plane.
 Use deductive reasoning to prove geometric theorems about lines and angles.
Academic Vocabulary
 angle bisector
 biconditional
 conditional
 conjecture
 construction
 contrapositive
 converse
 counterexample
 deductive reasoning
 inductive reasoning
 inverse
 Law of Detachment
 Law of Syllogism
 negation
 proof
 perpendicular bisector
 postulate
 theorem
 truth table
 truth value
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GCO.A.1 Know precise definitions of angle, circle, perpendicular line, parallel line, and line segment, based on the undefined notions of point, line, distance along a line, and distance around a circular arc.
GCO.D.12 Make formal geometric constructions with a variety of tools and methods, e.g., compass and straightedge, string, reflective devices, paper folding, or dynamic geometric software. Examples: Copying a segment; copying an angle; bisecting a segment; bisecting an angle; constructing perpendicular lines, including the perpendicular bisector of a line segment; and constructing a line parallel to a given line through a point not on the line.
GGPE.B.6 Find the point on a directed line segment between two given points that partitions the segment in a given ratio.
GCO.C.9 Prove and apply theorems about lines and angles. Theorems include: vertical angles are congruent; when a transversal crosses parallel lines, alternate interior angles are congruent and corresponding angles are congruent; points on a perpendicular bisector of a line segment are exactly those equidistant from the segment's endpoints.
Topic 2
Parallel and Perpendicular Lines
Topic 2 begins by focusing on the properties of parallel lines and the angle relationships formed when parallel lines are cut by a transversal. The rest of the topic examines how these angle relationships can help prove whether or not lines are parallel, the relationships between parallel lines and triangle angles, and the relationships between the slopes of parallel and perpendicular lines.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Define parallel lines using the undefined terms point and line.
 Prove relationships and theorems about lines and angles.
 Use the SameSide Interior Angles Postulate and the Alternate Interior Angles, Corresponding Angles, and Alternate Exterior Angles Theorems to find the measures of angles formed by parallel lines and a transversal.
 Prove that two lines cut by a transversal are parallel using the converses of parallel line angle relationship theorems.
 Use properties of parallel lines and transversals to solve realworld and mathematical problems.
 Write and use flow proofs.
 Use lines constructed parallel to another line to solve problems and prove theorems.
 Use the sum of the angle measures in a triangle to solve problems.
 Use coordinate geometry to show that two lines in the coordinate plane are parallel by comparing their slopes, and solve problems.
 Use coordinate geometry to show that two lines in the coordinate plane are perpendicular by comparing their slopes, and use that information to solve problems.
Academic Vocabulary
 flow proof
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GCO.A.1 Know precise definitions of angle, circle, perpendicular line, parallel line, and line segment, based on the undefined notions of point, line, distance along a line, and distance around a circular arc.
GCO.C.9 Prove and apply theorems about lines and angles. Theorems include: vertical angles are congruent; when a transversal crosses parallel lines, alternate interior angles are congruent and corresponding angles are congruent; points on a perpendicular bisector of a line segment are exactly those equidistant from the segment's endpoints.
GMG.A.1 Use geometric shapes, their measures, and their properties to describe objects (e.g., modeling a tree trunk or a human torso as a cylinder).
GMG.A.3 Apply geometric methods to solve design problems (e.g., designing an object or structure to satisfy physical constraints or minimize cost; working with typographic grid systems based on ratios).
GCO.C.10 Prove and apply theorems about triangles. Theorems include: measures of interior angles of a triangle sum to 180°; base angles of isosceles triangles are congruent; the segment joining midpoints of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side and half the length; the medians of a triangle meet at a point.
GGPE.B.5 Prove the slope criteria for parallel and perpendicular lines and use them to solve geometric problems (e.g., find the equation of a line parallel or perpendicular to a given line that passes through a given point).
Topic 3
Transformations
Topic 3 begins by focusing on transformations, moving from the definition of rigid motion to the rigid transformations: reflections, translations, and rotations. The rest of the topic examines how transformations can be combined to create new images and complete proofs, such as the proof for demonstrating that a composition of two or more rigid motions is also a rigid motion.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Find a reflected image and write a rule for a reflection algebraically using coordinates.
 Define a reflection as a transformation across a line of reflection with given properties and perform reflections on and off a coordinate grid.
 Translate a figure and represent the transformation algebraically using coordinates.
 Find the image of a figure after a sequence of rigid motions.
 Prove that a translation is a composition of two reflections.
 Rotate a figure and represent the transformation algebraically using coordinates.
 Prove that a rotation can be written as a sequence of transformations.
 Specify a sequence of transformations that will carry a given figure onto another.
 Use geometric descriptions of rigid motions to transform figures.
 Identify a sequence of translations, rotations, and/or reflections that map a given figure onto itself.
 Predict the effect of a given rigid motion on a figure.
 Determine symmetries of reflection, symmetries of rotation and symmetries of translation of a geometric figure.
Academic Vocabulary
 composition of rigid motions
 glide reflection
 point symmetry
 reflectional symmetry
 rigid motion
 rotational symmetry
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GCO.A.2 Represent transformations in the plane using, e.g., transparencies, tracing paper, or geometry software; describe transformations as functions that take points in the plane as inputs and give other points as outputs. Compare transformations that preserve distance and angle to those that do not (e.g., translation versus horizontal stretch).
GCO.A.4 Develop definitions of rotations, reflections, and translations in terms of angles, circles, perpendicular lines, parallel lines, and line segments.
GCO.A.5 Given a geometric figure and a rotation, reflection, or translation, draw the transformed figure using, e.g., graph paper, tracing paper, or geometry software. Specify a sequence of transformations that will carry a given figure onto another.
GCO.B.6 Use geometric descriptions of rigid motions to transform figures and to predict the effect of a given rigid motion on a given figure; given two figures, use the definition of congruence in terms of rigid motions to decide if they are congruent.
GCO.A.3 Given a rectangle, parallelogram, trapezoid, or regular polygon, describe the rotations and reflections that carry it onto itself.
Topic 4
Triangle Congruence
Topic 4 focuses on congruence and transformations resulting in congruent figures. The lesson includes the definitions of congruence and congruence transformations and provides examples to help students determine if figures are congruent. The topic then explores various triangles and defines congruence theorems that prove triangles are congruent given congruent angles and sides of the triangles.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Identify a sequence of rigid motions to justify the congruence of two figures.
 Demonstrate that two figures are congruent by using one or more rigid motions to map one onto the other.
 Students will be able to:
 Use properties of and theorems about isosceles and equilateral triangles to solve problems.
 Identify congruent triangles using properties of isosceles and equilateral triangles.
 Prove triangle congruence by SAS and SSS criteria and use triangle congruence to solve problems.
 Understand that corresponding parts of congruent triangles are congruent and use CPCTC to prove theorems and solve problems.
 Prove that two triangles are congruent using ASA and AAS criteria and apply ASA to solve problems.
 Prove that when all corresponding sides and angles of two polygons are congruent, the polygons are congruent.
 Prove the HypotenuseLeg Theorem.
 Use congruence criteria for triangles to solve problems and to prove relationships in geometric figures.
 Apply congruence criteria to increasingly intricate problems involving overlapping triangles and multiple triangles.
 Prove triangles are congruent by identifying corresponding parts and applying the correct theorems.
Academic Vocabulary
 congruence transformation
 congruent
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GCO.A.5 Given a geometric figure and a rotation, reflection, or translation, draw the transformed figure using, e.g., graph paper, tracing paper, or geometry software. Specify a sequence of transformations that will carry a given figure onto another.
GCO.B.6 Use geometric descriptions of rigid motions to transform figures and to predict the effect of a given rigid motion on a given figure; given two figures, use the definition of congruence in terms of rigid motions to decide if they are congruent.
GCO.C.10 Prove and apply theorems about triangles. Theorems include: measures of interior angles of a triangle sum to 180°; base angles of isosceles triangles are congruent; the segment joining midpoints of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side and half the length; the medians of a triangle meet at a point.
GCO.B.7 Use the definition of congruence in terms of rigid motions to show that two triangles are congruent if and only if corresponding pairs of sides and corresponding pairs of angles are congruent.
GSRT.B.5 Use congruence and similarity criteria for triangles to solve problems and to prove relationships in geometric figures.
GCO.B.8 Explain how the criteria for triangle congruence (ASA, SAS, and SSS) follow from the definition of congruence in terms of rigid motions.
Topic 5
Relationships in Triangles
Topic 5 begins by focusing on the concurrent points found in a triangle using perpendicular bisectors, angle bisectors, medians, and altitudes. The rest of the topic examines the relationships of the angle measures and
side lengths within a triangle, as well as the angle measures and side lengths of two triangles.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Prove the Perpendicular Bisector Theorem, the Angle Bisector Theorem, and their converses.
 Use the Perpendicular Bisector Theorem to solve problems.
 Use the Angle Bisector Theorem to solve problems.
 Prove that the point of concurrency of the perpendicular bisectors of a triangle, called the circumcenter, is equidistant from the vertices.
 Prove that the point of concurrency of the angle bisectors of a triangle, called the incenter, is equidistant from the sides.
 Identify special segments in triangles and understand theorems about them.
 Find and use the point of concurrency of the medians of a triangle to solve problems and prove relationships in triangles.
 Find the point of concurrency of the altitudes of a triangle.
 Prove that the side lengths of a triangle are related to the angle measures of the triangle.
 Use the angle measures of a triangle to compare the side lengths of the triangle.
 Use the Triangle Inequality Theorem to determine if three given side lengths will form a triangle and to find a range of possible side lengths for a third side given two side lengths.
 Prove the Hinge Theorem and use the Hinge Theorem to compare side lengths.
 Prove the Converse of the Hinge Theorem and use the Converse of the Hinge Theorem to compare angle measures.
Academic Vocabulary
 altitude
 centroid
 circumcenter
 circumscribed
 concurrent
 equidistant
 incenter
 inscribed
 median
 orthocenter
 point of concurrency
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GCO.C.9 Prove and apply theorems about lines and angles. Theorems include: vertical angles are congruent; when a transversal crosses parallel lines, alternate interior angles are congruent and corresponding angles are congruent; points on a perpendicular bisector of a line segment are exactly those equidistant from the segment's endpoint.
GCO.C.10 Prove and apply theorems about triangles. Theorems include: measures of interior angles of a triangle sum to 180°; base angles of isosceles triangles are congruent; the segment joining midpoints of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side and half the length; the medians of a triangle meet at a point.
GC.A.3 Construct the inscribed and circumscribed circles of a triangle, and prove properties of angles for a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle.
GSRT.B.5 Use congruence and similarity criteria for triangles to solve problems and to prove relationships in geometric figures.
Topic 6
Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons
Topic 6 begins by focusing on the interior and exterior angles of polygons. The rest of the topic focuses on quadrilaterals, examining properties of kites and trapezoids, and then the properties and conditions of parallelograms and special parallelograms.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Use properties of the diagonals of a kite to solve problems.
 Use properties of isosceles trapezoids to solve problems.
 Use the relationship between the lengths of the bases and midsegment of a trapezoid to solve problems.
 Show that the consecutive angles of a parallelogram are supplementary and opposite angles are congruent.
 Show that opposite sides of a parallelogram are congruent.
 Show that diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
 Demonstrate that a quadrilateral is a parallelogram based on its sides and diagonals.
 Demonstrate that a quadrilateral is a parallelogram based on its angles.
 Prove that the diagonals of rhombuses are perpendicular bisectors of each other and angle bisectors of the angles of the rhombus.
 Prove that the diagonals of a rectangle are congruent.
 Use properties of rhombuses, rectangles, and squares to solve problems.
 Identify rhombuses, rectangles, and squares by the characteristics of diagonals of parallelograms.
Academic Vocabulary
 midsegment of a trapezoid
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GSRT.B.5 Use congruence and similarity criteria for triangles to solve problems and to prove relationships in geometric figures.
GC.A.3 Construct the inscribed and circumscribed circles of a triangle, and prove properties of angles for a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle
GCO.C.11 Prove and apply theorems about parallelograms. Theorems include: opposite sides are congruent, opposite angles are congruent, the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other, and conversely, rectangles are parallelograms with congruent diagonal.
Topic 7
Similarity
Topic 7 begins with an examination of dilations and similarity transformations. These concepts are then applied to triangles; students examine the criteria for proving two triangles similar and analyze similarity in right triangles, including applications of the geometric mean. Finally, students consider proportions in triangles.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Dilate figures on and off the coordinate plane.
 Understand how distances and lengths in a dilation are related to the scale factor and center of dilation.
 Understand that two figures are similar if there is a similarity transformation that maps one figure to the other.
 Identify a combination of rigid motions and dilation that maps one figure to a similar figure.
 Identify the coordinates of an image under a similarity transformation.
 Use dilations and rigid motions to prove triangles are similar.
 Prove and use the AA~, SSS~, and SAS~ theorems to prove triangles are similar.
 Use similarity of right triangles to solve problems.
 Use length relationships of the sides of right triangles and an altitude drawn to the hypotenuse to solve problems.
 Use the SideSplitter Theorem and the Triangle Midsegment Theorem to find lengths of sides and segments of triangles.
 Use the Triangle AngleBisector Theorem to find lengths of sides and segments of triangles.
Academic Vocabulary
 center of dilation
 geometric mean
 similarity transformation
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GCO.A.2 Represent transformations in the plane using, e.g., transparencies, tracing paper, or geometry software; describe transformations as functions that take points in the plane as inputs and give other points as outputs. Compare transformations that preserve distance and angle to those that do not (e.g., translation versus horizontal stretch).
GCO.A.5 Given a geometric figure and a rotation, reflection, or translation, draw the transformed figure using, e.g., graph paper, tracing paper, or geometry software. Specify a sequence of transformations that will carry a given figure onto another.
GSRT.A.1 Verify experimentally the properties of dilations given by a center and a scale factor.
GSRT.A.1a A dilation takes a line not passing through the center of the dilation to a parallel line, and leaves a line passing through the center unchanged.
GSRT.A.1b The dilation of a line segment is longer or shorter in the ratio given by the scale factor.
GSRT.A.2 Given two figures, use the definition of similarity in terms of similarity transformations to decide if they are similar; explain using similarity transformations the meaning of similarity for triangles as the equality of all corresponding pairs of angles and the proportionality of all corresponding pairs of sides.
GC.A.1 Prove that all circles are similar.
GSRT.A.3 Use the properties of similarity transformations to establish the AA criterion for two triangles to be similar.
GSRT.B.5 Use congruence and similarity criteria for triangles to solve problems and to prove relationships in geometric figures.
GSRT.B.4 Prove and apply theorems about triangles. Theorems include: a line parallel to one side of a triangle divides the other two proportionally, and conversely; the Pythagorean Theorem proved using triangle similarity; SAS similarity criteria, SSS similarity criteria, AA similarity criteria.
GCO.C.10 Prove and apply theorems about triangles. Theorems include: measures of interior angles of a triangle sum to 180°; base angles of isosceles triangles are congruent; the segment joining midpoints of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side and half the length; the medians of a triangle meet at a point.
Topic 8
Right Triangles and Trigonometry
Topic 8 begins by applying properties of similar right triangles to understand the Pythagorean Theorem, relationships in special right triangles, and trigonometric ratios. Students then extend their understanding of trigonometric ratios to include the Law of Sines and Law of Cosines. Finally, students apply what they have learned to various contextual problems.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Prove the Pythagorean Theorem using similar right triangles.
 Understand and apply the relationships between side lengths in 45°45°90° and 30°60°90° triangles.
 Define and calculate sine, cosine, and tangent ratios.
 Use trigonometric ratios to solve problems.
 Distinguish between angles of elevation and depression.
 Use trigonometric ratios and the Pythagorean Theorem to solve problems including finding the area of a triangle.
Academic Vocabulary
 angle of depression
 angle of elevation
 cosine
 Law of Cosines
 Law of Sines
 Pythagorean triple
 sine
 tangent
 trigonometric ratios
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GSRT.B.4 Prove and apply theorems about triangles. Theorems include: a line parallel to one side of a triangle divides the other two proportionally, and conversely; the Pythagorean Theorem proved using triangle similarity; SAS similarity criteria, SSS similarity criteria, AA similarity criteria.
GSRT.C.8 Use trigonometric ratios and the Pythagorean Theorem to solve right triangles in applied problems.
GSRT.C.6 Understand that by similarity, side ratios in right triangles, including special right triangles (3060 90 and 454590), are properties of the angles in the triangle, leading to definitions of trigonometric ratios for acute angles.
GSRT.C.7 Explain and use the relationship between the sine and cosine of complementary angles.
Topic 9
Coordinate Geometry
Topic 9 examines several aspects of coordinate geometry. It begins by analyzing figures on the coordinate plane using slope, midpoint, and distance. Next, students examine coordinate proofs, using coordinate geometry to prove properties of figures. Finally, circles and parabolas on the coordinate plane are considered. Students develop equations of circles and parabolas and use them to solve problems.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Use coordinate geometry to classify triangles and quadrilaterals on the coordinate plane.
 Solve problems involving triangles and polygons on the coordinate plane.
 Plan and use coordinate proofs to solve geometric problems.
 Justify theorems using algebra and the coordinate plane.
 Write the equation for a circle given the graph of the circle or given the center and radius of the circle.
Academic Vocabulary
no new academic vocabulary
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GGPE.B.4 Use coordinates to prove simple geometric theorems algebraically. For example, prove or disprove that a figure defined by four given points in the coordinate plane is a rectangle; prove or disprove that the point (1, √3) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (0, 2).
GGPE.B.7 Use coordinates to compute perimeters of polygons and areas of triangles and rectangles, e.g., using the distance formula.
GGPE.B.6 Find the point on a directed line segment between two given points that partitions the segment in a given ratio.
GCO.C.10 Prove and apply theorems about triangles. Theorems include: measures of interior angles of a triangle sum to 180°; base angles of isosceles triangles are congruent; the segment joining midpoints of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side and half the length; the medians of a triangle meet at a point.
GCO.A.1 Know precise definitions of angle, circle, perpendicular line, parallel line, and line segment, based on the undefined notions of point, line, distance along a line, and distance around a circular arc.
GGPE.A.1 Derive the equation of a circle of given center and radius using the Pythagorean Theorem; complete the square to find the center and radius of a circle given by an equation.
Topic 10
Circles
Topic 10 begins with an examination of arc length, sector area, and segment area, and an introduction to radians as a unit of angle measure. Students then examine properties of tangents, chords, and inscribed angles. Finally, students learn about the properties of angles, arcs, and segments lengths that are formed when two lines intersect inside or outside a circle.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Calculate the length of an arc when the central angle is given in degrees or radians.
 Calculate the area of sectors and segments of circles.
 Identify lines that are tangent to a circle using angle measures and segment lengths.
 Solve problems involving tangent lines.
 Prove and apply relationships between chords, arcs, and central angles.
 Find lengths of chords given the distance from the center of the circle and use this information to solve problems.
 Identify and apply relationships between the measures of inscribed angles, arcs, and central angles.
 Identify and apply the relationships between an angle formed by a chord and a tangent to its intercepted arc.
 Recognize and apply angle relationships formed by secants and tangents intersecting inside and outside a circle.
 Recognize and apply segment length relationships formed by secants and tangents intersecting inside and outside a circle.
Academic Vocabulary
 arc length
 central angle
 chord
 inscribed angle
 intercepted arc
 major arc
 minor arc
 point of tangency
 radian
 secant
 sector of a circle
 segment of a circle
 tangent to a circle
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GCO.A.1 Know precise definitions of angle, circle, perpendicular line, parallel line, and line segment, based on the undefined notions of point, line, distance along a line, and distance around a circular arc.
GC.B.5 Use similarity to determine that the length of the arc intercepted by an angle is proportional to the radius, and define the radian measure of the angle as the constant of proportionality; derive the formula for the area of a sector.
GC.A.2 Identify and describe relationships among inscribed angles, radii, and chords, including the following: the relationship that exists between central, inscribed, and circumscribed angles; inscribed angles on a diameter are right angles; and a radius of a circle is perpendicular to the tangent where the radius intersects the circle.
Topic 11
Two and ThreeDimensional Models
Topic 11 opens by considering the relationship between the numbers of faces, vertices, and edges in polyhedrons, examining cross sections, and determining the threedimensional figure formed by rotating a twodimensional figure. Students then consider the volume of oblique solids by comparing the cross sections of oblique solids to corresponding right solids. Throughout the topic, students apply the volume formulas for prisms, cylinders, pyramids, cones, and spheres to solve problems.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Understand how the volume formulas for prisms and cylinders apply to oblique prisms and cylinders.
 Model threedimensional figures as cylinders and prisms to solve problems.
 Understand how the volume formulas for pyramids and cones apply to oblique pyramids and cones.
 Model threedimensional figures as pyramids and cones to solve problems.
 Use Cavalieri’s Principle to show how the volume of a hemisphere is related to the volume of a cone and a cylinder.
 Calculate volumes and surface areas of spheres and composite figures.
Academic Vocabulary
 Cavalieri’s Principle
 hemisphere
 oblique cylinder
 oblique prism
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
GGMD.B.4 Identify the shapes of twodimensional crosssections of threedimensional objects, and identify threedimensional objects generated by rotations of twodimensional objects.
GGMD.A.1 Give an informal argument, e.g., dissection arguments, Cavalieri’s principle, and informal limit arguments, for the formulas for the circumference of a circle, area of a circle, volume of a cylinder, pyramid, and cone.
GGMD.A.3 Use volume formulas for cylinders, pyramids, cones, and spheres to solve problems.
GMG.A.1 Use geometric shapes, their measures, and their properties to describe objects (e.g., modeling a tree trunk or a human torso as a cylinder).
GMG.A.2 Apply concepts of density based on area and volume in modeling situations (e.g., persons per square mile, BTUs per cubic foot).
GGMD.B.4 Identify the shapes of twodimensional crosssections of threedimensional objects, and identify threedimensional objects generated by rotations of twodimensional objects.
Topic 12
Probability
Topic 12 focuses on extending students’ previous knowledge of ratios and basic probability to the probability of multiple events, combinatorics, probability distributions, and expected value. Students understand and graph probability distributions. Students learn methods for using probability models and expected value to make decisions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Explain independence of events in everyday language and everyday situations.
 Determine the probability of the union of two events (A or B) and the intersection of two independent events (A and B).
 Calculate the conditional probability of A given B as the fraction of outcomes in B that also belong to A.
 Interpret independence of events in terms of conditional probability.
 Use a twoway frequency table to decide of events are independent and to approximate conditional probabilities.
 Calculate the number of permutations and combinations in mathematical and realworld contexts.
 Use permutations and combinations to compute probabilities of compound events and solve problems.
 Develop a probability distribution based on theoretical probabilities or empirical data.
 Graph probability distributions.
 Calculate probability in binomial experiments.
 Calculate the expected value in situations involving chance.
 Weigh the possible outcomes of a decision by comparing expected values and finding expected payoffs.
 Analyze decisions and evaluate fairness using probability concepts.
Academic Vocabulary
 binomial distribution
 binomial experiment
 binomial probability
 combination
 complement
 conditional probability
 dependent events
 expected value
 factorial
 Fundamental Counting Principle
 independent events
 mutually exclusive
 permutation
 probability distribution
 uniform probability distribution
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
SCP.A.1 Describe events as subsets of a sample space (the set of outcomes) using characteristics (or categories) of the outcomes, or as unions, intersections, or complements of other events (“or,” “and,” “not”).
SCP.A.2 Understand that two events A and B are independent if the probability of A and B occurring together is the product of their probabilities, and use this characterization to determine if they are independent.
SCP.A.5 Recognize and explain the concepts of conditional probability and independence in everyday language and everyday situations. For example, compare the chance of having lung cancer if you are a smoker with the chance of being a smoker if you have lung cancer.
SCP.A.3 Understand the conditional probability of A given B as P(A and B)/P(B), and interpret independence of A and B as saying that the conditional probability of A given B is the same as the probability of A, and the conditional probability of B given A is the same as the probability of B.
SCP.A.4 Construct and interpret twoway frequency tables of data when two categories are associated with each object being classified. Use the twoway table as a sample space to decide if events are independent and to approximate conditional probabilities. For example, collect data from a random sample of students in your school on their favorite subject among math, science, and English. Estimate the probability that a randomly selected student from your school will favor science given that the student is in tenth grade. Do the same for other subjects and compare the results.
SCP.B.6 Find the conditional probability of A given B as the fraction of B’s outcomes that also belong to A, and interpret the answer in terms of the model.
Algebra II
Topic 1
Linear Functions and Systems
Topic 1 focuses on extending students’ previous knowledge of functions. Students identify the key features of functions and understand how to interpret graphs of functions. Students learn methods for solving equations and inequalities and systems of linear equations and inequalities by using graphing, tables, and matrices.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Identify key features of a graph of a function, including the intercepts, positive and negative intervals, and areas where the function is increasing or decreasing.
 Solve realworld problems and interpret them in terms of their context.
 Write the domain and range of functions using setbuilder and interval notations.
 Graph a transformed function by identifying the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, kf(x), f(kx), and f (x + k) for specific values of k.
 Write an equation of a transformed function.
 Relate the domain of a function to its graph and the realworld situation it describes.
 Identify the common difference in an arithmetic sequence.
 Write arithmetic sequences both recursively and with an explicit formula.
 Construct arithmetic sequences, given a graph, a description of a relationship, or two inputoutput pairs.
 Use graphs, tables, and graphing technology to find or approximate solutions to equations and inequalities.
 Find approximate solutions to equations and inequalities by setting each expression equal to y and graphing.
 Solve linear and nonlinear systems graphically and algebraically.
 Identify regions that satisfy systems of inequalities.
 Represent a system of linear equations as a matrix and solve using row operations.
 Rewrite a matrix in reduced row echelon form.
 Represent constraints as a system of linear equations, use row operations on matrices to solve the system, and interpret the solution in terms of the original constraints.
Academic Vocabulary
 arithmetic
 sequence
 arithmetic series
 augmented matrix
 average rate of
 change
 coefficient matrix
 common difference
 compression
 dimensions
 explicit definition
 inconsistent system
 interval notation
 matrix
 maximum
 minimum
 piecewisedefined
 function
 recursive definition
 reduced row
 echelon form
 reflection
 sequence
 series
 setbuilder notation
 sigma notation
 solution of a system
 of linear equations
 step function
 stretch
 system of linear
 equations
 system of linear
 inequalities
 transformation
 translation
 zero of a function
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.B.4 For a function that models a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; end behavior; and periodicity.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
FIF.C.7 Graph functions expressed symbolically and show key features of the graph, by hand in simple cases and using technology for more complicated cases.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative); find the value of k given the graphs. Experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph using technology. Include recognizing even and odd functions from their graphs and algebraic expressions for them.
FIF.C.7b Graph square root, cube root, and piecewisedefined functions, including step functions and absolute value functions.
FBF.A.1 Write a function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
FBF.A.1a Determine an explicit expression, a recursive process, or steps for calculation from a context.
FBF.A.2 Write arithmetic and geometric sequences both recursively and with an explicit formula, use them to model situations, and translate between the two forms.
ACED.A.1 Create equations and inequalities in one variable and use them to solve problems. Include equations arising from linear and quadratic functions, and simple rational and exponential functions.
AREI.D.11 Explain why the xcoordinates of the points where the graphs of the equations y = f(x) and y = g(x) intersect are the solutions of the equation f(x) = g(x); find the solutions approximately, e.g., using technology to graph the functions, make tables of values, or find successive approximations. Include cases where f(x) and/or g(x) are linear, polynomial, rational, absolute value, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
AREI.C.6 Solve systems of linear equations exactly and approximately (e.g., with graphs), limited to systems of at most three equations and three variables. With graphic solutions, systems are limited to two variables.
Topic 2
Quadratic Functions and Equations
Topic 2 focuses on extending previous understanding of quadratic functions. Students identify different forms of quadratic functions and their key features. Students explore complex numbers and solve problems with complex numbers. Students learn different methods for solving quadratic equations.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Write quadratic functions in vertex form to represent relationships between variables as shown in their graphs.
 Graph functions on coordinate axes using their key features.
 Interpret key features of the graph of a quadratic function.
 Write quadratic functions written in standard form.
 Identify key features of quadratic functions and graph a quadratic function written in standard form.
 Write a quadratic equation in factored form and use it to identify the zeros of the function it defines.
 Determine the intervals over which a quadratic function is positive or negative.
 Add, subtract, and multiply complex numbers using the properties of operations and the relation i²= −1.
 Extend understanding of the real number system to use complex numbers to represent numbers that are not on the real number line.
 Solve a quadratic trinomial by completing the square to transform a quadratic equation into a perfect square trinomial.
 Use completing the square to write a quadratic equation in vertex form.
 Use the Quadratic Formula to solve quadratic equations that have complex solutions.
Academic Vocabulary
 completing the square
 complex conjugates
 complex number
 discriminant
 imaginary number
 imaginary unit i
 parabola
 Quadratic Formula
 quadratic function
 standard form of a quadratic function
 vertex form of a quadratic function
 Zero Product Property
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.B.4 For a function that models a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; end behavior; and periodicity.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative); find the value of k given the graphs. Experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph using technology. Include recognizing even and odd functions from their graphs and algebraic expressions for them.
SID.B.6 Represent data on two quantitative variables on a scatter plot, and describe how the variables are related.
SID.B.6a Fit a function to the data; use functions fitted to data to solve problems in the context of the data. Use given functions or choose a function suggested by the context. Emphasize exponential models.
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it. For example, see x^4 – y^4 as (x²)²  (y²)², thus recognizing it as a difference of squares that can be factored as (x²  y²)(x² + y²).
AAPR.B.3 Identify zeros of polynomials when suitable factorizations are available, and use the zeros to construct a rough graph of the function defined by the polynomial.
NCN.A.1 Know there is a complex number i such that i² = 1, and every complex number has the form a + bi with a and b real.
NCN.A.2 Use the relation i² = 1 and the commutative, associative, and distributive properties to add, subtract, and multiply complex numbers.
NCN.C.7 Solve quadratic equations with real coefficients that have complex solutions.
FBF.A.1a Determine an explicit expression, a recursive process, or steps for calculation from a context.
AREI.B.4 Solve quadratic equations in one variable.
AREI.B.4b Solve quadratic equations by inspection (e.g., for x2 = 49), taking square roots, completing the square, the quadratic formula and factoring, as appropriate to the initial form of the equation. Recognize when the quadratic formula gives complex solutions and write them as a ± bi for real numbers a and b.
AREI.C.7 Solve a simple system consisting of a linear equation and a quadratic equation in two variables algebraically and graphically. For example, find the points of intersection between the line y =  3x and the circle x2 + y2 = 3.
AREI.D.11 Explain why the xcoordinates of the points where the graphs of the equations y = f(x) and y = g(x) intersect are the solutions of the equation f(x) = g(x); find the solutions approximately, e.g., using technology to graph the functions, make tables of values, or find successive approximations. Include cases where f(x) and/or g(x) are linear, polynomial, rational, absolute value, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
Topic 3
Polynomial Functions
Topic 3 focuses on extending students’ previous knowledge of polynomials. Students identify the key features of polynomial functions and interpret graphs of polynomial functions. They learn methods to add, subtract, multiply, and divide polynomial expressions. They use polynomial identities to multiply and factor polynomial expressions, use multiple theorems as tools to understand the roots of polynomial functions, and transform graphs from cubic or quartic parent functions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Sketch a graph of polynomial functions and show the key features of the graph.
 Predict the end behavior of polynomial functions by interpreting the leading coefficients and degrees.
 Sketch graphs showing key features, given a verbal description.
 Add, subtract, and multiply polynomials and understand that polynomials are closed under these operations.
 Compare a polynomial function represented algebraically.
 Prove polynomial identities and use them to multiply and factor polynomials.
 Expand binomials using the Binomial Theorem and coefficients determined by Pascal’s Triangle.
 Divide polynomial expressions using long division.
 Use synthetic division to rewrite rational expressions.
 Solve for the zeros of a function by factoring or using synthetic division.
 Sketch a graph of a polynomial function using its zeros.
 Extend polynomial theorems and identities to find the real and complex solutions of a polynomial equation.
 Write polynomial functions using conjugates.
 Determine whether functions are even or odd from their graphs and algebraic equations.
 Identify the effect on the graphs of cubic and quartic functions of replacing f(x) with f(x) + k, kf(x), f(kx), and f(x + k).
 Given a graph, determine the equation as it is related to its parent cubic function or quartic function.
Academic Vocabulary
 Binomial Theorem
 degree of a polynomial
 end behavior
 even function
 identity
 leading coefficient
 multiplicity of a zero
 odd function
 Pascal’s triangle
 polynomial function
 relative maximum
 relative minimum
 Rational Root Theorem
 Remainder Theorem
 standard form of a polynomial
 synthetic division
 turning point
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.B.4 For a function that models a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; end behavior; and periodicity.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
FIF.C.7c Graph polynomial functions, identifying zeros when suitable factorizations are available, and showing end behavior.
FIF.C.9 Compare properties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a graph of one quadratic function and an algebraic expression for another, determine which has the larger maximum.
FBF.A.1b Combine standard function types using arithmetic operations. For example, build a function that models the temperature of a cooling body by adding a constant function to a decaying exponential, and relate these functions to the model.
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it. For example, see x^4 – y^4 as (x²)²  (y²)², thus recognizing it as a difference of squares that can be factored as (x²  y²)(x² + y²).
AAPR.B.3 Identify zeros of polynomials when suitable factorizations are available, and use the zeros to construct a rough graph of the function defined by the polynomial.
AAPR.B.2 Know and apply the Remainder Theorem: For a polynomial p(x) and a number a, the remainder on division by x  a is p(a), so p(a) = 0 if and only if (x  a) is a factor of p(x).
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative); find the value of k given the graphs. Experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph using technology. Include recognizing even and odd functions from their graphs and algebraic expressions for them.
Topic 4
Rational Functions
Topic 4 focuses on extending students’ previous knowledge of polynomial functions to rational functions. Students identify the key features of the graphs of rational functions. Students learn methods of solving rational equations.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Use inverse variation to write and graph the reciprocal function.
 Identify the effect of transformations on the graph of the reciprocal function and define the effects of h and k on the function f(x) = f(xh)+k.
 Graph rational functions by identifying asymptotes and end behavior.
 Rewrite simple rational expressions in different forms using long division.
 Use the structure of rational expressions to rewrite simple rational expressions in different forms.
 Apply previous understanding that rational expressions form a system analogous to the system of rational numbers and use that understanding to multiply and divide rational expressions.
 Apply previous understanding that rational expressions form a system analogous to the system of rational numbers and use that understanding to add and subtract rational expressions.
 Solve onevariable rational equations.
 Identify extraneous solutions to rational equations and give examples of how they arise.
Academic Vocabulary
 asymptote
 compound fraction
 constant of variation
 extraneous solution
 inverse variation
 rational equation
 rational expression
 rational function
 reciprocal function
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative); find the value of k given the graphs. Experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph using technology. Include recognizing even and odd functions from their graphs and algebraic expressions for them.
AAPR.D.6 Rewrite simple rational expressions in different forms; write a(x) /b(x) in the form q(x) +r(x) /b(x), where a(x), b(x), q(x), and r(x) are polynomials with the degree of r(x) less than the degree of b(x), using inspection, long division, or, for the more complicated examples, a computer algebra system.
AREI.D.11 Explain why the xcoordinates of the points where the graphs of the equations y = f(x) and y = g(x) intersect are the solutions of the equation f(x) = g(x); find the solutions approximately, e.g., using technology to graph the functions, make tables of values, or find successive approximations. Include cases where f(x) and/or g(x) are linear, polynomial, rational, absolute value, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it. For example, see x^4 – y^4 as (x²)²  (y²)², thus recognizing it as a difference of squares that can be factored as (x²  y²)(x² + y²).
ACED.A.1 Create equations and inequalities in one variable and use them to solve problems. Include equations arising from linear and quadratic functions, and simple rational and exponential functions.
AREI.A.1 Explain each step in solving an equation as following from the equality of numbers asserted at the previous step, starting from the assumption that the original equation has a solution. Construct a viable argument to justify a solution method.
AREI.A.2 Solve simple rational and radical equations in one variable, and give examples showing how extraneous solutions may arise.
Topic 5
Rational Exponents and Radical Functions
Topic 5 extends knowledge of radical functions. Students understand properties of rational exponents and radicals. They learn methods to graph radical functions, solve radical equations, and combine functions. Students identify inverses of functions and learn to write the equations of inverse functions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Use properties of exponents to rewrite expressions involving radicals in terms of rational exponents.
 Find all real nth roots of a number.
 Evaluate expressions with rational exponents.
 Use nth roots to solve equations by rewriting expressions using the properties of exponents.
 Use the properties of exponents and radicals to identify ways to generate radical expressions.
 Interpret radical expressions that represent a quantity in terms of its context.
 Graph radical functions, including square root and cube root functions.
 Identify the effect of transformations on the key features of the graphs of radical functions.
 Solve radical equations in one variable.
 Explain how extraneous solutions may arise when solving radical equations.
 Solve radical inequalities and apply the solution within a realworld context.
 Combine functions by addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division, and identify the domain of the result.
 Represent the composition of two or more functions algebraically, specifying the order in which the functions are applied and describing the domain of the composite function.
 Represent the inverse of a function algebraically, graphically or in a table.
 Write an equation for the inverse of a function and determine if the inverse is also a function.
 Use composition of functions to verify that one function is the inverse of another.
Academic Vocabulary
 composite function
 composition of functions
 extraneous solution
 index
 inverse function
 inverse relation
 like radicals
 nth root
 radical function
 radical symbol
 radicand
 reduced radical form
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NRN.A.1 Explain how the definition of the meaning of rational exponents follows from extending the properties of integer exponents to those values, allowing for a notation for radicals in terms of rational exponents. For example, we define 51/3 to be the cube root of 5 because we want (51/3)3 = 5(1/3)3 to hold, so (51/3)3 must equal 5.
NRN.A.2 Rewrite expressions involving radicals and rational exponents using the properties of exponents.
AREI.A.1 Explain each step in solving an equation as following from the equality of numbers asserted at the previous step, starting from the assumption that the original equation has a solution. Construct a viable argument to justify a solution method.
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it. For example, see x^4 – y^4 as (x²)²  (y²)², thus recognizing it as a difference of squares that can be factored as (x²  y²)(x² + y²).
FIF.B.4 For a function that models a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; end behavior; and periodicity.
FIF.C.7b Graph square root, cube root, and piecewisedefined functions, including step functions and absolute value functions.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative); find the value of k given the graphs. Experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph using technology. Include recognizing even and odd functions from their graphs and algebraic expressions for them.
AREI.A.2 Solve simple rational and radical equations in one variable, and give examples showing how extraneous solutions may arise.
ACED.A.1 Create equations and inequalities in one variable and use them to solve problems. Include equations arising from linear and quadratic functions, and simple rational and exponential functions.
FBF.A.1b Combine standard function types using arithmetic operations. For example, build a function that models the temperature of a cooling body by adding a constant function to a decaying exponential, and relate these functions to the model.
FBF.B.4 Find inverse functions.
FBF.B.4a Solve an equation of the form f(x) = c for a simple function f that has an inverse and write an expression for the inverse. For example, f(x) =2 x3 or f(x) = (x+1)/(x1) for x ≠1.
Topic 6
Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
Topic 6 focuses on extending previous understanding of exponential functions. Students identify the key features of exponential functions. Students understand logarithms and their properties. Students learn how to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Represent the inverse of a function algebraically, graphically or in a table.
 Write an equation for the inverse of a function and determine if the inverse is also a function.
 Use composition of functions to verify that one function is the inverse of another.
 Rewrite exponential functions to identify rates.
 Interpret the parameters of an exponential function within the context of compound interest problems.
 Construct exponential models given two points or by using regression.
 Understand the inverse relationship between exponents and logarithms.
 Use logarithms to solve exponential models.
 Evaluate logarithms using technology.
 Graph logarithmic functions and interpret their key features.
 Write and interpret the inverses of exponential and logarithmic functions.
 Use Properties of Logarithms to rewrite logarithmic expressions.
 Use the Change of Base Formula to evaluate logarithmic expressions and solve equations.
 Use logarithms to express the solutions to exponential models.
 Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
 Construct a geometric sequence given a graph, table, or description of a relationship.
 Translate between geometric sequences written in recursive and explicit forms.
 Use the formula for the sum of a finite geometric series to solve problems.
Academic Vocabulary
 Change of Base Formula
 common logarithm
 compound interest
 continuously compounded interest
 decay factor
 exponential equation
 exponential function
 exponential decay function
 exponential growth function
 growth factor
 logarithm
 logarithmic equation
 logarithmic function
 natural base e
 natural logarithm
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FIF.B.4 For a function that models a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; end behavior; and periodicity.
FIF.C.7e Graph exponential and logarithmic functions, showing intercepts and end behavior, and trigonometric functions, showing period, midline, and amplitude.
FIF.C.9 Compare properties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a graph of one quadratic function and an algebraic expression for another, determine which has the larger maximum.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative); find the value of k given the graphs. Experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph using technology. Include recognizing even and odd functions from their graphs and algebraic expressions for them.
FLE.A.2 Given a graph, a description of a relationship, or two inputoutput pairs (include reading these from a table), construct linear and exponential functions, including arithmetic and geometric sequences to solve multistep problems.
FLE.B.5 Interpret the parameters in a linear or exponential function in terms of a context.
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it. For example, see x^4 – y^4 as (x²)²  (y²)², thus recognizing it as a difference of squares that can be factored as (x²  y²)(x² + y²).
ASSE.B.3c Use the properties of exponents to transform expressions for exponential functions. For example, the expression 1.15t can be rewritten as (1.151/12)12t ≈ 1.01212t to reveal the approximate equivalent monthly interest rate if the annual rate is 15%.
FIF.C.8 Write a function defined by an expression in different but equivalent forms to reveal and explain different properties of the function.
FIF.C.8b Use the properties of exponents to interpret expressions for exponential functions. For example, identify percent rate of change in functions such as y = (1.02)ᵗ, y = (0.97)ᵗ, y = (1.01)12ᵗ, y = (1.2)^(t/10), and classify them as representing exponential growth or decay.
SID.B.6 Represent data on two quantitative variables on a scatter plot, and describe how the variables are related.
SID.B.6a Fit a function to the data; use functions fitted to data to solve problems in the context of the data. Use given functions or choose a function suggested by the context. Emphasize exponential models.
FBF.B.4a Solve an equation of the form f(x) = c for a simple function f that has an inverse and write an expression for the inverse. For example, f(x) =2 x3 or f(x) = (x+1)/(x1) for x ≠ 1.
FLE.A.4 For exponential models, express as a logarithm the solution to abct = d where a, c, and d are numbers and the base b is 2, 10, or e; evaluate the logarithm using technology.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
ASSE.B.3 Choose and produce an equivalent form of an expression to reveal and explain properties of the quantity represented by the expression.
AREI.A.1 Explain each step in solving an equation as following from the equality of numbers asserted at the previous step, starting from the assumption that the original equation has a solution. Construct a viable argument to justify a solution method.
ACED.A.1 Create equations and inequalities in one variable and use them to solve problems. Include equations arising from linear and quadratic functions, and simple rational and exponential functions.
ASSE.B.4 Apply the formula for the sum of a finite geometric series (when the common ratio is not 1), and use the formula to solve problems. For example, calculate mortgage payments.
FBF.A.1 Write a function that describes a relationship between two quantities.
FBF.A.1a Determine an explicit expression, a recursive process, or steps for calculation from a context.
FBF.A.2 Write arithmetic and geometric sequences both recursively and with an explicit formula, use them to model situations, and translate between the two forms.
Topic 7
Trigonometric Functions
Topic 7 focuses on extending knowledge of functions to trigonometric functions. Students learn the trigonometric ratios and use them to find missing side lengths of triangles. They learn to graph trigonometric functions and identify the key features of the graphs. Students learn methods to solve problems using trigonometric functions.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Use special triangles to determine trigonometric ratios geometrically.
 Use trigonometric functions and the Pythagorean Theorem to find missing side lengths.
 Identify and explain trigonometric identities.
 Find the measures of an angle in standard position and its reference angle.
 Use radian measure on the unit circle to find arc length.
 Convert between degrees and radians.
 Use reference angles and triangles to evaluate trigonometric functions and their reciprocal functions.
 Use the Pythagorean Identity to find the sine, cosine, and quadrant of an angle.
 Graph and identify the key features of sine and cosine functions.
 Find and interpret the average rate of change of a periodic function over a specified interval.
 Compare key features of different periodic functions.
 Describe and compare key features of the graphs of trigonometric functions.
 Graph functions of the form f(x)= atan bx and relate the graph of a function to the graph of the parent function.
 Identify how changing the parameters of the sine or cosine function affects the graph of the function.
 Use trigonometric functions to model situations with specified amplitude, frequency, and midline.
Academic Vocabulary
 amplitude
 cofunction
 cofunction identities
 cosecant
 cosine
 cotangent
 coterminal angles
 frequency
 initial side
 midline
 period
 periodic function
 phase shift
 radian
 radian measure
 reciprocal trigonometric functions
 reference angle
 reference triangle
 secant
 sine
 standard position
 tangent
 terminal side
 unit circle
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
FTF.A.2 Explain how the unit circle in the coordinate plane enables the extension of trigonometric functions to all real numbers, interpreted as radian measures of angles traversed counterclockwise around the unit circle.
FTF.C.8 Prove the Pythagorean identity sin2(θ) + cos2(θ) = 1 and use it to find sin(θ), cos(θ), or tan(θ) given sin(θ), cos(θ), or tan(θ) and the quadrant of the angle.
FTF.A.1 Understand radian measure of an angle as the length of the arc on the unit circle subtended by the angle.
FIF.B.6 Calculate and interpret the average rate of change of a function (presented symbolically or as a table) over a specified interval. Estimate the rate of change from a graph.
FIF.C.9 Compare properties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a graph of one quadratic function and an algebraic expression for another, determine which has the larger maximum.
FBF.B.3 Identify the effect on the graph of replacing f(x) by f(x) + k, k f(x), f(kx), and f(x + k) for specific values of k (both positive and negative); find the value of k given the graphs. Experiment with cases and illustrate an explanation of the effects on the graph using technology. Include recognizing even and odd functions from their graphs and algebraic expressions for them.
FIF.C.7e Graph exponential and logarithmic functions, showing intercepts and end behavior, and trigonometric functions, showing period, midline, and amplitude.
FIF.B.4 For a function that models a relationship between two quantities, interpret key features of graphs and tables in terms of the quantities, and sketch graphs showing key features given a verbal description of the relationship. Key features include: intercepts; intervals where the function is increasing, decreasing, positive, or negative; relative maximums and minimums; symmetries; end behavior; and periodicity.
FTF.B.5 Choose trigonometric functions to model periodic phenomena with specified amplitude, frequency, and midline.
Topic 8
Trigonometric Equations and Identities
Topic 8 focuses on extending previous knowledge of trigonometric functions to trigonometric equations and identities. Students learn to use trigonometric identities to rewrite and solve trigonometric equations. They learn about the complex plane and how to write the polar form of complex numbers.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Define and evaluate inverse trigonometric functions.
 Solve trigonometric equations using inverse functions, and interpret the solutions within a modeling context.
 Derive the Law of Sines and the Law of Cosines.
 Use the Law of Cosines and the Law of Sines to find unknown angles and sides of nonright triangles.
 Verify trigonometric identities using the unit circle.
 Use trigonometric identities to rewrite expressions.
 Prove sum and difference formulas for sine, cosine, and tangent, and use them to solve realworld problems.
 Represent complex numbers and their relationships on the complex plane.
 Find the midpoint of a segment on the complex plane.
 Calculate the distance between numbers in the complex plane using the modulus of the difference.
 Use the complex plane to represent addition and subtraction of complex numbers geometrically.
 Represent a complex number in polar form and convert between rectangular and polar forms.
 Verify and use the sum and difference formulas.
 Use polar form to calculate products and powers.
Academic Vocabulary
 argument
 complex plane
 imaginary axis
 Law of Cosines
 Law of Sines
 modulus of a complex number
 polar form of a complex number
 real axis
 trigonometric identity
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
All standards in this Topic are not included in the LSSM, meaning they are extension or enrichment standards.
Topic 9
Conic Sections
Topic 9 focuses on extending students’ previous knowledge of seconddegree equations and their graphs. Students learn methods for deriving the equations of conic sections. Students understand the key features of the graphs of conic sections. Students learn methods to classify seconddegree equations.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Derive the equation of a parabola.
 Relate a parabola’s focal length to its equation.
 Rewrite an expression by completing the square and then use it to find the focus and directrix of a parabola.
 Use the center, the radius, and the Pythagorean Theorem to derive the equation of a circle.
 Write and graph the equation of a circle and use it to model a realworld situation.
 Find the center and radius of a circle by completing the square.
 Solve a linearquadratic system algebraically and verify by graphing.
 Derive the equation of an ellipse.
 Write and graph the equation of an ellipse and use an ellipse to model a realworld situation.
 Graph a transformed ellipse by completing the square to rewrite the equation in an equivalent form.
 Use the foci and the Distance Formula to derive an equation of a hyperbola.
 Write and graph the equation of a hyperbola and use it to model a realworld situation.
 Determine which conic section is represented by a seconddegree equation.
Academic Vocabulary
 center of an ellipse
 center of a hyperbola
 conic section
 conjugate axis
 covertices
 directrix
 ellipse
 focal length
 foci of an ellipse
 foci of a hyperbola
 focus of a parabola
 general form of a
 seconddegree equation
 hyperbola
 major axis
 minor axis
 parabola
 standard form of the
 equation of a circle
 standard form of the
 equation of an ellipse
 standard form of the
 equation of a hyperbola
 transverse axis
 vertices of an ellipse
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
ASSE.A.2 Use the structure of an expression to identify ways to rewrite it. For example, see x^4 – y^4 as (x²)²  (y²)², thus recognizing it as a difference of squares that can be factored as (x²  y²)(x² + y²).
ASSE.B.3 Choose and produce an equivalent form of an expression to reveal and explain properties of the quantity represented by the expression.
AREI.C.7 Solve a simple system consisting of a linear equation and a quadratic equation in two variables algebraically and graphically. For example, find the points of intersection between the line y =  3x and the circle x² + y² = 3.
Topic 10
Matrices
Topic 10 focuses on extending matrices. Students understand that matrices use rows and columns to organize and represent data. Students learn methods to add, subtract, and multiply matrices and to solve systems of linear equations with matrices. Students understand that vectors can be used to determine the position of one point in space relative to another and to find the area of triangles and parallelograms.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Use a matrix to represent data.
 Apply scalar multiplication to produce a new matrix.
 Add and subtract matrices by adding and subtracting the corresponding elements.
 Translate and dilate figures using matrices.
 Multiply two matrices when the number of columns in the first matrix is equal to the number of rows in the second matrix.
 Understand the identity matrix and recognize that it is similar to the role of 1 in multiplication of real numbers.
 Use vectors to represent quantities with both magnitude and direction.
 Add and subtract vectors graphically, algebraically, and by the Parallelogram Rule.
 Apply scalar multiplication to produce a new vector.
 Transform a vector using matrix multiplication.
 Determine if a matrix has an inverse, and if it does, find it.
 Use the absolute value of the determinant of a matrix to find the areas of triangles and parallelograms.
 Represent a system of equations, in two or three variables, as a single matrix equation.
 Find the inverse of a matrix and use it to solve a system of linear equations.
Academic Vocabulary
 component form
 constant matrix
 determinant of a 2×2matrix
 direction
 equal matrices
 identity matrix
 initial point
 inverse matrix
 magnitude
 scalar
 scalar multiplication
 square matrix
 terminal point
 variable matrix
 vector
 zero matrix
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
All standards in this Topic are not included in the LSSM, meaning they are extension or enrichment standards.
Topic 11
Data Analysis and Statistics
Topic 11 focuses on the comparison of statistical data. Students identify statistical questions and types of statistical studies. They understand that data distributions can be normal and skewed and sample statistics can be used to estimate population parameters. Students learn methods to explain where data values fall within a population and use statistical data to compare groups and formulate and test a hypothesis.
The Student Will Be Able To
 Define and recognize a statistical question.
 Define and identify the type of statistical variable that is represented by a question or the data represented on a graph.
 Distinguish between quantities such as population/sample and parameter/statistic for the purpose of descriptive modeling.
 Identify different types of statistical studies.
 Understand principles of selecting subjects for a valid study.
 Find measures of center and spread, such as median, mean, interquartile range, and standard deviation.
 Compare data sets using statistical measures that are appropriate for the distribution of the data.
 Fit a normal distribution to data.
 Compare and evaluate data values using zscores.
 Use technology to calculate the area under the standard normal distribution curve.
 Evaluate reports by estimating population parameters.
 Use multiple samples to make an inference about a population.
 Calculate the margin of error for quantitative or categorical data.
 Formulate two hypotheses for a statistical question and test using statistics to draw a conclusion.
 Use graphs and simulation to determine whether differences between parameters are significant.
 Use data from a randomized experiment to evaluate a report.
Academic Vocabulary
 alternative hypothesis
 bias
 control group
 experiment
 experimental group
 margin of error
 normal distribution
 null hypothesis
 observational study
 parameter
 random sample
 sample survey
 sampling distribution
 standard deviation
 statistic
 zscore
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
NQ.A.2 Define appropriate quantities for the purpose of descriptive modeling.
SIC.A.1 Understand statistics as a process for making inferences about population parameters based on a random sample from that population.
SIC.B.3 Recognize the purposes of and differences among sample surveys, experiments, and observational studies; explain how randomization relates to each.
SIC.B.6 Evaluate reports based on data.
SID.A.4 Use the mean and standard deviation of a data set to fit it to a normal distribution and to estimate population percentages. Recognize that there are data sets for which such a procedure is not appropriate. Use calculators, spreadsheets, and tables to estimate areas under the normal curve.
SIC.A.2 Decide if a specified model is consistent with results from a given datagenerating process, e.g., using simulation. For example, a model says a spinning coin falls heads up with probability 0.5. Would a result of 5 tails in a row cause you to question the model?
SIC.B.4 Use data from a sample survey to estimate a population mean or proportion; develop a margin of error through the use of simulation models for random sampling.
SIC.B.5 Use data from a randomized experiment to compare two treatments; use simulations to decide if differences between parameters are significant.
Topic 12
Probability
Topic 12 focuses on extending students’ previous knowledge of ratios and basic probability to the probability of multiple events, combinatorics, probability distributions, and expected value. Students understand and graph probability distributions. Students learn methods for using probability models and expected value to make decisions
The Student Will Be Able To
 Explain independence of events in everyday language and everyday situations.
 Determine the probability of the union of two events (A or B) and the intersection of two independent events (A and B).
 Calculate the conditional probability of A given B as the fraction of outcomes in B that also belong to A.
 Interpret independence of events in terms of conditional probability.
 Use a twoway frequency table to decide of events are independent and to approximate conditional probabilities.
 Calculate the number of permutations and combinations in mathematical and realworld contexts.
 Use permutations and combinations to compute probabilities of compound events and solve problems.
 Develop a probability distribution based on theoretical probabilities or empirical data.
 Graph probability distributions.
 Calculate probability in binomial experiments.
 Calculate the expected value in situations involving chance.
 Weigh the possible outcomes of a decision by comparing expected values and finding expected payoffs.
 Analyze decisions and evaluate fairness using probability concepts.
Academic Vocabulary
 binomial distribution
 binomial experiment
 binomial probability
 combination
 complement
 conditional probability
 dependent events
 expected value
 factorial
 Fundamental Counting Principle
 independent events
 mutually exclusive
 permutation
 probability distribution
 uniform probability distribution
Louisiana Student Standards for Mathematics (LSSM)
All standards in this Topic are not included in the LSSM, meaning they are extension or enrichment standards.
English Language Arts
 Grade K
 Grade 1
 Grade 2
 Grade 3
 Grade 4
 Grade 5
 Grade 6
 Grade 7
 Grade 8
 English I
 English II
 English III
 English IV
Grade K
Skills Unit 1
Unit Length: 13 instructional days
Description: This unit lays the groundwork for reading and writing. Students build awareness of environmental noises, of words within sentences, and of sounds within words. They also learn several writing strokes used to create letters.
ELA Standards:
RF.K.1.a: Follow words from left to right, top to bottom, and page by page.
RF.K.2: Demonstrate understanding of spoken words, syllables, and sounds.
Big Ideas:
 Environmental noises and words in sentences make different sounds.
 Speech is made up of words.
 Position words describe a relative location.
 Handwriting strokes are made by holding a writing utensil and moving it across paper.
Skills Unit 2
Unit Length: 13 instructional days
Description: Students learn how to blend syllables together to form multisyllabic words. They also learn how to orally produce two and threesound words by blending sounds.
ELA Standards:
RF.K.1.a: Follow words from left to right, top to bottom, and page by page.
RF.K.2.b: Count, recognize, blend, and segment syllables in spoken words.
Big Ideas:
 Words are made of sound parts (syllables, phonemes).
 Phonemes (sounds) are blended to form words.
 Position words describe a relative location.
 Handwriting strokes are made by holding a writing utensil and moving it across paper.
Skills Unit 3
Unit Length: 16 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to eight sounds and they practice blending these sounds into words. They also learn how to form the letters that make these sounds.
ELA Standards:
L.K.1.a: Print many upper and lowercase letters.
L.K.2.c: Write a letter or letters for most consonant and short vowel sounds.
Big Ideas:
 Students are introduced to highfrequency words in the Picture Reader.
 Sounds in words are represented with symbols.
 Sounds pictures can be blended to read words.
 Sound pictures are used to spell words.
Skills Unit 4
Unit Length: 19 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces students to eight new sounds. Through oral language games, chaining exercise, and shared reading, students practice blending these sounds into words. Students also practice previously learned lettersound correspondences.
ELA Standards:
RF.K.2.d: Isolate and pronounce the initial, medial vowel, and final sounds in threephoneme words.
RF.K.3.a: Demonstrate basic knowledge of onetoone lettersound correspondences by producing the primary or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
L.K.1.a: Print many upper and lowercase letters.
L.K.2.c: Write a letter or letters for most consonant and short vowel sounds.
Big Ideas:
 Students are introduced to the decodable Big Book, Pet Fun.
 Print concepts and fluency are reinforced using the Big Book.
 Sounds/symbols can be blended to read words.
 Symbols are used to spell words.
 Words make up phrases and sentences.
 Words are read from left to right.
 Words in a book tell a story.
Skills Unit 5
Unit Length: 19 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces students to eight new sounds, including a spelling alternative for /k/. Through oral language games, chaining exercises, and shared reading, students practice blending these sounds into words. Students also practice previously learned lettersound correspondences.
ELA Standards:
RF.K.3.a: Demonstrate basic knowledge of onetoone lettersound correspondences by producing the primary or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
RF.K.3.b: Associate the long and short sounds with common spellings for the five major vowels.
RF.K.3.c: Read common high frequency words by sight.
RF.K.3.d: Distinguish between similarly spelled words by identifying the sounds of the letters that differ.
L.K.1.a: Print many upper and lowercase letters.
L.K.2.d: Spell simple words phonetically, drawing on knowledge of soundletter relationships.
Big Ideas:
 The decodable Big Book Ox and Man is used to reinforce print concepts, model fluency, and provides practice reading complete sentences.
 Words are spelled with sound pictures (letters).
 There are uppercase and lowercase sound pictures.
 Words make up phrases and sentences.
 Sentences begin with a capital letter (sound picture) and end with a period.
Skills Unit 6
Unit Length: 20 instructional days
Description: Students automatize the lettersound correspondences and blending procedures they learned so far. They are introduced to consonant clusters, letter names, rhyming words, and reading text independently.
ELA Standards:
RL.K.1: With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.
RF.K.2.a: Recognize and produce rhyming words.
RF.K.2.c: Blend and segment onsets and rimes of singlesyllable spoken words.
RF.K.3.c: Read common highfrequency words by sight.
RF.K.4: Read emergentreader texts with purpose and understanding.
Big Ideas:
 Students use their own decodable Reader to practice reading previously learned sound
 spellings, punctuation, and to reinforce print concepts.
 Sound pictures are called letters, and each one has a name.
 Letters make up the alphabet and are arranged in alphabetical order
 Sentences begin with a capital letter (sound picture) and end with a period.
Skills Unit 7
Unit Length: 20 instructional days
Description: This unit introduced students to digraphs. Students develop automaticity in blending and segmenting these sounds through phonemic awareness activities, chaining exercises, practice activities, and partner and independent reading.
ELA Standards:
RL.K.1: With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.
RL.K.7: With prompting and support, make connections between the illustrations in the story and the text.
RF.K.2.b: Count, pronounce, blend, and segment syllables in spoken words.
RF.K.3.c: Read common highfrequency words by sight.
RF.K.4: Read emergentreader texts with purpose and understanding.
Big Ideas:
 Students use the decodable Reader Seth to practice fluency and print concepts.
 Digraphs are two letters that make a single sound.
 Consonant clusters are blended so two individual sounds are heard.
Skills Unit 8
Unit Length: 22 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces students to doubleletter spellings for consonant sounds, as well as four highfrequency Tricky Words. Results from this unit’s student performance task assessment inform which students are ready for the next unit and those who need targeted support with previously taught skills.
ELA Standards:
RL.K.3: With prompting and support, identify characters, settings, and major events in a story.
RF.K.1.d: Recognize and name all upper and lowercase letters of the alphabet.
RF.K.3.b: Associate the long and short sounds with common spellings for the five major vowels.
RF.K.3.c: Read common highfrequency words by sight.
RF.K.4: Read emergentreader texts with purpose and understanding.
Big Ideas:
 The decodable Reader, Sam, is about a boy and a series of events including fishing, swimming, and going on a class trip to the seaside.
 Doubleletter spellings most frequently follow a short vowel sound.
 Sentences have different ending marks, depending on the type of sentence.
 Apostrophes show possession or are used in contractions.
Skills Unit 9
Unit Length: 28 instructional days
Description: In Unit 9, students practice writing uppercase letters and learn fifteen new Tricky Words. This unit also introduces activity pages with comprehension questions related to the Student Reader. Students will be assessed on uppercase letter identification and formation, punctuation and sentence reading.
ELA Standards:
RL.K.7: With prompting and support, make connections between the illustrations in the story and the text.
W.K.3: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to narrate a single event or several loosely linked events, tell about the events in the order in which they occurred, and provide a reaction to what happened.
L.K.1.a: Print many upper and lowercase letters.
L.K.2.c: Write a letter or letters for most consonant and shortvowel sounds.
RF.K.4: Read emergentreader texts with purpose and understanding.
Big Ideas:
 The chapters in the decodable Reader focus on a brother and sister and their adventures.
 Letter names and the sounds they make
 Uppercase letter formation
 Sentences have different ending marks, depending on the type of sentence.
 Answering questions about the story through discussions and in writing
Knowledge Domain 1: Nursery Rhymes and Fables
Unit Length: 18 instructional days
Description: This unit is an introduction to nursery rhymes and fables, including Mother Goose poems and Aesop’s fables. By listening to nursery rhymes and repeating or reciting them, students learn vocabulary and build phonemic awareness. Wellknown fables introduce students to new vocabulary and prompt discussion of character, virtues, and behavior.
ELA Standards:
RL.K.2: With prompting and support, retell familiar stories, including key details.
RL.K.3: With prompting and support, identify characters, settings, and major events in a story.
RL.K.9: With prompting and support, compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in familiar stories.
RF.K.2.a: Recognize and produce rhyming words.
Big Ideas:
 Nursery rhymes and fables have been favorites with children for generations.
 Traditional rhymes help students learn vocabulary and build phonemic awareness.
 Listening to and learning to recite nursery rhymes help students develop language awareness, leading to better readers and writers.
Knowledge Domain 2: The Five Senses
Unit Length: 12 instructional days
Description: Students explore how they learn about the world using their five senses. Students also hear inspirational stories about individuals who overcame significant challenges posed by disabilities related to sight and hearing.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.2: With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.K.3: With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
W.K.2: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.
Big Ideas:
 Everything we know about the world comes through our five senses.
 Each sense uses a unique body part to take in information.
 Conducting observations and using language to describe those observations are key skills in the scientific process.
Knowledge Domain 3: Stories
Unit Length: 14 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to classic stories as well as trickster tales and fiction from other cultures. Students develop an awareness of language and recurring themes in children’s literature.
ELA Standards:
RL.K.2: With prompting and support, retell familiar stories, including key details.
RL.K.3: With prompting and support, identify characters, settings, and major events in a story.
RL.K.9: With prompting and support, compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in familiar stories.
W.K.1: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose opinion pieces in which they tell a reader the topic or name of the book they are writing about and state an opinion or preference about the topic or book.
W.K.3: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to narrate a single event or several loosely linked events, tell about the events in the order in which they occurred, and provide a reaction to what happened.
Big Ideas:
 Memorable characters in classic stories and trickster tales have delighted children for
 generations.
 Students gain an appreciation for fiction from other cultures.
 Students acquire and understanding of the elements of story including characters, plot, and setting.
 Recurring themes appear in classic and popular children’s literature.
Knowledge Domain 4: Plants
Unit Length: 17 instructional days
Description: Readaloud texts introduce students to the parts of plants and how they grow. Students gain a basic knowledge of ecology and the interdependence of all living things.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.3: With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
RL.K.2: With prompting and support, retell familiar stories, including key details.
W.K.2: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.
Big Ideas:
 Plants make up one kingdom in the scientific system that classifies different living things.
 There are over 350,000 species of plants on earth.
 Plants need basic things to stay alive and grow.
 Plants have life cycles, like other living things.
 All living things are interconnected.
Knowledge Domain 5: Farms
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: Students learn about the importance of farms as a source of food and other products. They identify several farm animals and crops, and contrast how plants make their own food with how animals get their food by eating plants and other living things.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.2: With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
RL.K.2: With prompting and support, retell familiar stories, including key details.
W.K.2: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.
Big Ideas:
 Students draw on information gained in the Plants domain to understand what plants and animals need to grow.
 Farms are an important source of food and other products people use.
 The classic story “The Little Red Hen” describes the seasonal rhythm of planting, growing, and harvesting.
Knowledge Domain 6: Native Americans
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to the broad concept that indigenous people lived on the continents of North and South America long before European explorers arrived. Students explore the distinctive cultures of three Native American groups, as well as how conditions in different geographical regions influence their ways of life.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.9: With prompting and support, identify similarities and differences between two texts on the same topic.
W.K.2: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.
Big Ideas:
 Indigenous people lived on the North and South American continents long before European explorers visited and settled this area.
 There were many different tribes and each had their own way of life.
 Geographical locations influenced lifestyles and individual cultures of different tribes.
 The three tribes are the focus of the unit are Lakota Sioux, Wampanoag, and Lenape.
Knowledge Domain 7: Kings and Queens
Unit Length: 14 instructional days
Description: Students listen to readaloud texts, both fiction and nonfiction, about kings, queens, and royal families. The selections build students’ understanding of responsibilities and customs associated with royalty throughout history.
ELA Standards:
RL.K.2: With prompting and support, retell familiar stories, including key details.
RL.K.3: With prompting and support, identify characters, settings, and major events in a story.
RL.K.7: With prompting and support, make connections between the illustrations in the story and the text.
RI.K.3: With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
W.K.3: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to narrate a single event or several loosely linked events, tell about the events in the order in which they occurred, and provide a reaction to what happened.
Big Ideas:
 Throughout history, royalty has played a major role in the governance of countries in the world.
 The responsibilities, lifestyles, and customs associated with royalty provide context for many classic and wellloved stories and rhymes.
 This unit provides background knowledge for later domains and builds knowledge for understanding different forms of government.
Knowledge Domain 8: Seasons and Weather
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: An introduction to weather and the seasons. Students learn that regions of Earth experience different characteristic weather patterns throughout the year.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.2: With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.K.3: With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
W.K.2: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.
Big Ideas:
 Different regions of the Earth experience different weather patterns throughout the year.
 Weather patterns in the year are called seasons: winter, spring, summer, and fall.
 Knowing about the weather is important to our daily lives and activities.
Knowledge Domain 9: Columbus and the Pilgrims
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to key figures, events, and ideas associated with two episodes in the founding of the United States of Americathe first voyage of Columbus in 1492 and the arrival of the Pilgrims in 1620.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.2: With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.K.3: With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
Big Ideas:
 The arrival of Columbus and, more than 100 years later, the Pilgrims in North America, are important events in the history of the United States.
 There are similarities and differences between the two voyages of Columbus and the Pilgrims, their motivations, and their interactions with Native Americans.
Knowledge Domain 10: Colonial Towns and Townspeople
Unit Length: 16 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to the early history of the United States as they explore what daily life was like for people in colonial times.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.2: With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.K.3: With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
W.K.2: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.
W.K.3: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to narrate a single event or several loosely linked events, tell about the events in the order in which they occurred, and provide a reaction to what happened.
Big Ideas:
 Students draw on knowledge from Columbus and the Pilgrims as they learn more about America’s history during colonial times.
 The daily life of people during the colonial era are contrasted with students’ presentday experiences.
 The differences between living in a town versus living in the country are explored.
Knowledge Domain 11: Taking Care of the Earth
Unit Length: 18 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to the importance of environmental awareness and conservation as they become familiar with the earth’s natural resources and how people’s actions affect the environment.
ELA Standards:
RI.K.2: With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
W.K.2: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.
W.K.3: Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to narrate a single event or several loosely linked events, tell about the events in the order in which they occurred, and provide a reaction to what happened.
Big Ideas:
 People’s actions affect the environment in which we live.
 Earth’s natural resources include land, water, and air.
 The best way to conserve Earth’s resources is to practice the three Rs of conservation—reduce, reuse, and recycle.
Grade 1
Skills Unit 1
Unit Length: 30 instructional days
Description: Unit 1 provides a review of the sounds and spellings from kindergarten. Students are introduced to Tricky Spellings (spellings that can be sounded out more than one way) and Tricky Words (words that cannot be sounded out using the lettersound correspondences taught so far).
ELA Standards:
RL.1.1: Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.
RF.1.2: Demonstrate understanding of spoken words, syllables, and sounds.
RF.1.3.a: Know the spellingsound correspondences for common consonant digraphs.
RF.1.3.b: Decode regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.1.4.a: Read onlevel text with purpose and understanding.
L.1.2.d: Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words.
Big Ideas:
 Students read the decodable reader Snap Shots to practice fluency.
 The stories (chapters) in the reader are told from Beth’s point of view. Beth is a young girl who travels to the United Kingdom to visit friends.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 2
Unit Length: 21 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces five vowel sounds and the most common spelling for each sound. Students learn to read and write words with separated digraphs. This unit also includes grammar lessons on nouns as well as practice with new Tricky Words.
ELA Standards:
RF.1.3.b: Decode regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.1.3.c: Know final –e and common vowel team conventions for representing long vowel sounds.
RF.1.4.a: Read onlevel text with purpose and understanding.
RF.1.4.b: Read onlevel text orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings.
L.1.1.b: Use common, proper, and possessive nouns.
L.1.2.d: Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words.
Big Ideas:
 Students read the decodable Reader Gran to practice fluency.
 The stories follow the character Gran, a welltraveled grandmother, who visits her
 grandchildren, Josh and Jen.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 3
Unit Length: 21 instructional days
Description: Unit 3 introduces students to five vowel sounds and the most common spelling for each sound, five new Tricky Words, and the Tricky Spelling “oo”. Grammar exercises focus on identifying verbs and verb tense (regular present, past, and future). Students begin formal instruction in the writing process with a focus on narrative writing.
ELA Standards:
RF.1.3.b: Decode regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.1.4: Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.1.3: Write narratives in which they recount two or more appropriately sequenced events, include some details regarding what happened, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide some sense of closure.
L.1.1.j: Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative, interrogative, imperative, and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts.
L.1.2.d: Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words.
L.1.2.e: Spell untaught words phonetically, drawing on phonemic awareness and spelling conventions.
Big Ideas:
 Students read the decodable Reader Fables to practice fluency.
 The Reader has versions of famous fables, most of
 which are attributable to the ancient Greek storyteller Aesop.
 Fables are special types of stories that teach important lessons or morals.
 Fables often feature talking animals as main characters.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 4
Unit Length: 30 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces the most common spellings for rcontrolled vowel sounds. Students learn the concept of a syllable and practice twosyllable words. Students are introduced to pasttense verb forms ending with –ed as they continue to work with nouns and verbs in phrases. They are introduced to adjectives and they practice descriptive writing.
ELA Standards:
RF.1.3.d: Use knowledge that every syllable must have a vowel sound to determine the number of syllables in a printed word.
RF.1.3.e: Decode twosyllable words following basic patterns by breaking the words into syllables.
RF.1.3.g: Recognize and read gradeappropriate spelled words.
W.1.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.
L.1.1.e: Use verbs to convey a sense of past, present, and future.
L.1.2.d: Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words.
Big Ideas:
 Students read the decodable Reader The Green Fern Zoo to practice fluency.
 The main character is fictional, but the information in the book is factual.
 Informational text features such as headings and a picture glossary are introduced.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 5
Unit Length: 23 instructional days
Description: Students begin learning spelling alternatives that make up the advanced code. They practice making nouns plural and changing spelling when adding suffixes. In grammar, students identify sentence types (statements, questions, and exclamations) and practice creating longer sentences. They plan, draft, and edit a letter in which they express their opinions to the main character of the Student Reader.
ELA Standards:
RF.1.3.f: Read words with inflectional endings.
W.1.1: Write opinion pieces in which they introduce the topic or name the book they are writing about, state an opinion, supply a reason for the opinion for the opinion, and provide some sense of closure.
L.1.1.c: Use singular and plural nouns with matching verbs in basic sentences.
L.1.1.j: Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative, interrogative, imperative, and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts.
L.1.2.d: Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words.
Big Ideas:
 Students read the decodable Reader Kate’s Book to practice fluency.
 The Reader tells the story of a girl named Kate who writes a book about her summer vacation. The premise is that students are reading the book that Kate wrote, which her grandmother also illustrated.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 6
Unit Length: 27 instructional days
Description: Students continue to work with several spelling alternatives for consonant sounds. Students review nouns and learn to match pronouns to the nouns to which they refer. They plan, draft, and edit a personal narrative.
ELA Standards:
RF.1.3.b: Decode regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.1.4: Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.1.3: Write narratives in which they recount two or more appropriately sequenced events, include some details regarding what happened, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide some sense of closure.
L.1.1.d: Use personal and possessive pronouns.
L.1.2.d: Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words.
Big Ideas:
 Students read the decodable Reader Grace to practice fluency.
 The Reader is about a girl named Grace who lives on a farm in the Midwest. The stories take us through her daily life on a farm and in the country.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 7
Unit Length: 21 instructional days
Description: Students continue to learn the advanced code, focusing on spelling alternatives for vowel sounds. In addition, students learn about the use of conjunctions and commas as well as nounverb agreement in sentences. Students practice the writing process by planning, drafting, and editing an informative/explanatory text.
ELA Standards:
RF.1.3.b: Decode regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.1.3.e: Decode twosyllable words following basic patterns by breaking the words into syllables.
RF.1.3.g: Recognize and read gradeappropriate irregularly spelled words.
W.1.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.
L.1.1.c: Use singular and plural nouns with matching verbs in basic sentences.
L.1.1.g: Use frequently occurring conjunctions.
L.1.2.d: Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words.
Big Ideas:
 The Reader focuses on a young girl, Kay, and her friend Martez, a MexicanAmerican boy. Kay, Martez, and Kay’s family go on a trip to Mexico.
 The text incorporates Grade 1 history and geography topics from the CKLA Knowledge strand.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Knowledge Domain 1: Fables and Stories
Unit Length: 19 instructional days
Description: In this unit, students are introduced to fables and stories that have delighted people for generations, including Aesop’s fables, a folktale of Anansi the Spider, and Beatrix Potter’s, The Tale of Peter Rabbit. Students increase their vocabulary and reading comprehension skills, learn valuable lessons about virtues and behavior, and become familiar with the key elements of a story.
ELA Standards:
RL.1.2a: Retell stories, including key details.
W.1.3: Write narratives in which they recount two or more appropriately sequenced events, include some details regarding what happened, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 Fables and stories have delighted generations of people around the world and are essential for cultural literacy.
 They contain valuable lessons about ethics and behavior, and students will develop an understanding of different types of fiction.
 This domain helps students develop a strong foundation for the understanding and enjoyment of fiction.
Knowledge Domain 2: The Human Body
Unit Length: 16 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to the systems of the human body and the function of major organs. They learn about care of the body, germs and diseases, vaccines, and keys to good health.
ELA Standards:
RI.1.2: Identify main topic and retell key details of a text.
W.1.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 The body is a network of systems comprised of organs that work together to perform vital jobs.
 There are many parts and functions related to the skeletal, muscular, digestive, circulatory, and nervous systems.
 Germs can cause disease; some activities will help stop the spread of germs.
 The five keys of good health are: eat well, exercise, sleep, keep clean, and have regular checkups.
Knowledge Domain 3: Different Lands, Different Stories
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: Students encounter different cultures from around the world as they explore the ways in which folktales from different lands treat similar themes or characters, including variations of the Cinderella story, the adventures of supernaturally small characters, and the exploits of cunning tricksters.
ELA Standards:
RL.1.3: Describe characters, settings, and major events in a story, using key details.
RL.1.9: Compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in stories.
Big Ideas:
 The fairy tales and folktales we’ve grown up with are known throughout the world; each culture has its own unique retelling.
 There are many common themes in these tales, such as people who are treated unfairly and ultimately find happiness, supernaturally small characters, and cunning animals who try and trick children.
Knowledge Domain 4: Early World Civilizations
Unit Length: 17 instructional days
Description: What is needed to build a civilization? Going back to the ancient Middle East, students explore Mesopotamia and Egypt and learn about the importance of rivers, farming, writing, laws, art, and beliefs.
ELA Standards:
RI.1.2: Identify main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.1.3: Describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
W.1.3: Write narratives in which they recount two or more appropriately sequenced events, include some details regarding what happened, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 Civilizations have fundamental features, including cities and government, forms of communication, and religion.
 The Tigris and Euphrates rivers were vital to the establishment of Mesopotamia, from which we received the earliest form of writing and first codification of laws.
 Egypt was founded on the Nile river, and its contributions include hieroglyphics, pharaohs, pyramids, and the significance of mummification.
Knowledge Domain 5: Early American Civilizations
Unit Length: 19 instructional days
Description: Students compare and contrast key features of the early civilizations of the Maya, Aztec, and Inca, and explore the development of cities such as Tenochtitlan and Machu Picchu. They are also introduced to the work of archaeologists who unearth ancient civilizations.
ELA Standards:
RI.1.2: Identify main topic and retell key details of a text.
W.1.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 The Maya, Aztec, and Inca civilizations had shared features, including farming, the establishment of cities and government, and religion.
 Despite having common features, these civilizations were all unique in their own ways.
 Much of what we learn about people from the past is discovered by archeologists, who study artifacts from the past and use that information to make informed hypotheses
Knowledge Domain 6: Astronomy
Unit Length: 14 instructional days
Description: In this introduction to the solar system, students learn about Earth in relation to the moon, the other planets, the sun, and the stars. They learn about the sun as a source of light, heat and energy. They are introduced to space exploration, including the Apollo missions to the moon.
ELA Standards:
RL.1.5: Explain major differences between books that tell stories and books that give information, drawing on a wide reading of a range of text types.
RI.1.2: Identify main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.1.9: Identify basic similarities in and differences between two texts on the same topic.
Big Ideas:
 The Earth is one of many different celestial bodies within our solar system.
 The sun, stars, moon, and other planets relate to the earth’s position in space in definite ways.
 The sun is a star and the source of light, heat, and energy for the earth.
 NASA, the Space Race, the Apollo missions and astronauts have all contributed to what we know about space.
Knowledge Domain 7: The History of the Earth
Unit Length: 14 instructional days
Description: Students learn about the geographical features of the earth’s surface, the layers of the earth, rocks and minerals, volcanoes, geysers, fossils, and dinosaurs.
ELA Standards:
RI.1.2: Identify main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.1.3: Describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
RI.1.5: Know and use various text features to locate key facts or information in a text.
W.1.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 The earth is comprised of various layers, each with its own characteristics.
 Geographical features, such as volcanoes and geysers give us information about these layers.
 Rocks and minerals are important in our daily lives. They are taken from the crust and used in many ways.
 There are three types of rock, each with their own characteristics. Fossils are found in rock and give us knowledge about the history of living things on Earth.
Knowledge Domain 8: Animals and Habitats
Unit Length: 16 instructional days
Description: Students focus on the interconnectedness of living things with their physical environment as they learn what a habitat is and explore plants and animals in specific types of habitats.
ELA Standards:
RI.1.2: Identify main topic and retell key details of a text.
W.1.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 All living things are interconnected to both their environments and other living things.
 Different plants and animals are indigenous to specific habitats, often suited to them through unique characteristics that enable them to adapt to that habitat.
 Animals can be classified by the types of foods they eat, and one example of interconnectedness is the food chain to which all living things belong.
Knowledge Domain 9: Fairy Tales
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to fairy tales that have been favorites for generations, including Sleeping Beauty, Rumpelstiltskin, The Frog Prince, Hansel and Gretel, and Jack and the Beanstalk. Students learn about the Brothers Grimm, identify common elements of fairy tales, consider problems and solutions, make interpretations, and compare and contrast different tales.
ELA Standards:
RL.1.2a: Retell stories, including key details.
RL.1.3: Describe characters, settings, and major events in a story, using key details.
RL.1.9: Compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in stories.
W.1.3: Write narratives in which they recount two or more appropriately sequenced events, include some details regarding what happened, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 Fairy tales are a unique type of fiction, with distinct elements, that still maintain traditional story grammar.
 Students will explore concepts such as bravery and heroism, good and evil, and valuable life lessons.
 The Brothers Grimm shared these tales with others because of their ability to make people feel happy, sad, and sometimes afraid.
Knowledge Domain 10: A New Nation: American Independence
Unit Length: 22 instructional days
Description: Students learn about the birth of the United States of America. They are introduced to important historical figures and events in the story of how the thirteen colonies became an independent nation. They also learn the significance of patriotic symbols, including the U.S. flag, the Liberty Bell, and the bald eagle.
ELA Standards:
RI.1.2: Identify main topic and retell key details of a text.
RI.1.6: Distinguish between information provided by pictures or other illustrations and information provided by the words in a text.
W.1.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 Several important historical figures and events led to how the thirteen colonies determined and gained their independence from Britain to become the United States of America.
 The British imposed taxes on the thirteen colonies, which led to the Boston Tea Party, the Revolutionary War, and the Declaration of Independence.
 The roles of women, Native Americans, and African Americans during this time period are highlighted.
Grade 2
Skills Unit 1
Unit Length: 23 instructional days
Description: This unit focuses on reviewing various spellings with an emphasis on consonant sounds, one and twosyllable words, and high frequency Tricky Words.
ELA Standards:
RF.2.3.a: Distinguish long and short vowels when reading regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.2.3.c: Decode regularly spelled twosyllable words with long vowels.
RF.2.3.f: Recognize and read appropriate irregularly spelled words.
RF.2.4: Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
L.2.1.d: Form and use past tense of frequently occurring irregular verbs.
L.2.2.d: Generalize learned spelling patterns when writing words.
Big Ideas:
 The stories in the Reader The Cat Bandit, tell of the adventures of a hungry cat and the increasingly clever ways he gets food items seemingly out of his reach.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 2
Unit Length: 19 instructional days
Description: Focus is on various spellings with an emphasis on vowel sounds. Students one and twosyllable words, as well as contractions. They practice with a number of high frequency Tricky Words. They learn about the use of quotation marks and begin instruction in the writing process, writing narratives and opinions.
ELA Standards:
RF.2.3.a: Distinguish long and short vowels when reading regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.2.3.c: Decode regularly spelled twosyllable words with long vowels.
RF.2.4: Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
L.2.1.f: Produce, expand, and rearrange complete simple and compound sentences.
L.2.2.c: Use an apostrophe to form contractions and frequently occurring possessives.
L.2.2.d: Generalize learned spelling patterns when writing words.
Big Ideas:
 The Reader for this unit is Bedtime Tales. In it, a father shares bedtime stories with his son and daughter. This Reader explores two fiction genres: fables and trickster stories.
 Close reading lessons are introduced in this unit using chapters from the Reader.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 3
Unit Length: 29 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces spelling alternatives for vowel sounds, as well as various tricky spellings (spellings that can stand for more than one sound). Students practice writing a personal narrative. Grammar instruction focuses on capitalization, quotation marks, ending punctuation, and common and proper nouns. Students are also introduced to antonyms and synonyms.
ELA Standards:
RF.2.3.a: Distinguish long and short vowels when reading regularly spelled onesyllable words.
RF.2.3.b: Know spellingsound correspondences for additional common vowel teams.
RF.2.3.c: Decode regularly spelled twosyllable words with long vowels.
RF.2.3.e: Identify words with inconsistent but common spellingsound correspondences.
RF.2.3.f: Recognize and read appropriate irregularly spelled words.
L.2.2.d: Generalize learned spelling patterns when writing words.
Big Ideas:
 The Reader for this unit is Kids Excel. This fictional Reader consists of profiles of kids who excel at various activities—spelling, swimming, soccer, jumping rope, splashing, math, rock skipping. Each profile progresses across several selections.
 Close reading lessons in this unit use chapters from the Reader.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 4
Unit Length: 30 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to more spelling alternatives for vowel sounds, as well as three tricky spellings. Students practice persuasive writing as part of a friendly letter. In grammar, students review singular and regular plural nouns. They are introduced to the formation of irregular plural nouns, as well as action verbs and to be verbs.
ELA Standards:
RF.2.3.e: Identify words with inconsistent but common spellingsound correspondences.
W.2.1: Write opinion pieces in which they introduce the topic or book they are writing about, state an opinion, supply reasons that support the opinion, use linking words to connect opinion and reasons, and provide a concluding statement or section.
L.2.1.b: Form and use frequently occurring irregular plural nouns.
L.2.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
Big Ideas:
 The Job Hunt is a fictional Reader that describes a nineteenyearold girl’s search for a job in New York City with the help of her younger brother. The introduction contains information about New York City, including a map.
 Close reading lessons in this unit use chapters from the Reader.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 5
Unit Length: 35 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces spelling alternatives for vowel sounds and the schwa sound. Students practice chunking phonemes as a means of reading multisyllable words. They review grammar skills and learn about adjectives, as well as how to identify the subject and predicate in a complete sentence. Additionally, students continue to practice narrative writing by rewriting an ending to a story from their Student Reader.
ELA Standards:
RF.2.3.e: Identify words with inconsistent but common spellingsound correspondences.
RF.2.3.f: Recognize and read appropriate irregularly spelled words.
RF.2.4.a: Read onlevel text with purpose and understanding.
W.2.3: Write narratives in which they recount a wellelaborated event or short sequence of events, include details to describe actions, thoughts, and feelings, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide a sense of closure.
L.2.1.e: Use adjectives and adverbs, and choose between them depending on what is to be modified.
L.2.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
Big Ideas:
 Sir Gus is a fictional Reader detailing the serendipitous undertakings of Sir Gus, one of King Alfred’s knights. Despite his title as “Sir Gus the Fearless,” Sir Gus actually has many different fears. Sir Gus has to face a thief, a troll, pirates, an evil wizard, and an enemy king.
 Close reading lessons in this unit use chapters from the Reader.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Skills Unit 6
Unit Length: 35 instructional days
Description: This unit introduces spelling alternatives for vowel sounds and the schwa sound. Students practice chunking phonemes as a means of reading multisyllable words. They review grammar skills and learn about adjectives, as well as how to identify
ELA Standards:
RF.2.3: Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
RF.2.4: Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
L.2.1.f: Produce, expand, and rearrange complete simple and compound sentences.
L.2.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
L.2.3: Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading or listening.
W.2.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.
Big Ideas:
 The lettersound correspondences taught in CKLA up to this point represent most of the important lettersound correspondences needed to read English writing.
 The Reader for this unit is The War of 1812 and covers topics included in G2 Domain 5 of the Knowledge Strand.
 Students answer comprehension questions orally and/or in writing after reading each story.
Knowledge Domain 1: Fairy Tales and Tall Tales
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to three classic fairy tales: The Fisherman and His Wife, The Emperor’s New Clothes, and Beauty and the Beast. They consider characteristic elements of fairy tales and consider problems faced by the characters as well as lessons each story conveys. Students then turn to the American frontier and tall tales about Paul Bunyan, Pecos Bill, John Henry, and Casey Jones. They learn about the characteristics of tall tales, such as exaggeration and larger than life characters.
ELA Standards:
RL.2.2: Recount stories, including fables and folktales from diverse cultures, and determine their central message, lesson, or moral.
RL.2.3: Describe how characters in a story respond to major events and challenges.
RL2.9: Compare and contrast two or more versions of the same story by different authors or from different cultures.
W.2.3: Write narratives in which they recount a wellelaborated event or short sequence of events, include details to describe actions, thoughts, and feelings, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide a sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 Fairy Tales and Tall Tales lay the foundation of understanding stories in future grades.
 Fairy Tales is a continuation and deepening of prior knowledge about the genre and will allow for a greater understanding of story grammar.
 Tall Tales introduces students to the setting of the American frontier and some of the occupations there.
Knowledge Domain 2: Early Asian Civilizations
Unit Length: 18 instructional days
Description: In this unit, students are introduced to the continent of Asia and its two most populous countries, India and China. Students learn about early India, the importance of the Indus and Ganges Rivers, and the basics of their culture. Students then explore early Chinese civilization and its lasting contributions, including paper, silk, and the Great Wall of China. In addition, students are introduced to related folktales and poetry.
ELA Standards:
RI.2.1: Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.
RI.2.2: Identify the main topic of a multiparagraph text as well as the focus of specific paragraphs within the text.
W.2.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.
Big Ideas:
 India and China, the two most populous countries in Asia, were able to form because of mighty rivers.
 The early Chinese civilization provided many contributions to the world, including paper, silk, and the Great Wall of China.
Knowledge Domain 3: The Ancient Greek Civilization
Unit Length: 17 instructional days
Description: Students explore the civilization of ancient Greece, which lives on in many ways in our language, government, art, architecture and the Olympics. Student learn about the citystates of Sparta and Athens, Greek democracy, the gods and goddesses of the ancient Greeks, and the philosophers Socrates, Plato and Aristotle.
ELA Standards:
RL.2.1: Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.
W.2.3: Write narratives in which they recount a wellelaborated event or short sequence of events, include details to describe actions, thoughts, and feelings, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide a sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 Ancient Greek civilization contributed to many areas of our lives today.
 Ancient Greece was the birthplace of democracy, the ideals of which are used today in our own and other governments.
 Great philosophers, gods and goddesses, the Olympic games, significant battles, and the conquests of Alexander the Great all added to the importance of the ancient Greeks.
Knowledge Domain 4: Greek Myths
Unit Length: 17 instructional days
Description: Building on the Ancient Greek Civilization domain, students explore several wellknown Greek myths and mythical characters, including Prometheus and Pandora, Demeter and Persephone, Arachne the Weaver, Oedipus and the Sphinx, Theseus and the Minotaur, and others. Students learn about common characteristics of myths and examine story elements in the myths.
ELA Standards:
RL.2.2: Recount stories, including fables and folktales from diverse cultures, and determine their central message, lesson, or moral.
RL.2.3: Describe how characters in a story respond to major events and challenges.
RL.2.6: Acknowledge differences in the points of view of characters, including by speaking in a different voice for each character when reading dialogue aloud.
W.2.3: Write narratives in which they recount a wellelaborated event or short sequence of events, include details to describe actions, thoughts, and feelings, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide a sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 Ancient Greeks worshipped many gods and goddesses.
 A myth is a fictional story, once thought to be true, that tried to explain mysteries of nature and humankind.
 References to Greek mythology are still culturally relevant today, and give students a frame of reference with which to understand literary allusions and the meanings of common words and phrases.
Knowledge Domain 5: The War of 1812
Unit Length: 13 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to major figures and events in the War of 1812, sometimes called America’s second war for independence. Students learn about James and Dolley Madison, “Old Ironsides”, “The StarSpangled Banner”, the Battle of New Orleans, and more, all of which build a foundation for more indepth study in later grades.
ELA Standards:
RI.2.1: Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.
RI.2.3: Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.
W.2.1: Write opinion pieces in which they introduce the topic or book they are writing about, state an opinion, supply reasons that support the opinion, use linking words to connect opinion and reasons, and provide a concluding statement or section.
Big Ideas:
 The War of 1812 is best remembered as the war that gave birth to “The StarSpangled Banner.”
 It is often called America’s second war for independence.
 The United States was greatly affected by the Napoleonic Wars between France and Great Britain.
 This domain builds the foundation for learning about westward expansion and the U.S. Civil War later this year.
Knowledge Domain 6: Cycles in Nature
Unit Length: 13 instructional days
Description: Students are introduced to natural cycles that make life on Earth possible. Students will learn about seasonal cycles, plant and animal life cycles, and the water cycle. Students will enjoy poems by Emily Dickinson and Robert Louis Stevenson
ELA Standards:
RI.2.3: Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.
RI.2.6: Identify the main purpose of a text, including what the author wants to answer, explain or describe.
W.2.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.
W.2.7: Participate in shared research and writing projects.
Big Ideas:
 Nature has many natural cycles that make life on Earth possible.
 Seasonal cycles, flowering plants and trees, animal life cycles, and the water cycle are a few examples of natural cycles.
 Natural cycles are interconnected, and a change in one cycle often affects the cycles of many.
Knowledge Domain 7: Westward Expansion
Unit Length: 13 instructional days
Description: In this unit, students are introduced to an important period in the history of the United States—the time of westward expansion during the 1800s. Students explore why pioneers were willing to endure the hardships to move westward, and learn about innovations in transportation and communication, including the steamboat, the Transcontinental Railroad, and the Pony Express. Students will come to understand the hardships and tragedies that Native Americans endured because of westward expansion.
ELA Standards:
RI.2.3: Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.
RI.2.6: Identify the main purpose of a text, including what the author wants to answer, explain or describe.
W.2.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.
Big Ideas:
 Pioneers were willing and eager to endure hardships to move westward during the 1800s.
 Many important innovations in both transportation and communication occurred during that time period.
 Native Americans endured both intended and unintended hardships and tragedies as a result of westward expansion.
Knowledge Domain 8: Insects
Unit Length: 14 instructional days
Description: Students learn about the characteristics of insects, the largest group of animals on Earth. Students explore insect life cycles and social insects such as bees and ants. They consider helpful and harmful aspects of insects.
ELA Standards:
W.2.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.
W.2.7: Participate in shared research and writing projects.
Big Ideas:
 Insects are the largest group of animals on Earth.
 Insects have identifiable characteristics and life cycles, are categorized as either solitary of social, and can be viewed as both helpful and harmful.
 Insects are important to the process of pollination and also to the production of honey, some cosmetics, and even medicines.
Knowledge Domain 9: The U.S. Civil War
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: This domain lays the foundation for more indepth study in later grade of a critical period in American history. Students learn about the controversy between the North and the South over slavery. Students also become familiar with the achievements of key historical figures during the time, including Harriet Tubman, Clara Barton, Abraham Lincoln, Ulysses S. Grant, and Robert E. Lee.
ELA Standards:
RI.2.8: Describe how reasons or evidence support specific points the author makes in a text.
RI.2.9: Compare and contrast the most important points presented by two texts on the same topic.
Big Ideas:
 Controversy over slavery between the North and the South eventually led to the U.S. Civil War.
 Africans were taken from Africa against their will and forced into slavery in the U.S. until the end of the Civil War.
 Significant women and men from the time period include Harriet Tubman, Abraham Lincoln, Clara Barton, Robert E. Lee, and Ulysses S. Grant.
Knowledge Domain 10: The Human Body: Building Blocks and Nutrition
Unit Length: 15 instructional days
Description: Students learn about Anton van Leeuwenhoek and his pioneering work with the microscope. They then proceed to explore a number of topics regarding the human body, including cells, tissues, organs, and body systems, with a focus on the digestive and excretory systems. In addition, students learn about good nutrition and other keys to good health.
ELA Standards:
RI.2.3: Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.
W.2.2: Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.
Big Ideas:
 Cells form the building blocks of life on Earth.
 Collections of cells form tissues, tissues form organs, and organs form systems within the body.
 Anton van Leeuwenhoek was important in science for his work with microscopes and the discovery of onecelled bacteria.
 The five keys to good health are: eat well, exercise, sleep, keep clean, and have regular checkups.
Knowledge Domain 11: Immigration
Unit Length: 21 instructional days
Description: This domain introduces students to the concept of immigration in the United States. Students will learn about the biggest wave of immigration to the United States, which occurred between 1880 and 1920. They will discover why people immigrated, what factors pushed them from homelands and pulled them to the United States, and why many immigrants settled in particular cities or regions upon their arrival. These basic facts about immigration will help students further their awareness of U.S. history. Learning about immigration in the United States is also an opportunity for students to find out more about their family history and what brought them and/or ancestors to the United States.
ELA Standards:
RI.2.2: Identify the main topic of a multiparagraph text as well as the focus of specific paragraphs within the text.
W.2.3: Write narratives in which they recount a wellelaborated event or short sequence of events, include details to describe actions, thoughts, and feelings, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide a sense of closure.
Big Ideas:
 The United States is often referred to as a country of immigrants, with the biggest wave of immigration taking place from 1880 to 1920.
 Immigrants had many different reasons for immigrating to the United States, and settled in particular cities or regions upon their arrival.
 The Constitution and the Bill of Rights are two important documents that detail the privileges and rights of American citizens.
Grade 3
Unit 1 The Stories Julian Tells
Unit Length: 50.5 instructional days
Description:
Standards:
RL.3.2: Recount stories, including fables, folktales, and myths from diverse cultures; determine the central message, lesson, or moral and explain how it is conveyed through the key details in the text.
RL.3.3: Describe characters in a story (e.g., their traits, motivations, or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events.
RL.3.6: Distinguish the student’s point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters.
RI.3.2: Determine the main idea of a text; recount the key details and explain how they support the main idea.
RI.3.5: Use text features and search tools (e.g., key words, sidebars, hyperlinks) to locate information relevant to a given topic efficiently.
RI.3.7: Use information gained from illustrations (e.g., maps, photographs) and the words in a text to demonstrate understanding of the text (e.g., where, when, why, and how key events occur).
Reading Foundational Skills:
RF.3.3: Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
a. Identify and know the meaning of the most common prefixes and suffixes and derivational suffixes.
b. Decode words with common Latin suffixes.
c. Decode multisyllable words.
d. Read gradeappropriate irregularly spelled words.
Writing Standards
W.3.1: Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons.
W.3.3: Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences.
W.3.5: With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing.
W.3.8: Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources; take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.3.2: Determine the main ideas and supporting details of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.3.3: Ask and answer questions about information from a speaker, offering appropriate elaboration and detail.
SL.3.4: Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking clearly at an understandable pace.
SL.3.5: Create engaging audio recordings of stories or poems that demonstrate fluid reading at an understandable pace; add visual displays when appropriate to emphasize or enhance certain facts or details.
Language:
L.3.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
L.3.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
L.3.4: Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning word and phrases based on grade 3 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
L.3.5: Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings.
These standards are embedded in every unit:
RL. /RI.3.1: Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.
RL.3.10: By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RI.3.10: By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RF.3.4: Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
a. Read onlevel text with purpose and understanding.
b. Read onlevel prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings.
c. Use context to confirm or selfcorrect word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.
W.3.4: With guidance and support from adults, produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose.
W.3.6: With guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing, using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.3.10: Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
SL.3.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
L.3.3: Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
L.3.6: Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate conversational, general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal spatial and temporal relationships (e.g., After dinner that night we went looking for them).
Enduring Understandings:
 Stories and books are important for learning about yourself and others.
 Storytelling can be a way to connect to others and pass on family history and traditions.
 Readers notice when characters change and think about the lessons that the character has learned.
Essential Questions:
 How can a reader determine the central message in a story?
 How can a reader understand a character’s motivations, feelings, and actions when they are put in different situations?
Unit 2 Because of Winn Dixie
Unit Length: 45.5 instructional days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to understand the value of companionship, the joy of finding friends in unexpected places, and the significance of building a community of different perspectives. Students express their understanding by explaining how characters change throughout Because of WinnDixie based on the relationships formed during the book. Students also engage in independent reading of texts based on similar themes to further develop their understanding.
Standards:
RL.3.2: Recount stories, including fables, folktales, and myths from diverse cultures; determine the central message, lesson, or moral and explain how it is conveyed through the key details in the text.
RL.3.3: Describe characters in a story (e.g., their traits, motivations, or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events.
RL.3.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, distinguishing literal from nonliteral language.
RL.3.5: Refer to parts of stories, dramas, and poems when writing or speaking about a text, using terms such as chapter, scene and stanza; describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections.
RL.3.6: Distinguish the student’s point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters.
RL.3.9: Compare and contrast the themes, settings, and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (e.g., in books from a series).
RI.3.2: Determine the main idea of a text; recount the key details and explain how they support the main idea.
RI.3.3: Describe the relationship between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text, using language that pertains to time, sequence, and cause/effect.
RI.3.4: Determine the meaning of general academic and domainspecific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 3 topic or subject.
RI.3.7: Use information gained from illustrations (e.g., maps, photographs) and the words in a text to demonstrate understanding of the text (e.g., where, when, why, and how key events occur).
RI.3.8: Describe the logical connection between particular sentences and paragraphs in a text (e.g., comparison, cause/effect, first/second/third in a sequence).
RI.3.9: Compare and contrast the most important points and key details presented in two texts on the same topic.
Reading Foundational Skills
RF.3.3: Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
a. Identify and know the meaning of the most common prefixes and suffixes and derivational suffixes.
b. Decode words with common Latin suffixes.
c. Decode multisyllable words.
d. Read gradeappropriate irregularly spelled words.
Writing Standards
W.3.1: Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons.
W.3.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
W.3.8: Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources; take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.3.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
SL.3.2: Determine the main ideas and supporting details of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.3.3: Ask and answer questions about information from a speaker, offering appropriate elaboration and detail.
SL.3.4: Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking clearly at an understandable pace.
SL.3.6: Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task, audience, and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification.
Language Standards:
L.3.1 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
L.3.2 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
L.3.5 Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings.
These standards are embedded in every unit:
RL. /RI.3.1 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.
RL.3.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RI.3.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RF.3.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
a. Read onlevel text with purpose and understanding.
b. Read onlevel prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings.
c. Use context to confirm or selfcorrect word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.
SL.3.1 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
W.3.4 With guidance and support from adults, produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose.
W.3.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing.
W.3.6 With guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing, using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.3.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.3.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning word and phrases based on grade 3 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
L.3.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate conversational, general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal spatial and temporal relationships (e.g., After dinner that night we went looking for them).
Enduring Understandings:
 Friendship can be found in unexpected places.
 Readers think about the struggles characters go through, the lessons characters learn, and think about how this may change the way they themselves act.
Essential Questions:
 What is the central message or theme that the author wants us to learn by reading this novel?
 How can I look closely at a character to help me think about what kind of person they are?
Unit 3 Louisiana Purchase
Unit Length: 52.5 instructional days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to learn about the Louisiana Purchase and the characteristics of pioneers during this time period. While exploring these texts, including quotes from primary source documents, students develop their understanding of narrative writing and make connections between sentences and paragraphs in a text. Students express their understanding of the Louisiana Purchase by explaining the events leading up to the acquisition of the territory and the results of those events.
Standards:
RL.3.2: Recount stories, including fables, folktales, and myths from diverse cultures; determine the central message, lesson, or moral and explain how it is conveyed through the key details in the text.
RL.3.3: Describe characters in a story (e.g., their traits, motivations, or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events.
RL.3.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, distinguishing literal from nonliteral language.
RL.3.5: Refer to parts of stories, dramas, and poems when writing or speaking about a text, using terms such as chapter, scene and stanza; describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections.
RL.3.6: Distinguish the student’s point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters.
Reading Informational Text:
RI.3.2: Determine the main idea of a text; recount the key details and explain how they support the main idea.
RI.3.3: Describe the relationship between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text, using language that pertains to time, sequence, and cause/effect.
RI.3.4: Determine the meaning of general academic and domainspecific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 3 topic or subject.
RI.3.5: Use text features and search tools (e.g., key words, sidebars, hyperlinks) to locate information relevant to a given topic efficiently.
RI.3.6: Distinguish the student’s point of view from that of the author of a text.
RI.3.7: Use information gained from illustrations (e.g., maps, photographs) and the words in a text to demonstrate understanding of the text (e.g., where, when, why, and how key events occur).
RI.3.8: Describe the logical connection between particular sentences and paragraphs in a text (e.g., comparison, cause/effect, first/second/third in a sequence).
RI.3.9: Compare and contrast the most important points and key details presented in two texts on the same topic.
Reading Foundational Skills:
RF.3.3: Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
 Identify and know the meaning of the most common prefixes and suffixes and derivational suffixes.
 Decode words with common Latin suffixes.
 Decode multisyllable words.
 Read gradeappropriate irregularly spelled words.
Writing:
W.3.1: Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons.
W.3.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
W.3.3: Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences.
W.3.8: Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources; take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.3.2: Determine the main ideas and supporting details of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.3.3: Ask and answer questions about information from a speaker, offering appropriate elaboration and detail.
SL.3.4: Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking clearly at an understandable pace.
SL.3.6: Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task, audience, and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification.
Language:
L.3.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
L.3.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
L.3.5: Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings.
These standards are embedded in every unit:
RL. /RI.3.1: Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.
RL.3.10: By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RI.3.10: By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RF.3.4: Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
a. Read onlevel text with purpose and understanding.
b. Read onlevel prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings.
c. Use context to confirm or selfcorrect word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.
SL.3.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
W.3.4: With guidance and support from adults, produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose.
W.3.5: With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing.
W.3.6: With guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing, using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.3.10: Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.3.4: Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning word and phrases based on grade 3 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
L.3.6: Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate conversational, general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal spatial and temporal relationships (e.g., After dinner that night we went looking for them).
Enduring Understandings:
 The spirit of exploration and the values of American pioneers were evident during the early 1800s.
 Narrative writing and primary source documents can help a reader understand a person or character’s point of view.
Essential Questions:
 What events led to the United States acquiring the Louisiana Territory?
 What are the causes and effects of the Louisiana Purchase?
Unit 4 Cajun Folktales
Unit Length:
Description: Students read folktales to learn how storytelling can be entertaining as well as educational. Students develop an understanding of Louisiana history and culture as well as character and theme development. Students express their understanding by writing their opinion about the main character’s actions. This mini Guidebook unit will build student capacity for future Guidebook coursework.
Standards:
RL.3.2: Recount stories, including fables, folktales, and myths from diverse cultures; determine the central message, lesson, or moral and explain how it is conveyed through the key details in the text.
RL.3.3: Describe characters in a story (e.g., their traits, motivations, or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events.
RL.3.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, distinguishing literal from nonliteral language.
RL.3.5: Refer to parts of stories, dramas, and poems when writing or speaking about a text, using terms such as chapter, scene and stanza; describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections.
RL.3.7: Explain how specific aspects of a text’s illustration contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (e.g., create mood, emphasize aspects of a character or setting).
Reading Foundational Skills:
RF.3.3: Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
a. Identify and know the meaning of the most common prefixes and suffixes and derivational suffixes.
b. Decode words with common Latin suffixes.
c. Decode multisyllable words.
d. Read gradeappropriate irregularly spelled words.
Writing Standards
W.3.1: Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.3.2: Determine the main ideas and supporting details of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.3.3: Ask and answer questions about information from a speaker, offering appropriate elaboration and detail.
SL.3.4: Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking clearly at an understandable pace.
Language:
L.3.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
L.3.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
L.3.5: Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings.
rs’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
RL. /RI.3.1 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.
RL.3.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RI.3.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 2–3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RF.3.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
a. Read onlevel text with purpose and understanding.
b. Read onlevel prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings.
c. Use context to confirm or selfcorrect word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.
SL.3.1 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
W.3.4 With guidance and support from adults, produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose.
W.3.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing.
W.3.6 With guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing, using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.3.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.3.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning word and phrases based on grade 3 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
L.3.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate conversational, general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal spatial and temporal relationships (e.g., After dinner that night we went looking for them).
Enduring Understandings:
 Storytelling can be entertaining as well as educational.
 Cajun culture and traditions are part of Louisiana history.
Essential Questions:
 What are elements of a folktale?
 Why is storytelling important?
 How does understanding a character’s thoughts, feelings, and actions help me as a reader?
 How do I form an opinion, write about it and provide reasons?
Grade 4
Unit 1 Hurricanes
Unit Length: 54.5 days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to learn about hurricanes and their impact on Louisiana. Students understand how history involves the sharing of memories and the differences between firsthand and secondhand accounts. Students express their understanding of the impact of hurricanes on Louisiana by writing a first person narrative about an experience in a hurricane based on texts they have read.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.4.2 Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text; summarize the text.
RL.4.3 Describe in depth a character, setting, or event in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., a character’s thoughts, words, or actions).
Reading Informational Text:
RI.4.2 Determine the main idea of a text and explain how it is supported by key details; summarize the text.
RI.4.3 Explain events, procedures, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text, including what happened and why, based on specific information in the text.
RI.4.7 Interpret information presented visually, orally, or quantitatively (e.g., in charts, graphs, diagrams, time lines, animations, or interactive elements on Web pages) and explain how the information contributes to an understanding of the text in which it appears.
RI.4.8 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text.
RI.4.9 Integrate information from two texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.
Writing:
W.4.1ad Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information.
a. Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which related ideas are grouped to support the writer’s purpose.
b. Provide reasons that are supported by facts and details.
c. Link opinion and reasons using words and phrases (e.g., for instance, in order to, in addition).
d. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.
W.4.2ae Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
a. Introduce a topic clearly and group related information in paragraphs and sections; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic.
c. Link ideas within categories of information using words and phrases (e.g., another, for example, also, because).
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.
W.4.3ae Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences.
a. Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally.
b. Use dialogue and description to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations.
c. Use a variety of transitional words and phrases to manage the sequence of events.
d. Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely.
e. Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.
W.4.7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic.
W.4.8 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; take notes and categorize information, and provide a list of sources.
W.4.9 Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
Language:
L.4.1ag Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Use relative pronouns (who, whose, whom, which, that) and relative adverbs (where, when, why).
b. Form and use the progressive (e.g., I was walking; I am walking; I will be walking) verb tenses.
c. Use modal auxiliaries (e.g., can, may, must) to convey various conditions.
d. Order adjectives within sentences according to conventional patterns (e.g., a small red bag rather than a red small bag).
e. Form and use prepositional phrases.
f. Produce complete sentences, recognizing and correcting inappropriate fragments and runons.
g. Correctly use frequently confused words (e.g., to, too, two; there, their).
L.4.2ad Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use correct capitalization.
b. Use commas and quotation marks to mark direct speech and quotations from a text.
c. Use a comma before a coordinating conjunction in a compound sentence.
d. Spell gradeappropriate words correctly, consulting references as needed.
L.4.3ab Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
a. Choose words and phrases to convey ideas precisely.
b. Choose punctuation for effect.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.4.4 Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience in an organized manner, using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace.
SL.4.5 Add audio recordings and visual displays to presentations when appropriate to enhance the development of main ideas or themes.
SL.4.6 Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., smallgroup discussion); use formal English when appropriate to task, audience, and situation.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL. /RI.4.1 Refer to details and examples in a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.
RL.4.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, in the grades 4–5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RI.4.10 By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 4–5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RF.4.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.4.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.4.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing.
W.4.6 With some guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.4.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.4.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 4 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., definitions, examples, or restatements in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word
(e.g., telegraph, photograph, autograph).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.
L.4.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal precise actions, emotions, or states of being (e.g., quizzed, whined, stammered) and that are basic to a particular topic (e.g., wildlife, conservation, and endangered when discussing animal preservation).
Enduring Understandings:
 Hurricanes are powerful storms that impact individuals and the environment.
 Firsthand and secondhand accounts provide valuable information about how storms have impacted our environment and our lives.
Essential Questions:
 How do hurricanes impact the environment?
 How can people prepare for a hurricane?
Unit 2 American Revolution
Unit Length: 49.5 days
Description: Students read texts about the American Revolution to understand the decisions and choices colonists had to make leading up to and during the Revolutionary War. Students express their understanding of the concept of "taking sides" and how, despite having different points of view about an issue or a situation, those engaged in conflict can still share common ground.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.4.2 Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text; summarize the text.
RL.4.4 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative language such as metaphors and similes.
Reading Informational Text:
RI.4.2 Determine the main idea of a text and explain how it is supported by key details; summarize the text.
RI.4.3 Explain events, procedures, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text, including what happened and why, based on specific information in the text.
RI.4.4 Determine the meaning of general academic and domainspecific words or phrases in a text relevant to a grade 4 topic or subject area.
RI.4.7 Interpret information presented visually, orally, or quantitatively (e.g., in charts, graphs, diagrams, time lines, animations, or interactive elements on Web pages) and explain how the information contributes to an understanding of the text in which it appears.
RI.4.8 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text.
RI.4.9 Integrate information from two texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.
Writing:
W.4.1ad Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information.
a. Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which related ideas are grouped to support the writer’s purpose.
b. Provide reasons that are supported by facts and details.
c. Link opinion and reasons using words and phrases (e.g., for instance, in order to, in addition).
d. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.
W.4.2ae Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
a. Introduce a topic clearly and group related information in paragraphs and sections; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic.
c. Link ideas within categories of information using words and phrases (e.g., another, for example, also, because).
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.
W.4.7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic.
W.4.8 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; take notes and categorize information, and provide a list of sources.
W.4.9 Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
Language:
L.4.1ag Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Use relative pronouns (who, whose, whom, which, that) and relative adverbs (where, when, why).
b. Form and use the progressive (e.g., I was walking; I am walking; I will be walking) verb tenses.
c. Use modal auxiliaries (e.g., can, may, must) to convey various conditions.
d. Order adjectives within sentences according to conventional patterns (e.g., a small red bag rather than a red small bag).
e. Form and use prepositional phrases.
f. Produce complete sentences, recognizing and correcting inappropriate fragments and runons.
g. Correctly use frequently confused words (e.g., to, too, two; there, their).
L.4.2ad Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use correct capitalization.
b. Use commas and quotation marks to mark direct speech and quotations from a text.
c. Use a comma before a coordinating conjunction in a compound sentence.
d. Spell gradeappropriate words correctly, consulting references as needed.
L.4.3ab Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
a. Choose words and phrases to convey ideas precisely.
b. Choose punctuation for effect.
c. Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., smallgroup discussion).
L.4.5 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Explain the meaning of simple similes and metaphors (e.g., as pretty as a picture) in context.
b. Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms, adages, and proverbs.
c. Demonstrate understanding of words by relating them to their opposites (antonyms) and to words with similar but not identical meanings (synonyms).
L.4.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal precise actions, emotions, or states of being (e.g., quizzed, whined, stammered) and that are basic to a particular topic (e.g., wildlife, conservation, and endangered when discussing animal preservation).
Speaking and Listening:
SL.4.1 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 4 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that
preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion.
b. Follow agreedupon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles.
c. Pose and respond to specific questions to clarify or follow up on information, and make comments that contribute to the discussion and link to the remarks of others.
d. Review the key ideas expressed and explain their own ideas and understanding in light of the discussion.
SL.4.2 Paraphrase portions of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.4.4 Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience in an organized manner, using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace.
SL.4.6 Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., smallgroup discussion); use formal English when appropriate to task, audience, and situation.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL. /RI.4.1 Refer to details and examples in a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.
RL.4.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, in the grades 4–5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RI.4.10 By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 4–5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RF.4.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.4.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.4.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing.
W.4.6 With some guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.4.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.4.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 4 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., definitions, examples, or restatements in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., telegraph, photograph, autograph).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.
L.4.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal precise actions, emotions, or states of being (e.g., quizzed, whined, stammered) and that are basic to a particular topic (e.g., wildlife, conservation, and endangered when discussing animal preservation).
Enduring Understandings:
 People with different points of view can find common ground.
 The Revolutionary War impacted America in a variety of ways.
Essential Questions:
 How do choices and experiences help a person determine their point of view on a topic or issue?
 Were the colonists justified in declaring their independence and fighting the Revolutionary War?
Unit 3 The Lightning Thief
Unit Length: 67 days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to understand traditional stories that focus on common patterns in literature, specifically the quest. Students express their understanding of how literature helps us make sense of the world, and how literature from the past influences our current lives and contemporary stories.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.4.2 Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text; summarize the text.
RL.4.3 Describe in depth a character, setting, or event in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g.,
a character’s thoughts, words, or actions).
RL.4.7 Make connections between the text of a story or drama and a visual or oral presentation of the text.
RL.4.9 Compare and contrast the treatment of similar themes and topics (e.g., opposition of good and evil) and patterns of events (e.g., the quest) in stories, myths, and traditional literature from different cultures.
RI.4.2 Determine the main idea of a text and explain how it is supported by key details; summarize the text.
RI.4.3 Explain events, procedures, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text, including what happened and why, based on specific information in the text.
RI.4.4 Determine the meaning of general academic and domainspecific words or phrases in a text relevant to a grade 4 topic or subject area.
Writing:
W.4.1ad Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information.
a. Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which related ideas are grouped to support the writer’s purpose.
b. Provide reasons that are supported by facts and details.
c. Link opinion and reasons using words and phrases (e.g., for instance, in order to, in addition).
d. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.
W.4.2ae Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
a. Introduce a topic clearly and group related information in paragraphs and sections; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic.
c. Link ideas within categories of information using words and phrases (e.g., another, for example, also, because).
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.
W.4.7 Conduct short research projects that build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic.
W.4.8 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; take notes and categorize information, and provide a list of sources.
W.4.9 Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
a. Apply grade 4 Reading standards to literature (e.g. “Describe in depth a character, setting, or event in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text [e.g. a characters’ thoughts, words, or actions].”).
b. Apply grade 4 Reading standards to informational texts (e.g. “Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text”).
Language:
L.4.1ef Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
e. Form and use prepositional phrases.
f. Produce complete sentences, recognizing and correcting inappropriate fragments and runons.
g. Correctly use frequently confused words (e.g., to, too, two; there, their).
L.4.2b Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
b. Use commas and quotation marks to mark direct speech and quotations from a text.
L.4.3a Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
a. Choose words and phrases to convey ideas precisely.
L.4.5 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Explain the meaning of simple similes and metaphors (e.g., as pretty as a picture) in context.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.4.1 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 4 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion.
b. Follow agreedupon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles.
c. Pose and respond to specific questions to clarify or follow up on information, and make comments that contribute to the discussion and link to the remarks of others.
d. Review the key ideas expressed and explain their own ideas and understanding in light of the discussion.
SL.4.2 Paraphrase portions of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.4.4 Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience in an organized manner, using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace.
SL.4.6 Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., smallgroup discussion); use formal English when appropriate to task, audience, and situation.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL. /RI.4.1 Refer to details and examples in a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.
RL.4.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, in the grades 4–5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RI.4.10 By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 4–5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RF.4.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.4.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.4.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing.
W.4.6 With some guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.4.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.4.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 4 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., definitions, examples, or restatements in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., telegraph, photograph, autograph).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.
L.4.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal precise actions, emotions, or states of being (e.g., quizzed, whined, stammered) and that are basic to a particular topic (e.g., wildlife, conservation, and endangered when discussing animal preservation).
Enduring Understandings:
 The quest motif is the pursuit of an important item or knowledge that often leads to a character becoming a hero.
 An author can use a theme in a story to teach a life lesson.
Essential Questions:
 How do lessons learned from literature impact us and our modern culture?
 What is a myth and what can we learn from them?
Grade 5
Unit 1 The Making of a Scientist
Unit Length: 50.5 days
Description: Students read informational and literary texts to understand how different scientific theories have changed over time. They express their understanding about these theories and the process of scientific inquiry by gathering evidence and comparing and contrasting different theories.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.5.2 Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text, including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic; summarize the text.
RL.5.3 Compare and contrast two or more characters, settings, or events in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., how characters interact).
RL.5.4 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative language and connotative meanings.
RL.5.5 Explain how a series of chapters, scenes, or stanzas fits together to provide overall structure of a particular story, drama, or poem.
Reading Informational Text:
RI.5.2 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details; summarize the text.
RI.5.3 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals, events, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text based on specific information in the text.
RI.5.4 Determine the meaning of general academic and domainspecific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area.
RI.5.6 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic, noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent.
RI.5.7 Utilize information from multiple print or digital sources, demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently.
RI.5.8 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text, identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s).
RI.5.9 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.
Reading Foundational Skills:
RF.5.3a Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
a. Use combined knowledge of lettersound correspondences, syllabication patterns, and morphology (e.g., roots and affixes) to read accurately unfamiliar multisyllabic words in context and out of context.
Writing:
W.5.2 Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, provide a general observation and focus, and group related information logically; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic.
c. Link ideas within and across categories of information using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., in contrast, especially).
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.
W.5.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a different approach.
W.5.9 Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
Language:
L.5.1 Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Explain the function of conjunctions, prepositions, and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences.
b. Form and use the perfect (e.g., I had walked; I have walked; I will have walked) verb tenses.
c. Use verb tense to convey various times, sequences, states, and conditions.
d. Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense.
e. Use correlative conjunctions (e.g., either/or, neither/nor).
L.5.2 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use punctuation to separate items in a series.
b. Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence.
c. Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (e.g., Yes, thank you), to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (e.g., It’s true, isn’t it?), and to indicate direct address (e.g., Is that you, Steve?).
d. Use underlining, quotation marks, or italics to indicate titles of works.
e. Spell gradeappropriate words correctly, consulting references as needed.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.5.1 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 5 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion.
b. Follow agreedupon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles.
c. Pose and respond to specific questions by making comments that contribute to the discussion and elaborate on the remarks of others.
d. Review the key ideas expressed and draw conclusions in light of information and knowledge gained from the discussions.
SL.5.2 Summarize a written text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.5.4 Report on a topic or text or present an opinion, sequencing ideas logically and using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL. /RI.5.1 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.
RL.5.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 4–5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RI.5.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 4–5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RF.5.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.5.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.5.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a different approach.
W.5.6 With some guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.5.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.5.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 5 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., cause/effect relationships and comparisons in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., photograph, photosynthesis).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.
L.5.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal contrast, addition, and other logical relationships (e.g., however, although, nevertheless, similarly, moreover, in addition).
Enduring Understandings:
 The process of scientific inquiry allows for gathering evidence and comparing and contrasting different theories.
 Authors can use short stories or memoirs to teach a lesson.
Essential Questions:
 How is a scientific theory formed and how does it change over time?
 What is the importance of thinking like a scientist?
Unit 2 The Birchbark House
Unit Length: 57.5 days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts about how Native Americans and global explorers laid the foundation for the United States. Students understand and express their understanding of how we learn about our past and how that impacts who we are today by writing about character and theme development and discussing how point of view is important for constructing meaning.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.5.2 Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text, including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic; summarize the text.
RL.5.3 Compare and contrast two or more characters, settings, or events in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., how characters interact).
RL.5.4 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative language and connotative meanings
RL.5.5 Explain how a series of chapters, scenes, or stanzas fits together to provide overall structure of a particular story, drama, or poem.
RL.5.6 Describe how a narrator’s or speaker’s point of view influences how events are described.
Reading Informational Text:
RI.5.3 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals, events, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text based on specific information in the text.
RI.5.4 Determine the meaning of general academic and domainspecific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area.
RI.5.6 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic, noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent.
RI.5.7 Utilize information from multiple print or digital sources, demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently.
RI.5.8 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text, identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s).
RI.5.9 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.
Reading Foundational Skills:
RF.5.3a Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
a. Use combined knowledge of lettersound correspondences, syllabication patterns, and morphology (e.g., roots and affixes) to read accurately unfamiliar multisyllabic words in context and out of context.
Writing:
W.5.1ad Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information.
a. Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writer’s purpose.
b. Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details.
c. Link opinion and reasons using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., consequently, specifically).
d. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.
W.5.2 Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, provide a general observation and focus, and group related information logically; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic.
c. Link ideas within and across categories of information using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., in contrast, especially).
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.
W.5.8 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work, and provide a list of sources.
Language:
L.5.5 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figurative language, including similes and metaphors, in context.
b. Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms, adages, and proverbs.
c. Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., synonyms, antonyms, homographs) to better understand each of the words.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.5.1 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 5 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion.
b. Follow agreedupon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles.
c. Pose and respond to specific questions by making comments that contribute to the discussion and elaborate on the remarks of others.
d. Review the key ideas expressed and draw conclusions in light of information and knowledge gained from the discussions.
SL.5.2 Summarize a written text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.5.3 Summarize the points a speaker makes and explain how each claim is supported by reasons and evidence.
SL.5.6 Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, using formal English when appropriate to task, audience, and situation.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL. /RI.5.1 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.
RL.5.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 4–5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RI.5.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 4–5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RF.5.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.5.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.5.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a different approach.
W.5.6 With some guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.5.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.5.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 5 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., cause/effect relationships and comparisons in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., photograph, photosynthesis).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.
L.5.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal contrast, addition, and other logical relationships (e.g., however, although, nevertheless, similarly, moreover, in addition).
Enduring Understandings:
 Authors teach us life lessons through characters and their development.
 The foundation of the United States is based on Native Americans and early explorers.
Essential Questions:
 How does an author of fiction use real events to teach us about the past?
 What was the impact of Christopher Columbus’s arrival in the New World?
Unit 3 The Lion, the Witch, and the Wardrobe
Unit Length: 63 days
Description: Students read literary texts to understand that even in the most fantastical settings, literature can teach us real lessons about life. Students explore the opposition of good vs. evil, the value in courage, adventure, forgiveness, and honesty. They begin to consider how authors convince readers to believe the impossible and discuss the history and use of special effects in movies to begin to see how imagination and creativity can inspire storytelling. Students express their understanding of narrative point of view and the features of the fantasy genre by considering the stories from another perspective.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.5.2 Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text, including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic; summarize the text.
RL.5.3 Compare and contrast two or more characters, settings, or events in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., how characters interact).
RL.5.4 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative language and connotative meanings.
RL.5.6 Describe how a narrator’s or speaker’s point of view influences how events are described.
Reading Informational Text:
RI.5.2 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details; summarize the text.
RI.5.3 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals, events, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text based on specific information in the text.
RI.5.9 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.
Reading Foundational Skills:
RF.5.3a Know and apply gradelevel phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
a. Use combined knowledge of lettersound correspondences, syllabication patterns, and morphology (e.g., roots and affixes) to read accurately unfamiliar multisyllabic words in context and out of context.
Writing:
W.5.1 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information.
a. Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writer’s purpose.
b. Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details.
c. Link opinion and reasons using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., consequently, specifically).
d. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.
W.5.2 Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, provide a general observation and focus, and group related information logically; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic.
c. Link ideas within and across categories of information using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., in contrast, especially).
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.
W.5.3 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences.
a. Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally.
b. Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, description, and pacing, to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations.
c. Use a variety of transitional words, phrases, and clauses to manage the sequence of events.
d. Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely.
e. Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.
W.5.8 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work, and provide a list of sources.
W.5.9 Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
Language:
L.5.1 Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Explain the function of conjunctions, prepositions, and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences.
b. Form and use the perfect (e.g., I had walked; I have walked; I will have walked) verb tenses.
c. Use verb tense to convey various times, sequences, states, and conditions.
d. Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense.
e. Use correlative conjunctions (e.g., either/or, neither/nor).
L.5.3 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
a. Expand, combine, and reduce sentences for meaning, reader/listener interest, and style.
b. Compare and contrast the varieties of English (e.g., dialects, registers) used in stories, dramas, or poems.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.5.1 Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 5 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that
preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion.
b. Follow agreedupon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles.
c. Pose and respond to specific questions by making comments that contribute to the discussion and elaborate on the remarks of others.
d. Review the key ideas expressed and draw conclusions in light of information and knowledge gained from the discussions.
SL.5.2 Summarize a written text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.
SL.5.4 Report on a topic or text or present an opinion, sequencing ideas logically and using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL. /RI.5.1 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.
RL.5.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 4–5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RI.5.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 4–5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.
RF.5.4 Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
W.5.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.5.5 With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a different approach.
W.5.6 With some guidance and support from adults, produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.5.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.5.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 5 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., cause/effect relationships and comparisons in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., photograph, photosynthesis).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.
L.5.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, including those that signal contrast, addition, and other logical relationships (e.g., however, although, nevertheless, similarly, moreover, in addition).
Enduring Understandings:
 Reading fantastical stories can teach us lessons about life.
 Visual representations such as graphs and illustrations, can support and enhance a reader’s understanding of the text.
Essential Questions:
 How does the point of view or perspective help a reader have a deeper understanding of the text?
 How does an author convince readers to believe the impossible?
Grade 6
Unit 1 Hatchet
Unit Length: 56.5 days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to understand how positive thinking, slowing down to think clearly, problem solving, and constant vigilance support survival in the face of grave danger and overwhelming odds. Students express their understanding of characters in literature by analyzing the struggle of man versus nature and the life lessons we can learn from others’ survival situations.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.6.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and how it is conveyed through particular details; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.
RL.6.3: Describe how a particular story’s or drama’s plot unfolds in a series of episodes as well as how the characters respond or change as the plot moves towards a resolution.
RL.6.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone.
RL.6.5: Analyze how a particular sentence, chapter, scene, or stanza fits into the overall structure of a text and contributes to the development of the theme, setting, or plot.
RL.6.6: Explain how an author develops the point of view of the narrator or speaker in a text.
Reading Informational Texts:
RI.6.2: Determine a central ideal of a text and how it is conveyed through particular detail; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.
RI.6.6: Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and explain how it is conveyed in the text.
Writing:
W.6.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
a. Introduce claim(s) and organize the reasons and evidence clearly.
b. Support claim(s) with clear reasons and relevant evidence, using credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to clarify the relationships among claim(s) and reasons.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from the argument presented.
W.6.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
W.6.3: Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and wellstructured event sequences.
W.6.9: Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.6.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grade 6 topics, texts, issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussion, set specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose and respond to specific questions with elaboration and detail by making comments that contribute to the topic, text, or issue under discussion.
d. Review the key ideas expressed and demonstrate understanding of multiple perspectives through reflection and paraphrasing.
SL.6.4: Present claims and findings, sequencing ideas logically and using pertinent descriptions, facts, and details to accentuate main ideas or themes; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation.
Language:
L.6.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Ensure that pronouns are in the proper case (subjunctive, objective, possessive)
b. Use intensive pronouns (e.g., myself, ourselves).
c. Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in pronoun number and person.
d. Recognize and correct vague pronouns (i.e., ones with unclear or ambiguous antecedents).
e. Recognize variation from standard English in their own and others’ writing and speaking, and identify and use strategies to improve expression in conventional language.
L.6.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use punctuation (commas, parentheses, dashes) to set off nonrestrictive/parenthetical elements.
b. Spell correctly.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL./RI.6.1 Cite relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
RL.6.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 6–8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RI.6.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 6–8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
W.6.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.6.5 With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a different approach.
W.6.6 Produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.6.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.6.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 6 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., audience, auditory, audible).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
L.6.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 A person’s character is revealed during difficult times, as well as good times.
 Bravery is the ability to do something you fear even though you are afraid at the time.
Essential Questions:
 Does Hatchet have instructional value as a survival guide?
 What life lessons can we learn by reading other people’s stories of survival?
Unit 2 If Stones Could Speak
Unit Length: 52.5 days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to understand that archaeologists, like detectives, work to piece together the past through investigation. Students express their understanding by analyzing evidence and drawing meaningful conclusions about history, texts, and their environment.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.6.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and how it is conveyed through particular details; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.
RL.6.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone.
Reading Informational Texts:
RI.6.2: Determine a central ideal of a text and how is it conveyed through particular detail; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.
RI.6.3: Analyze in detail how a key individual, event, or idea is introduced, illustrated, and elaborated in a text (e.g., through examples or anecdotes).
RI.6.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings.
RI.6.5: Analyze how a particular sentence, paragraph, chapter, or section fits into the overall structure of a text and contributes to the development of the ideas.
RI.6.6: Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and explain how it is conveyed in the text.
RI.6.8: Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not.
RI.6.9: Compare and contrast one author’s presentation of events with that of another (e.g., a memoir written by and a biography on the same person).
Writing:
W.6.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
W.6.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
a. Introduce a topic; organize ideas, concepts, and information, using strategies such as definition, classification, comparison/contrast, and cause/effect; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with relevant facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples.
c. Use appropriate transitions to clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from the information or explanation presented.
W.6.3: Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and wellstructured event sequences.
W.6.7: Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and refocusing the inquiry when appropriate.
W.6.8: Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources; assess the credibility of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and providing basic bibliographic information for sources.
W.6.9: Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.6.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grade 6 topics, texts, issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussion, set specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose and respond to specific questions with elaboration and detail by making comments that contribute to the topic, text, or issue under discussion.
d. Review the key ideas expressed and demonstrate understanding of multiple perspectives through reflection and paraphrasing.
SL.6.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use punctuation (commas, parentheses, dashes) to set off nonrestrictive/parenthetical elements.
b. Spell correctly.
Language:
L.6.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Ensure that pronouns are in the proper case (subjunctive, objective, possessive)
b. Use intensive pronouns (e.g., myself, ourselves).
c. Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in pronoun number and person.
d. Recognize and correct vague pronouns (i.e., ones with unclear or ambiguous antecedents).
L.6.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use punctuation (commas, parentheses, dashes) to set off nonrestrictive/parenthetical elements.
b. Spell correctly.
L.6.3: Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not.
L.6.5: Include multimedia components (e.g., graphics, images, music, sound) and visual displays in presentations to clarify information.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL./RI.6.1 Cite relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
RL.6.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 6–8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RI.6.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 6–8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
W.6.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.6.5 With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a different approach.
W.6.6 Produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.6.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.6.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 6 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., audience, auditory, audible).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
L.6.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 Archaeology allows us to understand what life was like in the past.
 Thinking about something in a new or fresh way can help us discover new secrets about our world.
Essential Questions:
 What is meant by the saying, “If stones could speak…?”
 How does an author support his/her ideas throughout the text?
Unit 3 The Witch of Blackbird Pond
Unit Length: 62 days
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to understand the influence of family expectations and values on the development of one’s personal identity. Students express their understanding of how informational texts in coordination with literary texts enhance their comprehension of time periods and the theme and setting of the novel.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.6.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and how it is conveyed through particular details; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.
RL.6.3: Describe how a particular story’s or drama’s plot unfolds in a series of episodes as well as how the characters respond or change as the plot moves towards a resolution.
RL.6.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone.
RL.6.5: Analyze how a particular sentence, chapter, scene, or stanza fits into the overall structure of a text and contributes to the development of the theme, setting, or plot.
RL.6.6: Explain how an author develops the point of view of the narrator or speaker in a text.
Reading Informational Texts:
RI.6.2: Determine a central ideal of a text and how it is conveyed through particular detail; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.
RI.6.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative language, connotative, and technical meanings.
Writing:
W.6.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
W.6.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
W.6.6: Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others; demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of three pages in a single setting.
W.6.7: Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and refocusing the inquiry when appropriate.
Speaking and Listening:
SL.6.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grade 6 topics, texts, issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
SL.6.3: Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not.
Language
L.6.3: Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
The following standards are embedded in all units:
RL. /RI.6.1 Cite relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
RL.6.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 6–8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
RI.6.10 By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 6–8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
W.6.4 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.6.5 With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a different approach.
W.6.6 Produce and publish gradeappropriate writing using technology, either independently or in collaboration with others.
W.6.10 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of disciplinespecific tasks, purposes, and audiences.
L.6.4 Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 6 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., audience, auditory, audible).
c. Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
L.6.6 Acquire and use accurately gradeappropriate general academic and domainspecific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 A person’s identity is influenced by family values and expectations.
 Various literary texts can present a theme from different points of view.
Essential Questions:
 How can an author use history to influence the setting and plot of literary texts?
 What is loyalty and how do we show our loyalty to what we believe in?
Grade 7
Unit 1 Memoir: Guidebook 2018
Unit Length: 11 Weeks
Description: Students read various memoirs and texts about a writer’s craft to understand the importance of memoirs and “coming of age” literature. Students express their understanding by exploring their own voice and style as a writer, observing the firsthand connection between reading and writing, as they write their own memoir.
Standards
Reading Literature
RL.7.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.7.3: Analyze how particular elements of a story or drama interact (e.g., how setting shapes the characters or plot).
RL.7.6: Analyze how an author develops and contrasts the points of view of different characters or narrators in a text.
Reading Informational Text
RI.7.2: Determine two or more central ideas in a text and analyze their development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.
RI.7.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone.
RI.7.5: Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to the development of the ideas.
RI.7.8: Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient to support the claims.
Writing
W.7.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
a. Introduce claim(s), acknowledge alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically.
b. Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), reasons, and evidence.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
W.7.3: Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and wellstructured event sequences.
a. Engage and orient the reader by establishing a context and point of view and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally and logically.
b. Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, and description, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters.
c. Use a variety of transition words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence and signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another.
d. Use precise words and phrases, relevant descriptive details, and sensory language to capture the action and convey experiences and events.
e. Provide a conclusion that follows from and reflects on the narrated experiences or events.
Speaking and Listening
SL.7.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grade 7 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussions, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose questions that elicit elaboration and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant observations and ideas that bring the discussion back on topic as needed.
d. Acknowledge new information expressed by others and, when warranted, modify their own views.
Language
L.7.5: Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
b. Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., synonym/antonym, analogy) to better understand each of the words.
c. Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., refined, respectful, polite, diplomatic, condescending).
Enduring Understandings:
 Students understand the importance of memoirs and “coming of age” literature.
 Students understand by exploring their own voice and style as a writer.
Essential Questions:
 Does the memoir you read support and/or contradict Zinsser’s advice for writing a memoir in “How to Write a Memoir”?
 How have you learned about your own voice and style in writing?
Unit 2 A Christmas Carol: Guidebook 2018
Unit Length: 13 Weeks
Description: Students read literary and informational texts about the meaning and redemption found through selflessness and valuing people over material possessions. Students understand how writers use stories to teach us these lessons and how characters’ choices affect the plot and build the theme of a story. Students express their understanding by exploring how literature resonates with readers and has “staying power,” becoming a part of our language, culture, and moral code.
Standards
Reading Literature
RL.7.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.7.3: Analyze how particular elements of a story or drama interact (e.g., how setting shapes the characters or plot).
RL.7.6: Analyze how an author develops and contrasts the points of view of different characters or narrators in a text.
Reading Informational Text
RI.7.2: Determine two or more central ideas in a text and analyze their development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.
RI.7.3: Analyze the interactions between individuals, events, and ideas in a text (e.g., how ideas influence individuals or events, or how individuals influence ideas or events).
RI.7.8: Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient to support the claims.
RI.7.9: Analyze how two or more authors writing about the same topic shape their presentations of key information by emphasizing different evidence or advancing different interpretations of facts.
Writing
W.7.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
a. Introduce claim(s), acknowledge alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically.
b. Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), reasons, and evidence.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
W.7.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information, using strategies such as definition, classification, comparison/contrast, and cause/effect; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with relevant facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples.
c. Use appropriate transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.
W.7.7: Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions for further research and investigation.
W.7.9: Draw relevant evidence from gradeappropriate literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.
a. Apply grade 7 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Compare and contrast a fictional portrayal of a time, place, or character and a historical account of the same period as a means of understanding how authors of fiction use or alter history”).
b. Apply grade 7 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g. “Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient to support the claims”).
Speaking and Listening
SL.7.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grade 7 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussions, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose questions that elicit elaboration and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant observations and ideas that bring the discussion back on topic as needed.
d. Acknowledge new information expressed by others and, when warranted, modify their own views.
Language
SL.7.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Explain the function of phrases and clauses in general and their function in specific sentences.
b. Choose among simple, compound, complex, and compoundcomplex sentences to signal differing relationships among ideas.
c. Place phrases and clauses within a sentence, recognizing and correcting misplaced and dangling modifiers.
Enduring Understandings:
 Students understand the meaning and redemption found through selflessness and valuing people over material possessions. Students understand how writers use stories to teach us these lessons and how characters’ choices affect the plot and build the theme of a story.
 Students understand how writers use stories to teach us these lessons and how characters’ choices affect the plot and build the theme of a story.
Essential Questions:
 What does Dickens want us to understand about the “business” of being human?
 How has Charles Dickens influenced modern society?
Unit 3 The Giver: Guidebook 2018
Unit Length: 12 Weeks
Description: Students read dystopian literature and related informational texts to understand how individual perspectives are shaped by knowledge and memory and to determine whether perfection is worth the sacrifice. Students express their understanding by analyzing how a theme is developed through characters and their contrasting points of view and also comparing and contrasting the themes of similar texts.
Standards
Reading Literature
RL.7.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.7.3: Analyze how particular elements of a story or drama interact (e.g., how setting shapes the characters or plot).
RL.7.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of rhymes and other repetitions of sounds (e.g., alliteration) on a specific verse or stanza of a poem or section of a story or drama.
RL.7.6: Analyze how an author develops and contrasts the points of view of different characters or narrators in a text.
Reading Informational Text
RI.7.2: Determine two or more central ideas in a text and analyze their development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.
RI.7.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone.
Writing
W.7.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
a. Introduce claim(s), acknowledge alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically.
b. Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), reasons, and evidence.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
W.7.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information, using strategies such as definition, classification, comparison/contrast, and cause/effect; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with relevant facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples.
c. Use appropriate transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.
W.7.7: Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions for further research and investigation.
W.7.8: Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources, using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.
Speaking and Listening
SL.7.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grade 7 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussions, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose questions that elicit elaboration and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant observations and ideas that bring the discussion back on topic as needed.
d. Acknowledge new information expressed by others and, when warranted, modify their own views.
Language
L.7.3: Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
a. Choose language that expresses ideas precisely and concisely, recognizing and eliminating wordiness and redundancy.
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grade 7 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
L.7.5: Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
b. Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., synonym/antonym, analogy) to better understand each of the words.
c. Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., refined, respectful, polite, diplomatic, condescending).
Enduring Understandings:
 Students understand how individual perspectives are shaped by knowledge and memory and determine whether perfection is worth the sacrifice.
 Students understand how a theme is developed through characters and their contrasting points of view and also how to compare and contrast the themes of similar texts.
Essential Questions:
 How does Jonas’ unique point of view reveal a theme of The Giver?
 How does the theme of another dystopian text compare with the theme of The Giver?
Grade 8
Unit 1 Flowers for Algernon: Guidebook 2018
Unit Length: 11 weeks
Description: Students read literary and informational texts about knowledge and intelligence to understand what happens when humans try to manipulate the minds of others and how our understanding of intelligence has evolved over time. Students express their understanding of these ideas by exploring how authors draw on traditional stories and develop characters and themes to teach us about ourselves and others.
Standards
Reading Literature
RL.8.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to the characters, setting, and plot; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.8.3: Analyze how particular lines of dialogue or incidents in a story or drama propel the action, reveal aspects of a character, or provoke a decision.
RL.8.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts.
RL.8.5: Compare and contrast the structure of two or more texts and analyze how the differing structure of each text contributes to its meaning and style.
RL.8.6: Analyze how differences in the points of view of the characters and the audience or reader (e.g., created through the use of dramatic irony) create such effects as suspense or humor.
Reading Informational Text
RI.8.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts.
RI.8.8: Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; recognize when irrelevant evidence is introduced.
Writing
W.8.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
a. Introduce claim(s), acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically.
b. Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
W.8.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with relevant, wellchosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.
W.8.7: Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a selfgenerated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.
Speaking and Listening
SL.8.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 8 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose questions that connect the ideas of several speakers and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant evidence, observations, and ideas.
d. Acknowledge new information expressed by others, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views in light of the evidence presented.
SL.8.3: Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, evaluating the soundness of the reasoning and relevance and sufficiency of the evidence and identifying when irrelevant evidence is introduced.
Language
L.8.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Explain the function of verbals (gerunds, participles, infinitives) in general and their function in particular sentences.
b. Form and use verbs in the active and passive voice.
c. Form and use verbs in the indicative, imperative, interrogative, conditional, and subjunctive mood.
d. Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb voice and mood.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use punctuation (comma, ellipsis, dash) to indicate a pause or break.
b. Use an ellipsis to indicate an omission.
c. Spell correctly.
3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
a. Use verbs in the active and passive voice and in the conditional and subjunctive mood to achieve particular effects (e.g., emphasizing the actor or the action; expressing uncertainty or describing a state contrary to fact).
Enduring Understandings:
 Students understand what happens when humans try to manipulate the minds of others and how our understanding of intelligence has evolved over time.
 Students understand how authors draw on traditional stories and develop characters and themes to teach us about ourselves and others.
Essential Questions:
 Consider how Charlie has changed from the beginning of “Flowers for Algernon.” How does the surgery improve or worsen his quality of life?
 What are 2 different theories of intelligence?
 Why or why not are these theories accepted today?
Unit 2 The TellTale Heart: Guidebook 2018
Unit Length:13 Weeks
Description: Students read literary and informational texts to understand the role of the narrator and point of view. Students also understand how the narrative voice of a text can blur the line between fact and fiction. Students express their understanding through writing in different points of view and examining motives and bias in various media.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.8.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to the characters, setting, and plot; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.8.3: Analyze how particular lines of dialogue or incidents in a story or drama propel the action, reveal aspects of a character, or provoke a decision.
RL.8.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts.
RL.8.5: Compare and contrast the structure of two or more texts and analyze how the differing structure of each text contributes to its meaning and style.
RL.8.6: Analyze how differences in the points of view of the characters and the audience or reader (e.g., created through the use of dramatic irony) create such effects as suspense or humor.
Reading Informational Text:
RI8.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts.
RI8.8: Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; recognize when irrelevant evidence is introduced.
Writing:
W.8.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
a. Introduce claim(s), acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically.
b. Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
W.8.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with relevant, wellchosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.
W.8.7: Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a selfgenerated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.
Speaking and Listening
SL.8.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 8 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose questions that connect the ideas of several speakers and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant evidence, observations, and ideas.
d. Acknowledge new information expressed by others, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views in light of the evidence presented.
SL.8.3: Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, evaluating the soundness of the reasoning and relevance and sufficiency of the evidence and identifying when irrelevant evidence is introduced.
Language
L.8.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Explain the function of verbals (gerunds, participles, infinitives) in general and their function in particular sentences.
b. Form and use verbs in the active and passive voice.
c. Form and use verbs in the indicative, imperative, interrogative, conditional, and subjunctive mood.
d. Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb voice and mood.
L.8.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use punctuation (comma, ellipsis, dash) to indicate a pause or break.
b. Use an ellipsis to indicate an omission.
c. Spell correctly.
L.8.3: Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.
a. Use verbs in the active and passive voice and in the conditional and subjunctive mood to achieve particular effects (e.g., emphasizing the actor or the action; expressing uncertainty or describing a state contrary to fact).
Enduring Understandings:
 Students will understand how authors use narrator and point of view to influence our perspective and understanding, write using different points of view to impact meaning, and examine bias in media sources.
 Students will examine the concepts of truth, perception, and reality and understand how authors use text structure to develop these concepts.
Essential Questions:
 What is the relationship between truth, perception, and reality?
 How does each text develop the concept differently?
Unit 3 Call of the Wild: Guidebook 2018
Unit Length: 12 weeks
Description: Students read literary and informational texts about human interaction with animals and nature. They understand how authors portray animals to serve a purpose and make a comment about human interaction with animals. Students then explore scientific and personal accounts of animal cognition to express their understanding of Jack London’s portrayal of Buck and his interaction with humans in The Call of the Wild.
Standards:
Reading Literature
RL.8.2: Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to the characters, setting, and plot; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.8.3: Analyze how particular lines of dialogue or incidents in a story or drama propel the action, reveal aspects of a character, or provoke a decision.
RL.8.4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts.
RL.8.6: Analyze how differences in the points of view of the characters and the audience or reader (e.g., created through the use of dramatic irony) create such effects as suspense or humor.
Reading Informational Text
RI.8.2: Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to supporting ideas; provide an objective summary of the text.
RI.8.6: Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how the author acknowledges and responds to conflicting evidence or viewpoints.
RI.8.8: Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; recognize when irrelevant evidence is introduced.
Writing
W.7.1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence.
a. Introduce claim(s), acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically.
b. Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
W.8.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content.
a. Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with relevant, wellchosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.
Speaking and Listening
SL.8.1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grade 8 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion.
b. Follow rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed.
c. Pose questions that connect the ideas of several speakers and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant evidence, observations, and ideas.
d. Acknowledge new information expressed by others, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views in light of the evidence presented.
SL.8.4: Present claims and findings, emphasizing salient points in a focused, coherent manner with relevant evidence, sound valid reasoning, and wellchosen details; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation.
Language
L.8.4: Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words or phrases based on grade 8 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Use common, gradeappropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., precede, recede, secede).
Enduring Understandings:
 Students understand how authors portray animals to serve a purpose and make a comment about human interaction with animals.
 Students understand Jack London’s portrayal of Buck and his interaction with humans in The Call of the Wild.
Essential Questions:
 What central idea or theme about humans’ treatment of animals does The Call of the Wild convey?
 Given Jack London's characterization of Buck in the novel and your understanding of animal cognition, should he be considered a "nature faker"? Why or why not?
English I
Unit 1 A Lesson Before Dying: Guidebook 2020
Unit Length: 12 weeks
Description: We will read A Lesson Before Dying by Ernest Gaines and a series of related literary and informational texts to explore the question: What makes us human? We will express our understanding through an essay that examines the lessons learned about humanity in the novel, as well as how this lesson is presented in a secondary text.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone).
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.
6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in works of literature drawing on a wide reading of world literature.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper).
5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter).
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.
Writing:
2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine and convey complex ideas, concepts, and information clearly and accurately through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content.
a. Introduce a topic; organize complex ideas, concepts, and information to make important connections and distinctions; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with wellchosen, relevant, and sufficient facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among complex ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to manage the complexity of the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).
Speaking and Listening:
1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 9–10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Use parallel structure.
b. Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent
clauses.
b. Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation.
c. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective
choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA), Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 9–10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech
(e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading,
writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 Determine multiple lessons that Grant and Jefferson learn about what it means to be human.
 Use textual evidence from Lesson Before Dying to support the lessons learned.
 Determine how other texts from the unit support the lessons about being human.
Essential Questions:
 What makes us human?
 Though one is in jail and one is not, what similarities exist between Jefferson’s and Grant’s situations? Where would each character fall on Maslow’s hierarchy of needs?
 What theme about isolation is being developed in Lesson Before Dying and one other text in this section? How is the theme developed in Lesson Before Dying and the secondary text?
 How do the connections that both Grant and Jefferson have with other characters teach them lessons about humanity?
 What change in Grant’s and Jefferson’s views of their role in the world can be seen at the end of the novel? How do changes reflect lessons they have learned about being human?
Unit 2 Romeo and Juliet: Guidebook 2.0 Unit
Unit Length: 14 Weeks
Description: Students read The Tragedy of Romeo and Juliet and various literary and informational texts about choices and consequences. Students understand and express their understanding of how the motivations, decisions, and actions of complex characters propel the action of a story and how patterns and contrasts in language develop various motifs that reveal central ideas. Students will also apply their understanding of the teenage brain to Romeo and Juliet.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone).
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.
6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in works of literature drawing on a wide reading of world literature.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper).
5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter).
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.
Writing:
1. Write arguments to support claims in an analysis of substantive topics or texts, using valid reasoning and relevant and sufficient evidence.
a. Introduce precise claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that establishes clear relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
b. Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly, supplying evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both in a manner that anticipates the audience’s knowledge level and concerns.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine and convey complex ideas, concepts, and information clearly and accurately through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content.
a. Introduce a topic; organize complex ideas, concepts, and information to make important connections and distinctions; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic with wellchosen, relevant, and sufficient facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among complex ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language and domainspecific vocabulary to manage the complexity of the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).
Speaking and Listening:
Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 9–10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Use parallel structure.
b. Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent
clauses.
b. Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation.
c. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective
choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA), Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 9–10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech
(e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading,
writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 Students understand and express their understanding of how the motivations, decisions, and actions of complex characters propel the action of a story and how patterns and contrasts in language develop various motifs that reveal central ideas.
 Students understand how research about the teenage brain applies to Romeo and Juliet.
Essential Questions:
 How do patterns or contrasts in language reveal a central idea of The Tragedy of Romeo and Juliet?
 What are the possible scientific causes of Romeo and Juliet’s behavior?
 Could different actions and decisions have prevented the end results?
Unit 3 The Joy Luck Club: Guidebook 2020
Unit Length: 9 Weeks
Description: We will read The Joy Luck Club by Amy Tan and a series of related literary and informational texts to explore the question: How does a greater understanding of a person’s life experiences change our perception of them? We will express our understanding through a narrative essay that explores how characters’ perceptions of each other in The Joy Luck Club influence their identity.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone).
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.
6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in works of literature drawing on a wide reading of world literature.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper).
5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter).
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.
Writing:
Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, wellchosen details, and wellstructured event sequences.
a. Engage and orient the reader by setting out a problem, situation, or observation, establishing one or multiple point(s) of view, and introducing a narrator and/or characters; create a smooth progression of experiences or events.
b. Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, description, reflection, and multiple plot lines, to develop experiences, mood, tone, events, and/or characters.
c. Use a variety of techniques to sequence events so that they build on one another to create a coherent whole.
d. Use precise words and phrases, telling details, and sensory language to convey a vivid picture of the experiences, events, setting, and/or characters.
e. Provide a conclusion (when appropriate to the genre) that follows from and reflects on what is experienced, observed, or resolved over the course of the narrative.
Speaking and Listening:
Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 9–10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Use parallel structure.
b. Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent
clauses.
b. Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation.
c. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective
choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA), Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 9–10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech
(e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading,
writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 Analyze how the narrator's perspective influenced the development of ideas in and understanding of your chosen chapter's themes.
 Establish a context specific to your new chosen character’s perspective and a narrative point of view.
 Analyze relationships among the details of a text and how they develop ideas.
 Group and sequence sentences and paragraphs to create a coherent narrative.
 Use descriptions, devices, and techniques to develop your narrative.
 Develop and maintain an appropriate style.
Essential Questions:
 How does gaining a deeper awareness of others’ experiences allow characters in The Joy Luck Club to change their perceptions?
 How does Tan use words and phrases to create a unique style for each narrator? How do Tan’s experiences shape her writing? How did the experiences of the mother in “I Stand Here Ironing” shape her daughter’s life? How do the experiences of the mothers in The Joy Luck Club shape their daughter’s lives (i.e. AnMei’s mother)?
 Do the main characters in The Joy Luck Club accurately reflect Chua’s beliefs about “generational decline” in the children of immigrants?
 How does learning about the past in The Joy Luck Club allow the mothers and daughters to alter their perceptions of one another?
English II
Unit 1 Life of Pi: Guidebook 2020
Unit Length: 12 Weeks
Description: We will read Life of Pi by Yann Martel and a series of related literary and informational texts to explore the question: How do our stories reveal our realities? We will examine narrative techniques and their effects in order to understand how a story conveys one person’s perspective of events or experiences. We will express our understanding through a narrative essay that retells a key episode from Life of Pi from another point of view in order to reveal a different perspective on the events or experiences.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone).
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.
6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in works of literature drawing on a wide reading of world literature.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper).
5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter).
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.
Writing:
Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, wellchosen details, and wellstructured event sequences.
a. Engage and orient the reader by setting out a problem, situation, or observation, establishing one or multiple point(s) of view, and introducing a narrator and/or characters; create a smooth progression of experiences or events.
b. Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, description, reflection, and multiple plot lines, to develop experiences, mood, tone, events, and/or characters.
c. Use a variety of techniques to sequence events so that they build on one another to create a coherent whole.
d. Use precise words and phrases, telling details, and sensory language to convey a vivid picture of the experiences, events, setting, and/or characters.
e. Provide a conclusion (when appropriate to the genre) that follows from and reflects on what is experienced, observed, or resolved over the course of the narrative.
Speaking and Listening:
Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 9–10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Use parallel structure.
b. Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent
clauses.
b. Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation.
c. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective
choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA), Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 9–10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech
(e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading,
writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 Orient the reader to the narrative context by establishing the problem or situation. Introduce the narrator and other characters.
 Sequence ideas and events so that they build on each other to create a coherent narrative.
 Provide sufficient details about the events or experiences from the novel to convey an alternate perspective or reality.
Essential Questions:
 How does Yann Martel introduce and develop a convincing narrative in Part One of Life of Pi?
 How does the author use narrative techniques in a key episode from Part Two of Life of Pi to reveal Pi’s perceptions and his reality.
 How do the two versions of the story told in Part Three of Life of Pi contribute to the overall meaning of the novel? What do the differences in the stories reveal about Pi’s perspective and his reality? How might the story change if it were told from a different perspective?
Unit 2 Macbeth: Guidebook 2.0
Unit Length: 14 Weeks
Description: Students read literary and informational texts about ambition and failure. Students understand that conflicts serve as the basis of a text’s meaning and that identifying the internal and external conflicts of a story reveals the motivations of complex characters. They express their understanding of how characters advance a plot and develop a theme and how literature reflects reallife situations in which conflicting motivations propel humans to act in different ways.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone).
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.
6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in works of literature drawing on a wide reading of world literature.
7. Analyze the representation of a subject or a key scene in two different artistic mediums, including what is emphasized or absent in each treatment (e.g., Auden’s “Musée des Beaux Arts” and Breughel’s Landscape with the Fall of Icarus).
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper).
5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter).
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.
8. Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is valid and
the evidence is relevant and sufficient; identify false statements and fallacious reasoning.
Writing:
Write arguments to support claims in an analysis of substantive topics or texts, using valid reasoning and relevant and sufficient evidence.
a. Introduce precise claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that establishes clear relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
b. Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly, supplying evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both in a manner that anticipates the audience’s knowledge level and concerns.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
Speaking and Listening:
1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 9–10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Use parallel structure.
b. Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent
clauses.
b. Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation.
c. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective
choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA), Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 9–10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech
(e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading,
writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 Students understand that conflicts serve as the basis of a text’s meaning and that identifying the internal and external conflicts of a story reveals the motivations of complex characters.
 Students understand how characters advance a plot and develop a theme and how literature reflects reallife situations in which conflicting motivations propel humans to act in different ways.
Essential Questions:
 How does the development and interaction of characters in the Macbeth build a central idea and reveal a theme?
 How does society present the ideas of ambition and failure?
Unit 3 Hamilton: Guidebook 2020
Unit Length: 9 Weeks
Description: We will listen to and read Hamilton: An American Musical by LinManuel Miranda, read a series of related texts (literary, informational, primary source documents), and view multimedia to explore the essential question: How does LinManuel Miranda tell Hamilton’s story? We will express our understanding by writing an essay that analyzes the choices that LinManuel Miranda makes in portraying history and discusses the effect of these choices on our understanding of either the character, time period, or musical.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone).
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.
6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in works of literature drawing on a wide reading of world literature.
7. Analyze the representation of a subject or a key scene in two different artistic mediums, including what is emphasized or absent in each treatment (e.g., Auden’s “Musée des Beaux Arts” and Breughel’s Landscape with the Fall of Icarus).
9. Analyze how an author draws on and transforms source material in a specific work (e.g., how Shakespeare treats a theme or topic from Ovid or the Bible or how a later author draws on a play by Shakespeare).
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite relevant and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.
2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper).
5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter).
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.
7. Analyze various accounts of a subject told in different mediums (e.g., a person’s life story in both print and multimedia), determining which details are emphasized in each account.
8. Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is valid and
the evidence is relevant and sufficient; identify false statements and fallacious reasoning.
9. Analyze seminal U.S. documents of historical and literary significance (e.g., Washington’s Farewell Address, the Gettysburg Address, Roosevelt’s Four Freedoms speech, King’s “Letter from Birmingham Jail”), including how they address related themes and concepts.
Writing:
Write arguments to support claims in an analysis of substantive topics or texts, using valid reasoning and relevant and sufficient evidence.
a. Introduce precise claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that establishes clear relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
b. Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly, supplying evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both in a manner that anticipates the audience’s knowledge level and concerns.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
Speaking and Listening:
Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 9–10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decisionmaking (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Use parallel structure.
b. Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent
clauses.
b. Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation.
c. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective
choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA), Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 9–10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech
(e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading,
writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
 Discuss how Miranda accurately and inaccurately portrays history within the musical.
 Explain how Miranda’s choices impact the reader’s or listener’s understanding of either the character, time period, or musical.
 Use textual evidence from both primary and secondary sources to support your claims.
Essential Questions:
 How does LinManuel Miranda tell Hamilton’s story?
 How does Hamilton’s letter to John Jay (March 14, 1779) both confirm and complicate our understanding of Hamilton as he’s portrayed in the musical?
 In Hamilton, LinManuel Miranda includes two different songs (“Helpless” and “Satisfied”) to show two different points of view of the same incident. Why does he make this choice in the musical? In other words, what does this show/reveal about Hamilton and his relationships?
 What choices did LinManuel Miranda make in his portrayal of George Washington in Hamilton? What impact do his choices have on your understanding of George Washington?
 How is the duel as portrayed in Hamilton similar and different to the duel as portrayed in Chernow’s biography? What is the impact of this on our understanding of Hamilton and Burr?
English III
Unit 1 The Crucible
Unit Length: 12 weeks
Description: This unit will introduce the students to Early American History, such as Native American, Puritan, and African American culture, through the use of The Scarlet Letter and The Crucible as anchor texts. Supplementary materials will provide the students deeper and more meaningful understanding of these cultures and anchor texts. Students will explore the role and impact religion had on the establishment of the American colonies and its continued influence throughout the formation of the American identity. Foundational literary works, speeches, and documents illustrate the nature of religious influence on periods in US history, and other informational texts provide students the opportunity to discuss the nature of religious influence in modern America.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
RL.1112.1: Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
RL.1112.2: Determine two or more themes or central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to produce a complex account; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.1112.3: Analyze the impact of the author’s choices regarding how to develop and relate elements of a story or drama, including how the author develops character and setting, builds the plot and subplots, creates themes, and develops mood/atmosphere.
Reading Informational Texts
RI.1112.1: Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
RI.1112.2: Determine two or more central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to provide a complex analysis; provide an objective summary of the text.
RI.1112.3: Analyze a complex set of ideas or sequence of events and explain how specific individuals, ideas, or events interact and develop over the course of the text.
Writing
W.1112.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine and convey complex ideas, concepts, and information clearly and accurately through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content.
a. Introduce a topic; organize complex ideas, concepts, and information so that each new element builds on that which precedes it to create a unified whole; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic thoroughly by selecting the most significant and relevant facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions and syntax to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among complex ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language, domainspecific vocabulary, and techniques such as a metaphor, simile, and analogy to manage the complexity of the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).
W.1112.4: Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.1112.5: Develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on addressing what is most significant for a specific purpose and audience.
Speaking and Listening
SL.11.12.1: Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grades 1112 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to promote civil, democratic discussions and decisionmaking, set clear goals and deadlines, and establish individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that probe reasoning and evidence; ensure a hearing for a full range of positions on a topic or issue; clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions; and promote divergent and creative perspectives.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives; synthesize comments, claims, and evidence made on all sides of an issue; resolve contradictions when possible; and determine what additional information or research is required to deepen the investigation or complete the task.
Language
L.11.12.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Apply the understanding that usage is a matter of convention, can change over time, and is sometimes contested.
b. Resolve issues of complex or contested usage, consulting references as needed.
L.11.12.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Observe hyphenation conventions.
b. Spell correctly.
Enduring Understandings:
1. Accomplished readers comprehend texts by reading fluently, strategically, and critically.
2. American literature reflects and shapes American thought and ideals.
3. The social values reflected in literature not only evolve over time, but they do so in sync with political change.
4. Great literature addresses universal human desires, needs, problems or fears which transcend time or culture.
Essential Questions:
1. How does reading strategically, critically, and fluently help me understand and enjoy reading?
2. How does American literature reflect the American culture and different perspectives of the American dream?
3. How can an understanding of recurrent themes in American Literature enhance the appreciation and understanding of a text?
4. How does the changing political/ religious climate in the country impact the work of American authors?
Unit 2 The Great Gatsby: Guidebook 2020
Unit Length: 12 Weeks
Description: We will read The Great Gatsby by F. Scott Fitzgerald and a series of related literary and informational texts to explore the question: How are our lives influenced by our perceptions? We will express our understanding through a literary analysis.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more themes or central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to produce a complex account; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze the impact of the author’s choices regarding how to develop and relate elements of a story or drama,
including how the author develops character and setting, builds the plot and subplots, creates themes, and
develops mood/atmosphere.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including words with multiple meanings or language that is particularly fresh, engaging, or beautiful. (Include Shakespeare as well as other authors.)
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure specific parts of a text (e.g., the choice of where to begin or end a story, the choice to provide a comedic or tragic resolution) contribute to its overall structure and meaning as well as its aesthetic impact.
6. Analyze a case in which grasping point of view requires distinguishing what is directly stated in a text from what is really meant (e.g., satire, sarcasm, irony, or understatement).
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Analyze multiple interpretations of a story, drama, or poem (e.g., recorded or live production of a play or recorded novel or poetry), evaluating how each version interprets the source text.
9. Demonstrate knowledge of foundational works of U.S. and world literature, including how two or more texts from the same period treat similar themes and topics.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to provide a complex analysis; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze a complex set of ideas or sequence of events and explain how specific individuals, ideas, or events interact and develop over the course of the text.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze how an author uses and refines the meaning of a key term or terms over the course of a text (e.g., how Madison defines faction in Federalist No. 10).
5. Analyze and evaluate the effectiveness of the structure an author uses in his or her exposition or argument, including whether the structure makes points clear, convincing, and engaging.
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text in which the rhetoric is considered particularly effective, analyzing how style and content contribute to the student interpretation of power, persuasiveness, or beauty of the text.
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Integrate and evaluate multiple sources of information presented in different media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively) as well as in words in order to address a question or solve a problem.
9. Analyze foundational U.S. and world documents of historical and literary significance for their themes, purposes, and rhetorical features.
Writing:
2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine and convey complex ideas, concepts, and information clearly and accurately through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content.
a. Introduce a topic; organize complex ideas, concepts, and information so that each new element builds on that which precedes it to create a unified whole; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic thoroughly by selecting the most significant and relevant facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions and syntax to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among complex ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language, domainspecific vocabulary, and techniques such as metaphor, simile, and analogy to manage the complexity of the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).
Speaking and Listening:
Comprehension and Collaboration
1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 11–12 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to promote civil, democratic discussions and decisionmaking, set clear goals and deadlines, and establish individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that probe reasoning and evidence; ensure a hearing for a full range of positions on a topic or issue; clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions; and promote divergent and creative perspectives.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives; synthesize comments, claims, and evidence made on all sides of an issue; resolve contradictions when possible; and determine what additional information or research is required to deepen the investigation or complete the task.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Apply the understanding that usage is a matter of convention, can change over time, and is sometimes
contested.
b. Resolve issues of complex or contested usage, consulting references (e.g., MerriamWebster’s Dictionary of English Usage, Garner’s Modern American Usage) as needed.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Observe hyphenation conventions.
b. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Vary syntax for effect, consulting references (e.g., Tufte’s Artful Sentences) for guidance as needed; apply an understanding of syntax to the study of complex texts when reading.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 11–12 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech (e.g., conceive, conception, conceivable).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, its etymology, or its standard usage.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., hyperbole, paradox) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading, writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
1. Determine the theme that Fitzgerald develops.
2. Determine what Fitzgerald uses to develop this theme.
3. Analyze how Fitzgerald develops that theme.
Essential Questions:
1. How are our lives influenced by our perceptions?
2. How could the details that the narrator provides about himself influence the way he perceives the story he is narrating?
3. According to the texts in this section, what is the relationship between perception and ambition? How does perception influence Jay Gatsby’s ambition?
4. According to the texts in this section, what is the relationship between perception and ambition? How does perception influence Jay Gatsby’s ambition?
Unit 3 The Warmth of Other Suns: Guidebook 2020
Unit Length: 12 Weeks
Description: We will read The Warmth of Other Suns by Isabel Wilkerson and a series of related literary and informational texts about the Great Migration to explore the question: How can a single decision change your life? We will express our understanding through a multimedia presentation that examines the story of one person’s migration experience and describes the economic, societal, and/or political conditions that precipitated it.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more themes or central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to produce a complex account; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze the impact of the author’s choices regarding how to develop and relate elements of a story or drama,
including how the author develops character and setting, builds the plot and subplots, creates themes, and
develops mood/atmosphere.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including words with multiple meanings or language that is particularly fresh, engaging, or beautiful. (Include Shakespeare as well as other authors.)
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure specific parts of a text (e.g., the choice of where to begin or end a story, the choice to provide a comedic or tragic resolution) contribute to its overall structure and meaning as well as its aesthetic impact.
6. Analyze a case in which grasping point of view requires distinguishing what is directly stated in a text from what is really meant (e.g., satire, sarcasm, irony, or understatement).
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Analyze multiple interpretations of a story, drama, or poem (e.g., recorded or live production of a play or recorded novel or poetry), evaluating how each version interprets the source text.
9. Demonstrate knowledge of foundational works of U.S. and world literature, including how two or more texts from the same period treat similar themes and topics.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to provide a complex analysis; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze a complex set of ideas or sequence of events and explain how specific individuals, ideas, or events interact and develop over the course of the text.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze how an author uses and refines the meaning of a key term or terms over the course of a text (e.g., how Madison defines faction in Federalist No. 10).
5. Analyze and evaluate the effectiveness of the structure an author uses in his or her exposition or argument, including whether the structure makes points clear, convincing, and engaging.
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text in which the rhetoric is considered particularly effective, analyzing how style and content contribute to the student interpretation of power, persuasiveness, or beauty of the text.
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Integrate and evaluate multiple sources of information presented in different media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively) as well as in words in order to address a question or solve a problem.
9. Analyze foundational U.S. and world documents of historical and literary significance for their themes, purposes, and rhetorical features.
Writing:
Production and Distribution of Writing
4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task,
purpose, and audience.
5. Develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on addressing what is most significant for a specific purpose and audience.
6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce, publish, and update individual or shared writing products in response to ongoing feedback, including new arguments or information.
Research to Build and Present Knowledge
7. Conduct short as well as more sustained research projects to answer a question (including a selfgenerated question) or solve a problem; narrow or broaden the inquiry when appropriate; synthesize multiple sources on the subject, demonstrating understanding of the subject under investigation.
Speaking and Listening:
Comprehension and Collaboration
1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 11–12 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to promote civil, democratic discussions and decisionmaking, set clear goals and deadlines, and establish individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that probe reasoning and evidence; ensure a hearing for a full range of positions on a topic or issue; clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions; and promote divergent and creative perspectives.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives; synthesize comments, claims, and evidence made on all sides of an issue; resolve contradictions when possible; and determine what additional information or research is required to deepen the investigation or complete the task.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Apply the understanding that usage is a matter of convention, can change over time, and is sometimes
contested.
b. Resolve issues of complex or contested usage, consulting references (e.g., MerriamWebster’s Dictionary of English Usage, Garner’s Modern American Usage) as needed.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Observe hyphenation conventions.
b. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Vary syntax for effect, consulting references (e.g., Tufte’s Artful Sentences) for guidance as needed; apply an understanding of syntax to the study of complex texts when reading.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 11–12 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech (e.g., conceive, conception, conceivable).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, its etymology, or its standard usage.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., hyperbole, paradox) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading, writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
1. Examine the person’s life prior to migration.
2. Provide examples from the experiences of one migrant whose story you have read in the text.
3. Consider the factors that weighed most heavily on the person’s decision to migrate.
4. Analyze how the decision to migrate impacted the person’s life.
Essential Questions:
1. What was the Great Migration? Who migrated and for what reasons?
2. What were the most significant factors that negatively impacted the lives of African Americans in the South between 1915 and 1975? Which of these weighed most heavily in your migrant’s decision to leave the South?
3. Did the conditions in the North and West improve African Americans’ quality of life?
4. What are the longterm impacts of a single decision? How do authors and artists use language and visuals to precisely and vividly communicate ideas and information such as this?
English IV
Unit 1 AngloSaxon/Medieval Period
Beowulf and The Prologue to The Canterbury Tales
Unit Length: 12 Weeks
Description: Drawing on knowledge of the quest gained in grades 4 and 9 and the concept of storytelling woven throughout the earlier grades, students will learn the essential qualities of a leader and/or hero and the journey that it takes to get him there. They will consider how AngloSaxon and Medieval writings have influenced the concept of modernday heroes in literature.
Students will learn how the stereotypes and characterization of Chaucer’s pilgrims reflect his views of religious corruption and social boundaries in the Medieval Period. They will consider how the themes reflected in the General Prologue carry over to the tales told by the pilgrims and whether the morals of the tales are universal and applicable to the modern world.
This unit will focus on identifying key ideas and details as well as composing informative/explanatory essays.
Standards:
Reading Literature
RL.1112.1: Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
RL.1112.2: Determine two or more themes or central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to produce a complex account; provide an objective summary of the text.
RL.1112.3: Analyze the impact of the author’s choices regarding how to develop and relate elements of a story or drama, including how the author develops character and setting, builds the plot and subplots, creates themes, and develops mood/atmosphere.
Reading Informational Texts
RI.1112.1: Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
RI.1112.2: Determine two or more central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to provide a complex analysis; provide an objective summary of the text.
RI.1112.3: Analyze a complex set of ideas or sequence of events and explain how specific individuals, ideas, or events interact and develop over the course of the text.
Writing
W.1112.2: Write informative/explanatory texts to examine and convey complex ideas, concepts, and information clearly and accurately through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content.
a. Introduce a topic; organize complex ideas, concepts, and information so that each new element builds on that which precedes it to create a unified whole; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension.
b. Develop the topic thoroughly by selecting the most significant and relevant facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic.
c. Use appropriate and varied transitions and syntax to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among complex ideas and concepts.
d. Use precise language, domainspecific vocabulary, and techniques such as a metaphor, simile, and analogy to manage the complexity of the topic.
e. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
f. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).
W.1112.4: Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.
W.1112.5: Develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on addressing what is most significant for a specific purpose and audience.
Speaking and Listening
SL.11.12.1: Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacherled) with diverse partners on grades 1112 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to promote civil, democratic discussions and decisionmaking (e.g., informal consensus, taking notes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that probe reasoning and evidence; ensure a hearing for a full range of positions on a topic or issue; clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions; and promote divergent and creative perspectives.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives; synthesize comments, claims, and evidence made on all sides of an issue; resolve contradictions when possible; and determine what additional information or research is required to deepen the investigation or complete the task.
Language
L.11.12.1: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
a. Apply the understanding that usage is a matter of convention, can change over time, and is sometimes contested.
b. Resolve issues of complex or contested usage, consulting references as needed.
L.11.12.2: Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Observe hyphenation conventions.
b. Spell correctly.
Enduring Understandings:
1. Different cultures and time periods reward their heroes in different ways.
2. Reading stories from the oral tradition reveals how oral methods preserved our literary past and impacted early forms of written communication.
3. To be convincing, one must prove and support his ideas and opinions with valid research. Proper citation is essential.
Essential Questions:
1. What is a hero? How are heroes rewarded?
2. How does literature based on oral tradition show us how literature is universal?
3. How do narratives reflect the optimism or pessimism of a time period, society or culture?
4. Can we affect social change through our words and actions?
5. Why is it important to be a confident speaker and writer?
6. How is research important in manipulating thought?
Unit 2 Hamlet: Guidebook 2020 Unit
Unit Length: 12 Weeks
Description: We will read Hamlet by William Shakespeare and a series of related literary and informational texts to explore the question: How are revenge and madness closely related to one another? Students will explore the concept of revenge, its relationship to madness, and its consequences. Students will also explore how perception can change the concept and understanding of sanity. Finally, students will evaluate characters’ thoughts and actions, determine whether or not they are feigning madness, and examine the reasoning behind their behavior(s). We will express our understanding through a series of class discussions, writing prompts, and a literary analysis where we examine character motivation and behavior.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more themes or central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to produce a complex account; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze the impact of the author’s choices regarding how to develop and relate elements of a story or drama,
including how the author develops character and setting, builds the plot and subplots, creates themes, and
develops mood/atmosphere.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including words with multiple meanings or language that is particularly fresh, engaging, or beautiful. (Include Shakespeare as well as other authors.)
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure specific parts of a text (e.g., the choice of where to begin or end a story, the choice to provide a comedic or tragic resolution) contribute to its overall structure and meaning as well as its aesthetic impact.
6. Analyze a case in which grasping point of view requires distinguishing what is directly stated in a text from what is really meant (e.g., satire, sarcasm, irony, or understatement).
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Analyze multiple interpretations of a story, drama, or poem (e.g., recorded or live production of a play or recorded novel or poetry), evaluating how each version interprets the source text.
9. Demonstrate knowledge of foundational works of U.S. and world literature, including how two or more texts from the same period treat similar themes and topics.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to provide a complex analysis; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze a complex set of ideas or sequence of events and explain how specific individuals, ideas, or events interact and develop over the course of the text.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze how an author uses and refines the meaning of a key term or terms over the course of a text (e.g., how Madison defines faction in Federalist No. 10).
5. Analyze and evaluate the effectiveness of the structure an author uses in his or her exposition or argument, including whether the structure makes points clear, convincing, and engaging.
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text in which the rhetoric is considered particularly effective, analyzing how style and content contribute to the student interpretation of power, persuasiveness, or beauty of the text.
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Integrate and evaluate multiple sources of information presented in different media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively) as well as in words in order to address a question or solve a problem.
9. Analyze foundational U.S. and world documents of historical and literary significance for their themes, purposes, and rhetorical features.
Writing:
Write arguments to support claims in an analysis of substantive topics or texts, using valid reasoning and
relevant and sufficient evidence.
a. Introduce precise, knowledgeable claim(s), establish the significance of the claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that logically sequences claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
b. Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly and thoroughly, supplying the most relevant evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both in a manner that anticipates the audience’s knowledge level, concerns, values, and possible biases.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses as well as varied syntax to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
Speaking and Listening:
Comprehension and Collaboration
1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 11–12 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to promote civil, democratic discussions and decisionmaking, set clear goals and deadlines, and establish individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that probe reasoning and evidence; ensure a hearing for a full range of positions on a topic or issue; clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions; and promote divergent and creative perspectives.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives; synthesize comments, claims, and evidence made on all sides of an issue; resolve contradictions when possible; and determine what additional information or research is required to deepen the investigation or complete the task.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Apply the understanding that usage is a matter of convention, can change over time, and is sometimes
contested.
b. Resolve issues of complex or contested usage, consulting references (e.g., MerriamWebster’s Dictionary of English Usage, Garner’s Modern American Usage) as needed.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Observe hyphenation conventions.
b. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Vary syntax for effect, consulting references (e.g., Tufte’s Artful Sentences) for guidance as needed; apply an understanding of syntax to the study of complex texts when reading.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 11–12 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech (e.g., conceive, conception, conceivable).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, its etymology, or its standard usage.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., hyperbole, paradox) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading, writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
1. Determine whether you believe the character is feigning madness or truly mad
2. Use textual evidence from Hamlet as well as other texts from this unit to support your analysis
3. Determine how other texts from the unit support the idea that revenge and madness are closely related to one another
4. Examine how Shakespeare creates a theme of revenge and madness in the play
Essential Questions:
1. How might Hamlet’s inability to control situations contribute to his current mental state?
2. Explain the conflict between Hamlet's outward actions and behaviors and his inner thoughts. How does this conflict contribute to his mental state and actions?
3. How do Elliot and Blackmore’s arguments about the source of Hamlet’s problems affect your understanding of the main character?
4. How are Hamlet's and Ophelia's madness portrayed differently in the play?
Unit 3 1984: Guidebook 2020 Unit
Unit Length: 12 Weeks
Description: We will read 1984 by George Orwell and a series of related literary and informational texts to explore the question: How can an individual’s view of society be influenced by depictions of dysfunctional societies in classic literature? We will express our understanding through an essay that examines the society depicted in George Orwell’s 1984 in comparison to modern day society.
Standards:
Reading Literature:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more themes or central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to produce a complex account; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze the impact of the author’s choices regarding how to develop and relate elements of a story or drama,
including how the author develops character and setting, builds the plot and subplots, creates themes, and
develops mood/atmosphere.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including words with multiple meanings or language that is particularly fresh, engaging, or beautiful. (Include Shakespeare as well as other authors.)
5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure specific parts of a text (e.g., the choice of where to begin or end a story, the choice to provide a comedic or tragic resolution) contribute to its overall structure and meaning as well as its aesthetic impact.
6. Analyze a case in which grasping point of view requires distinguishing what is directly stated in a text from what is really meant (e.g., satire, sarcasm, irony, or understatement).
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Analyze multiple interpretations of a story, drama, or poem (e.g., recorded or live production of a play or recorded novel or poetry), evaluating how each version interprets the source text.
9. Demonstrate knowledge of foundational works of U.S. and world literature, including how two or more texts from the same period treat similar themes and topics.
Reading Informational Texts:
Key Ideas and Details
1. Cite strong, thorough, and relevant textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text, including determining where the text leaves matters uncertain.
2. Determine two or more central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text, including how they interact and build on one another to provide a complex analysis; provide an objective summary of the text.
3. Analyze a complex set of ideas or sequence of events and explain how specific individuals, ideas, or events interact and develop over the course of the text.
Craft and Structure
4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze how an author uses and refines the meaning of a key term or terms over the course of a text (e.g., how Madison defines faction in Federalist No. 10).
5. Analyze and evaluate the effectiveness of the structure an author uses in his or her exposition or argument, including whether the structure makes points clear, convincing, and engaging.
6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text in which the rhetoric is considered particularly effective, analyzing how style and content contribute to the student interpretation of power, persuasiveness, or beauty of the text.
Integration of Knowledge and Ideas
7. Integrate and evaluate multiple sources of information presented in different media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively) as well as in words in order to address a question or solve a problem.
9. Analyze foundational U.S. and world documents of historical and literary significance for their themes, purposes, and rhetorical features.
Writing:
1. Write arguments to support claims in an analysis of substantive topics or texts, using valid reasoning and relevant and sufficient evidence.
a. Introduce precise, knowledgeable claim(s), establish the significance of the claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that logically sequences claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence.
b. Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly and thoroughly, supplying the most relevant evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both in a manner that anticipates the audience’s knowledge level, concerns, values, and possible biases.
c. Use words, phrases, and clauses as well as varied syntax to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims.
d. Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing.
e. Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.
Speaking and Listening:
Comprehension and Collaboration
1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (oneonone, in groups, and teacher led) with diverse partners on grades 11–12 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively.
a. Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, wellreasoned exchange of ideas.
b. Work with peers to promote civil, democratic discussions and decisionmaking, set clear goals and deadlines, and establish individual roles as needed.
c. Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that probe reasoning and evidence; ensure a hearing for a full range of positions on a topic or issue; clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions; and promote divergent and creative perspectives.
d. Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives; synthesize comments, claims, and evidence made on all sides of an issue; resolve contradictions when possible; and determine what additional information or research is required to deepen the investigation or complete the task.
Language:
1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a. Apply the understanding that usage is a matter of convention, can change over time, and is sometimes
contested.
b. Resolve issues of complex or contested usage, consulting references (e.g., MerriamWebster’s Dictionary of English Usage, Garner’s Modern American Usage) as needed.
2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of Standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing.
a. Observe hyphenation conventions.
b. Spell correctly.
Knowledge of Language
3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening.
a. Vary syntax for effect, consulting references (e.g., Tufte’s Artful Sentences) for guidance as needed; apply an understanding of syntax to the study of complex texts when reading.
Vocabulary Acquisition and Use
4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiplemeaning words and phrases based on grades 11–12 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies.
a. Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.
b. Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech (e.g., conceive, conception, conceivable).
c. Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, its etymology, or its standard usage.
d. Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).
5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings.
a. Interpret figures of speech (e.g., hyperbole, paradox) in context and analyze their role in the text.
b. Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.
6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domainspecific words and phrases, sufficient for reading, writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in
gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.
Enduring Understandings:
1. Clearly state the central idea(s) that the literary texts (1984 and one other text) convey about the selected theme
2. Explain how the characters, setting, and/or plot and subplot develop the central idea(s)
3. Examine the similarities and differences between contemporary society and the literary depictions
4. Explain the effect of the literary depictions on your perspectives of specific aspects of contemporary society
Essential Questions:
1. What are at least two influences that are present in both the literary texts and contemporary society and what is their impact on individuals and society as a whole?
2. The government of Oceania attempts to influence the thoughts and behaviors of its citizens. Based on your reading and personal experience, which of these controls have the strongest influence? To what extent are these types of controls available to modern governments, in the United States and elsewhere?
3. How can an individual’s view of his/her own society be influenced by literary depictions of dystopian societies? How do authors use literary elements such as characters, conflict, setting, and imagery to communicate ideas about how individuals and groups are influenced by government, technology, etc.?
Science
 Grade K
 Grade 1
 Grade 2
 Grade 3
 Grade 4
 Grade 5
 Grade 6
 Grade 7
 Grade 8
 Physics
 Chemistry
 Environmental Science
 Biology
 Physical Science
Grade K
Unit 1 Needs of Plants and Animals
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How can kids in Mariposa Grove attract monarch caterpillars to their neighborhood?
Description: Students take on the role of scientists in order to figure out why no monarch caterpillars live in the area that was converted from a field to a community vegetable garden. They investigate how plants and animals get what they need to live and grow, and then they make a new plan for the garden that will provide for the needs of monarch caterpillars and produce vegetables for humans.
Students figure out that monarch caterpillars feed on milkweed plants, then investigate what milkweed plants need to grow by observing and recording plants under different water and light conditions.
Science Standards:
KLS11 Structures and Processes: Use observations to describe patterns of what plants and animals (including humans) need to survive.
KESS31 Use a model to represent the relationship between the needs of different plants or animals (including humans) and the places they live.
KESS33 Communicate solutions that will reduce the impact of humans on the land, water, air, and/or other living things in the local environment.
KESS22 Construct an argument supported by evidence for how plants and animals (including humans) can change the environment to meet their needs.
Unit 2 Pushes and Pulls
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How can we create a pinball machine for our class?
Description: Students take on the role of pinball engineers as they investigate the effects of forces on the motion of an object. They test their own prototypes (models) of a pinball machine and use what they learn to contribute to the design of a class pinball machine. Over the course of the unit, students construct a foundational understanding of why things move in different ways.
Students conduct tests on their own prototypes of a pinball machine (called Box Models) and use what they learn to solve the design problem of creating a Class Pinball Machine.
Science Standards:
KPS21 Plan and conduct an investigation to compare the effects of different strengths or different directions of pushes and pulls on the motion of an object.
KPS22 Analyze data to determine if a design solution works as intended to change the speed or direction of an object with a push or a pull.
Unit 3 Sunlight and Weather
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Why are the playgrounds at two schools different temperatures? Why does one playground flood?
Description: The students at Woodland and Carver Elementary schools are not comfortable outside during their recess times. The Carver students are too cold in the morning, and the Woodland students are too hot in the afternoon. The school principals need student weather scientists to help them explain the difference in playground temperatures. Students gather data from models of the sun and of Earth’s surface and observe their own playgrounds to figure out how sunlight causes changes in the temperature of different surfaces. Students then use models to figure out why Woodland’s playground sometimes floods.
This unit provides the foundation for understanding the mechanism underlying all weather how the sun warms Earth’s surface.
Science Standards:
KPS31 Make observations to determine the effect of sunlight on Earth’s surface.
KPS32 Use tools and materials to design and build a structure that will reduce the warming effect of sunlight on an area.
KESS21 Ask questions to obtain information about the purpose of weather forecasting to prepare for and respond to severe weather.
KESS32 Use and share observations of local weather conditions to describe patterns over time.
Grade 1
Unit 1 Animal and Plant Defenses
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How can a sea turtle survive in the ocean after being released by an aquarium?
Description: Working in their role as aquarium scientists, students apply their understanding of plant and animal defense structures as they explain to aquarium visitors how a sea turtle or other sea animals at the aquarium could defend themselves from ocean predators once they are released back into the wild.
Students take on the role of scientists advising an aquarium director on how to answer young visitors’ questions about how Spruce the Sea Turtle will survive when released back into the ocean.
Science Standards:
1LS11 Use tools and materials to design a solution to a human problem by mimicking how plants and/or animals use their external parts to help them survive, grow, and meet their needs.
1LS12 Read gradeappropriate texts and use media to determine patterns in behavior of parents and offspring that help off spring survive.
1LS31 Make observations to construct evidencebased account that young plants and animals are similar to, but not exactly like, their parents.
Unit 2 Light and Sound
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How can we use light and sound to design shadow scenery and sound effects for a puppet theater?
Description: Students take on the dual role of light engineers and sound engineers for a puppetshow company as they investigate causeandeffect relationships and learn about the nature of light and sound. They apply what they learn to designing shadow scenery and sound effects for a puppet show.
In this unit, students take on the role of light and sound engineers as they are challenged to design, build, and project a scene for a puppet show.
Science Standards:
1PS41 Plan/conduct investigations to provide evidence that vibrating materials can make sound and that sound can make materials vibrate.
1PS42 Make observations to construct an evidencebased account that objects can be seen only when illuminated.
1PS43 Plan and conduct an investigation to determine the effect of placing objects made with different materials in the path of a beam of light.
1PS44 Use tools and materials to design and build a device that uses light or sound to solve the problem of communicating over a distance.
Unit 3 Spinning Earth
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Why doesn’t the sky always look the same?
Description: As sky scientists, students explain why a boy living in a nearby place sees different things in the sky than his grandma who lives in a faraway place. Students record, organize, and analyze observations of the sun and other sky objects as they look for patterns and make sense of the cycle of daytime and nighttime.
Students assume the role of sky scientists helping a young boy named Sai, who lives nearby, understand why the sky looks different to him than it does to his grandmother when they talk on the phone.
Science Standards:
1ESS11 Use observations of the sun, moon, and stars to describe patterns that can be predicted.
1ESS12 Make observations at different times of year to relate the amount of daylight to the time of year.
1PS42 Make observations to construct an evidencebased account that objects can be seen only when illuminated.
Grade 2
Unit 1 Plant and Animal Relationships
Anchor Phenomenon Question: What is happening to the chalta trees in the Bengal Tiger Reserve?
Description: In their role as plant scientists, students figure out why there are no new chalta trees growing in the Bengal Tiger Reserve, which is part of a broadleaf forest. Students investigate what chalta trees need to survive, and then they collect and analyze qualitative and quantitative data to solve the mystery.
Students dive deep into how plants depend on animals in their habitats. They pursue a chain of reasoning that takes them from considering how plants get what they need to grow, to understanding how seeds depend on animals for dispersal.
Science Standards:
2LS21 Plan and conduct an investigation to determine if plants need sunlight and water to grow.
2LS22 Develop a simple model that mimics the function of an animal in dispersing seeds or pollinating plants.
2LS41 Make observations of plants and animals to compare the diversity of life in different habitats.
2ESS22 Develop a model to represent the shapes and kinds of land and bodies of water in an area.
Unit 2 Properties of Materials
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How can we design a glue mixture that is better than what the school uses now?
Description: As glue engineers, students are challenged to create a glue for use at their school that meets a set of design goals. Students present an evidencebased argument stating why their glue mixture would solve their school’s need for a better glue.
Students discover that by mixing ingredients together, it’s possible to create a mixture that takes on some of the properties of its ingredients.
Science Standards:
2PS11 Plan and conduct an investigation to describe and classify different kinds of materials by their observable properties.
2PS12 Analyze data obtained from testing different materials to determine which materials have the properties that are best suited for an intended purpose.
2PS13 Make observations to construct an evidencebased account of how an object made of a small set of pieces can be disassembled and made into a new object.
2PS14 Construct an argument with evidence that some changes caused by heating or cooling can be reversed and some cannot.
Unit 3 Properties of Matter
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Why is the edge of the ocean cliff closer to the flagpole than it used to be?
Description: The director of the Oceanside Recreation Center got a scare when a nearby cliff collapsed, and he is worried that erosion on the recreation center’s ocean cliff might have safety implications for the center’s visitors. By taking on the role of geologists investigating landforms and erosion, students are able to advise the director on the prudence of keeping the center open, even though its cliff is also changing.
Students use models to investigate how wind and water can cause landforms to change. They learn that landforms made of solid rock undergo smallscale changes and that, over time, these add up to big changes.
Science Standards:
2ESS11 Use information from several sources to provide evidence that Earth events can occur quickly or slowly.
2ESS21 Compare multiple solutions designed to slow or prevent wind and water from changing the shape of the land.
2ESS22 Develop a model to represent the shapes and kinds of land and bodies of water in an area.
2ESS23 Obtain and communicate information to identify where water is found on Earth and that it can be solid or liquid.
Grade 3
Unit 1 Balancing Forces
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How is it possible for a train to float?
Description: Students, taking on the role of student scientists, are challenged to figure out how a floating train works in order to explain it to the citizens of Faraday. People in Faraday are excited to hear that a new train service will be built for their city, but are concerned when they hear that it will be a floating train. Students develop models of how the train rises, floats, and then falls back to the track, and then write an explanation of how the train works.
Students investigate touching and nontouching forces, and then work to explain balanced and unbalanced forces.
Science Standards:
3PS21 Plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence of the effects of balanced and unbalanced forces on the motion of an object.
3PS22 Make observations and/or measurements of an object's motion to provide evidence that a pattern can be used to predict future motions.
3PS23 Ask questions to determine cause and effect relationships of electric or magnetic interactions between two objects not in contact with each other.
3PS24 Define a simple design problem that can be solved by applying scientific ideas about magnets.
Unit 2 Inheritance and Traits
Anchor Phenomenon Question: What is the origin of the traits of Wolf 44—a wolf that appears to be different from the rest of its pack?
Description: Students play the role of wildlife biologists working in Graystone National Park. They study two wolf packs and are challenged to figure out why Wolf 44, an adopted wolf, has certain traits. Students observe variation between and within different species, investigate inherited traits and those that result from the environment, and explain how Wolf 44 acquired certain traits.
Students dive deep into exploring patterns in the traits of organisms to answer the question of how those traits came to be.
Science Standards:
3LS11 Develop models to describe that organisms have unique and diverse life cycles but all have in common birth, growth, reproduction, and death.
3LS21 Construct and support an argument that some animals form groups that help members survive.
3LS31 Analyze and interpret data to provide evidence that plants and animals have traits inherited from their parents and that variation of these traits exists in a group of similar organisms.
3LS32 Use evidence to support the explanation that traits can be influenced by the environment.
Unit 3 Environments and Survival
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How can learning about how grove snails survive help engineers design effective solutions to problems?
Description: In their role as biomimicry engineers, students figure out how the traits of grove snails affect their survival in different environments. They apply that understanding as they explore other organisms, their traits, and the likelihood of survival in different environments. Students then design effective solutions to the problem of invasive plant removal using the structural traits of giraffes as inspiration.
Students work to explain why the snails with yellow shells in the population aren’t surviving as well as the snails with banded shells.
Science Standards:
3LS41 Analyze and interpret data from fossils to provide evidence of the organisms and the environments in which they lived long ago.
3LS42 Use evidence to construct an explanation for how the variations in characteristics among individuals of the same species may provide advantages in surviving, finding mates, and reproducing.
3LS43 Construct and support an argument with evidence that in a particular habitat some organisms can survive well, some survive less well, and some cannot survive at all.
3LS44 Make a claim about the merit of a solution to a problem caused when the environment changes and the types of plants and animals that live there may change.
Unit 4 Weather and Climate
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Which island would be the best location for an orangutan reserve?
How can you protect buildings from damage by weatherrelated natural hazards?
Description: In their role as meteorologists, students gather evidence and analyze weather patterns so they can advise the Wildlife Protection Organization on selecting one of three islands for an orangutan reserve, the one with hot and rainy weather that is most like the orangutans’ natural habitat on Borneo and Sumatra. They then look for locationbased patterns in weather as they figure out if it’s possible to predict and/or design solutions that can prevent damage from hurricanes and other natural hazards.
Students analyze the weather on three fictional islands in order to determine which has weather most like the locations where orangutans live and recommend one island for a new reserve.
Science Standards:
3ESS21 Represent data in tables and graphical displays to describe typical weather conditions expected during a particular season.
3ESS22 Obtain and combine information to describe climates in different regions around the world.
3ESS31 Make a claim about the merit of a design solution that reduces the impact of a weatherrelated hazard.
3LS43 Construct and support an argument with evidence that in a particular habitat some organisms can survive well, some survive less well, and some cannot survive at all.
Grade 4
Unit 1 Energy Conversions
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Why does Ergstown keep having blackouts?
Description: Students take on the role of systems engineers for Ergstown, a fictional town that experiences frequent blackouts, and explore the reasons why an electrical system can fail. Students apply what they learn to choosing new energy sources and energy converters for the town, and then they prepare arguments for why their design choices will make the town’s electrical system more reliable.
Students learn about how energy is converted from one form to another, how it can be transferred from place to place, and the variety of energy sources that exist.
Science Standards:
4PS31 Use evidence to construct an explanation relating the speed of an object to the energy of that object.
4PS32 Make observations to provide evidence that energy can be transferred from place to place by sound, light, heat, and electric currents.
4PS33 Ask questions and predict outcomes about the changes in energy that occur when objects collide.
4PS34 Apply scientific ideas to design, test, and refine a device that converts energy from one form to another.
4ESS31 Obtain and combine information to describe that energy and fuels are derived from renewable and nonrenewable resources and how their uses affect the environment.
4ESS32 Generate and compare multiple solutions to reduce the impacts of natural Earth processes on humans.
Unit 2 Vision and Light
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Why is an increase in light affecting the health of Tokay geckos in a Philippine rain forest?
Description: Working as conservation biologists, students figure out why a population of Tokay geckos has decreased since the installation of new highway lights in the rain forest. Students use their understanding of vision, light, and information processing to figure out why an increase in light in the geckos’ habitat is affecting the population. Then students turn their attention to humans by designing their own investigations in order to learn more about how our senses help us survive.
Students investigate the role that animal senses, primarily vision, play in survival as they try to understand a realistic fictional problem with a real organism.
Science Standards:
4LS11 Construct an argument that plants and animals have internal and external structures that function to support survival, growth, behavior, and reproduction.
4LS12 Construct an explanation to describe how animals receive different types of information through their senses, process the information in their brains, and respond to the information in different ways.
4PS42 Develop a model to describe how light reflecting from objects and entering the eye allows objects to be seen.
Unit 3 Earth’s Features
Anchor Phenomenon Question: What was the environment of this place like in the past?
Description: Playing the role of geologists, students help the director of Desert Rocks National Park explain how and when a particular fossil formed and how it came to be in its current location. Students figure out what the environment of the park was like in the past and why it has so many visible rock layers.
Students will construct scientific explanations and arguments about how the rocks and fossils in Desert Rocks National Park can be used to infer the environmental history of the area.
Science Standards:
4ESS11 Identify evidence from patterns in rock formations and fossils in rock layers to support an explanation for changes in landforms over time.
4ESS21 Plan and conduct investigations on the effects of water, ice, wind, and vegetation on the relative rate of weathering and erosion.
4ESS22 Analyze and interpret data from maps to describe the patterns of Earth's features.
4ESS32 Generate and compare multiple solutions to reduce the impacts of natural Earth processes on humans.
Unit 4 Waves, Energy, and Information
Anchor Phenomenon Question: How can a mother dolphin and her calf communicate underwater when they cannot see each other? How can humans use patterns to communicate?
Description: Working in their role as marine scientists, students figure out how mother dolphins communicate with their calves. They write a series of scientific explanations with diagrams to demonstrate their growing understanding of how sound waves travel. Then they apply what they’ve learned about waves, energy, and patterns in communication to figure out how to create patterns that can communicate information over distances, transferring data from one place to another.
Students engage with several modes of sound waves to learn about how sound travels through materials and other important characteristics of sound. These models support discovery and understanding of how dolphins use sound to communicate.
Science Standards:
4PS32 Make observations to provide evidence that energy can be transferred from place to place by sound, light, heat, and electric currents.
4PS33 Ask questions and predict outcomes about the changes in energy that occur when objects collide.
4PS41 Develop a model of waves to describe patterns in terms of amplitude and wavelength and to show that waves can cause objects to move.
4ESS32 Generate and compare multiple solutions to reduce the impacts of natural Earth processes on humans.
4LS12 Construct an explanation to describe how animals receive different types of information through their senses, process the information in their brains, and respond to the information in different ways.
*Note: Standard 4ESS23 is partially addressed throughout the Grade 4 modules.
*4ESS23 Ask questions that can be investigated and predict reasonable outcomes about how living things affect the physical characteristics of their environment.
Grade 5
Unit 1 Patterns of Earth and Sky
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Archaeologists discovered part of an ancient artifact that depicts the sun and other stars. How can we figure out what would have appeared on the missing piece?
Description: Taking on the role of astronomers, students help a team of archaeologists at the fictional Museum of Archaeology figure out what the missing piece of a recently discovered artifact might have depicted. As they learn about the sun and other stars and the movement of Earth, students can explain what is shown on the artifact and what might be on the missing piece.
Students learn that stars are all around us in space, develop an understanding of scale and distance in the universe, and discover how the spin and orbit of our planet causes us to observe daily and yearly patterns of stars.
Science Standards:
5ESS11 Support an argument that the apparent brightness of the sun and stars is due to their relative distances from the Earth.
5ESS12 Represent data in graphical displays to reveal patterns of daily changes in length and direction of shadows, day and night, and the seasonal appearance of some stars in the night sky.
5PS21 Support an argument that the gravitational force exerted by Earth on objects is directed down.
Unit 2 Modeling Matter
Anchor Phenomenon Question: What happens when two substances are mixed together?
Description: In the role of food scientists working for Good Food Production, Inc., students are introduced to the ideas that all matter is made of particles too small to see and that each different substance is made of particles (molecules) that are unique. Students are then challenged to solve two problems: One problem requires them to separate a mixture, and the other problem requires them to make unmixable substances mix. Students are challenged to use the particulate model of matter to explain their work to the president of the company. In so doing, students figure out that the properties of materials are related to the properties of the nanoparticles that make up those materials.
Students have the opportunity to dive deep into understanding the particulate nature of matter and apply it to explaining phenomena at the macroscale (the observable scale).
Science Standards:
5PS11 Develop a model to describe that matter is made of particles that are too small to be seen.
5PS12 Measure and graph quantities to provide evidence that regardless of the type of change that occurs when heating, cooling or mixing substances, the total weight of matter is conserved.
5PS13 Make observations and measurements to identify materials based on their properties.
5PS14 Conduct an investigation to determine whether the mixing of two or more substances results in new substances.
Unit 3 The Earth System
Anchor Phenomenon Question: What can determine how much water is available for human use?
Description: The cities of East Ferris and West Ferris are located on different sides of a mountain on the fictional Ferris Island. East Ferris is having a water shortage while West Ferris is not. As water resource engineers, students learn about the Earth system so they can help figure out what is causing the water shortage on one part of the island. They also design ways to alleviate the effects of water shortages, including freshwater collection systems and proposals for using chemical reactions to treat wastewater.
Students learn about the Earth system so they can help figure out what is causing a water shortage. They also design ways to alleviate the effects of water shortages, including freshwater collection systems and proposals for using chemical reactions to treat wastewater.
Science Standards:
5ESS21 Develop a model using an example to describe ways the geosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere, and/or atmosphere interact.
5ESS22 Describe and graph the amounts of salt water and fresh water in various reservoirs to provide evidence about the distribution of water on Earth.
5ESS31 Obtain and combine information about ways individual communities use science ideas to protect the Earth’s resources and environment.
5PS11 Develop a model to describe that matter is made of particles that are too small to be seen.
5PS12 Measure and graph quantities to provide evidence that regardless of the type of change that occurs when heating, cooling or mixing substances, the total weight of matter is conserved.
5PS13 Make observations and measurements to identify materials based on their properties.
5PS14 Conduct an investigation to determine whether the mixing of two or more substances results in new substances.
5LS21 Develop a model to describe the movement of matter among plants, animals, decomposers, and the environment.
Unit 4 Ecosystem Restoration
Anchor Phenomenon Question: Why are the jaguars and sloths in a reforested part of the Costa Rican rainforest ecosystem growing and thriving?
Description: Working as ecologists, students figure out why the organisms in a part of a Costa Rican rain forest ecosystem aren’t growing and thriving. As they solve this problem, students learn more generally how organisms in an ecosystem get the matter and energy they need to survive. Along the way, students write a series of restoration plans that include arguments about why the rain forest ecosystem is not thriving and recommend actions to restore its health.
Students explore what it means to grow and how living things get the matter and energy they need to grow.
Science Standards:
5LS11 Structures and Processes: Ask questions about how air and water affect the growth of plants
5LS21 Develop a model to describe the movement of matter among plants, animals, decomposers, and the environment.
5ESS31 Obtain and combine information about ways individual communities use science ideas to protect the Earth’s resources and environment.
5PS11 Develop a model to describe that matter is made of particles that are too small to be seen.
5PS31 Use models to describe that energy in animals’ food (used for body repair, growth, motion, and to maintain body warmth) was once energy from the sun.
5PS14 Conduct an investigation to determine whether the mixing of two or more substances results in new substances
Grade 6
Unit 1 Microbiome
Description: Students will learn about the invisible microbiome that exists inside the human body. Taking on the role as student researchers, they will work out what treatments can be used to cure a patient suffering from a potentially deadly bacterial infection.
Science Standards:
6MSLS11* Conduct an investigation to provide evidence that living things are made of cells, either one or many different numbers and types.
6MSLS12* Develop and use a model to describe the function of a cell as a whole and ways parts of cells contribute to the function.
6MSLS21* Analyze and interpret data to provide evidence for the effects of resource availability on organisms and populations of organisms in an ecosystem.
6MSLS22* Construct an explanation that predicts patterns of interactions among organisms across multiple ecosystems.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: How can having 100 trillion microorganisms on and inside the human body keep us healthy?
Reflective Summaries:
 How small are the microorganisms that live on and in the human body?
 How do microscopic things vary in size?
 How is a healthy gut biome different from an unhealthy gut microbiome?
 How can fewer than normal bacteria in the gut microbiome affect the overall health of the human body?
 What types of treatments are available to cure patients with harmful bacteria in their body?
Unit 2 Populations & Resources
Description: Students will learn how different populations are connected to one another as part of a food web, a key to understanding how change in one population may affect change in another. Taking on the role as student ecologists, they will investigate what may have caused a puzzling increase in the size of the moon jelly fish.
Science Standards:
6MSLS21 Analyze and interpret data to provide evidence for the effects of resource availability on organisms and populations of organisms in an ecosystem.
6MSLS22* Construct an explanation that predicts patterns of interactions among organisms across multiple ecosystems.
6MSLS23*Develop a model to describe the cycling of matter and flow of energy among living and nonliving parts of an ecosystem.
6MSESS34 Construct an argument supported by evidence for how increases in human population and percapita consumption of natural resources impact Earth’s systems.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: What caused the size of the moon jelly fish population in the Glacier Sea to increase?
Reflective Summaries:
 How do births and deaths in a population affect its size?
 What can change the number of births and/or deaths in a population?
 What can affect the size of a population besides its resource or consumer populations?
 What is the main cause of the decrease in the size of the orangebellied population?
Unit 3 Matter & Energy in Ecosystems
Description: Students will expand their understanding of ecosystem by considering how its producers, consumers and decomposers meet their energy needs. Taking on the role as student ecologists, they will investigate a biodome that was set up to test living in space. However, five years into the project, the animals and plants in the biodome were not getting the energy needed for survival and the ecosystem crashed.
Science Standards:
6MSLS12* Develop and use a model to describe the function of a cell as a whole and ways parts of cells contribute to the function.
6MSLS22 Construct an explanation that predicts patterns of interactions among organisms across multiple ecosystems.
6MSLS23 Develop a model to describe the cycling of matter and flow of energy among living and nonliving parts of an ecosystem.
6MSPS11 Develop models to describe the atomic composition of simple molecules and extended structures.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why did the biodome ecosystem collapse?
Reflective Summaries:
 Why didn’t the plants and animals in the biodome have enough energy storage molecules?
 What caused carbon dioxide to decrease in the air (abiotic matter) of the biodome?
 If the amount of carbon changed in one part of a closed ecosystem, what happened to the carbon in the rest of the ecosystem?
 Why does deforestation lead to increased carbon dioxide in the air?
Unit 4 Electric, Magnetic, and Gravitational Forces
Description: Students will learn about the relationship among force, change in velocity, mass and the equal/opposite forces exerted during collisions. Taking on the role as student physicists, they will investigate a space pod that failed to dock at the space stations as planned.
Engineering Unit Description: Students will apply what they have learned about forces and collisions to designing an emergency drop pod. Taking on the role of mechanical engineering interns, they will design a supply pod that will deliver humanitarian aid packages to people in disasterstricken locations.
Science Standards:
6MSPS21* Apply Newton’s Third Law to design a solution to a problem involving the motion of two colliding objects.
6MSPS22* Plan an investigation to provide evidence that the change in an object’s motion depends on the sum of the forces on the object and the mass of the object.
6MSPS31* Construct and interpret graphical displays of data to describe the relationships of kinetic energy to the mass of an object and to the speed of an object.
Engineering Unit
6MSPS24* Construct and present arguments using evidence to support the claim that gravitational interactions are attractive and depend on the masses of interacting objects.
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: What happened in the missing seconds when the space station should have docked with the space station?
Reflective Summaries:
 What caused the space pod to change direction?
 What causes some velocity changes to be greater than others?
 The thrusters on the ACM pod exerted the same strength force as thrusters on other pods, so why did this pod move differently?
 If the same strength force is exerted on two objects, why might they be affected differently?
 After the collision, how does the pod’s motion compare to the motion of the space station?
 Engineering Unit Summary:
 If a pod was dropped into a disaster zone, what materials and features will make a safe and successful delivery of food and medical supplies?
Unit 5 Magnetic Fields
Description: Students will gain an understanding of how magnetic force causes motion and the relationship of magnetic force to kinetic and potential energy. Taking on the role of student physicists, they will investigate the unexpected results from one test launch of a magnetic spacecraft that traveled much faster than expected.
Science Standards:
6MSPS23 Ask questions about data to determine the factors that affect the strength of electric and magnetic forces.
6MSPS24* Construct and present arguments using evidence to support the claim that gravitational interactions are attractive and depend on the masses of interacting objects.
6MSPS25 Conduct an investigation and evaluate the experimental design to provide evidence that fields exist between objects exerting forces on each other even though the objects are not in contact.
6MSPS31 Construct and interpret graphical displays of data to describe the relationships of kinetic energy to the mass of an object and to the speed of an object.
6MSPS32 Develop a model to describe that when the arrangement of objects interacting at a distance changes, different amounts of potential energy are stored in the system.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why did the tests of a magnetic spacecraft launcher not go as planned?
Essential Questions:
 How can the launcher make the model spacecraft move without touching it?
 Where did the energy to launch the model spacecraft come from?
 Why was there so much potential energy stored in the launcher system on the second day vs than the first day?
 Which design will launch the roller coaster car the fastest?
Unit 6 Earth, Moon & Sun
Description: Students will gain a deeper understanding of everyday observations of the Moon, transforming the experience of Moongazing into an act of profound perception. Taking on the role of student astronomers, they will learn about astrophotography where they can only take pictures of the Moon’s specific features at certain times. Thus, students must provide advice about when to take the best photographs of the Moon and lunar eclipses.
Science Standards:
6MSESS11 Develop and use a model of the EarthSunMoon system to describe the reoccurring patterns of lunar phases, eclipses of the sun and moon, and seasons.
6MSESS12 Use a model to describe the role of gravity in the motions within galaxies and the solar system.
6MSESS13 Analyze and interpret data to determine scale properties of objects in the solar system.
6MSPS24 Construct and present arguments using evidence to support the claim that gravitational interactions are attractive and depend on the masses of interacting objects.
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: How can an astrophotography plan for the best times to take photos of specific features of the moon?
Reflective Summaries:
 Why is there a border between light and dark on the Moon?
 Why does the border between light and dark on the Moon change location?
 How can we predict how the Moon will change appearance from day to day?
 What are the conditions that cause a lunar eclipse?
 Can we predict if and when a moon of another planet will have a lunar eclipse?
Unit 7 Light Waves
Description: Students will gain a deeper understanding of how light interacts with materials and how these interactions affect our world, from the colors we see to changes caused by light from the sun (warmth, growth, damage). Taking on the role as scientists who specialize in electromagnetic radiation, they will investigate why Australia’s cancer rate is so high.
Science Standards:
6MSPS41 Use mathematical representations to describe a simple model for waves that includes how the amplitude of a wave is related to the energy in a wave.
6MSPS42 Develop and use a model to describe that waves are reflected, absorbed, or transmitted through various materials.
6MSLS11 Conduct an investigation to provide evidence that living things are made of cells, either one or many different numbers and types.
6MSLS12 Develop and use a model to describe the function of a cell as a whole and ways parts of cells contribute to the function.
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why is there a higher rate of skin cancer in Australia than in other parts of the world?
Reflective Summaries:
 How does light from the sun cause skin cancer?
 How can the same amounts of sunlight cause different rates of skin cancer?
 Why does Australia get more ultraviolet light than other parts of the world?
 What can happen to light as it travels?
 What happens to energy when light is transmitted through or reflected off a material?
 Can marine crabs see the plankton they eat near the ocean floor?
Grade 7
Unit 1 Phase change
Description: Students will develop an understanding of molecules, kinetic energy, and attraction. Then they will apply this knowledge to investigate the mysterious conditions on Titan (a moon of Saturn). Taking on the role as student chemists, they will investigate the mysterious methane lake on Titan as well as the claims that the lake evaporated vs. froze.
Science Standards:
7MSPS14* Develop and use a model that predicts and describes changes in particle motion, temperature, and the state of a pure substance when thermal energy is added or removed.
7MSPS34 Plan an investigation to determine the relationships among the energy transferred, the type of matter, the mass, and the change in the average kinetic energy of the particles as measured by the temperature of the sample.
7MSESS24* Develop a model to describe the cycling of water through Earth’s systems driven by energy from the sun and the force of gravity.
7MSLS25* Undertake a design project that assists in maintaining diversity and ecosystem services.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why did the methane lake on Titan disappear?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 How does the appearance and molecules of a substance change when it changes phases?
 How can transferring energy into/out of a substance a change molecule’s ‘freedom of movement’?
 How does molecular attraction affect whether or not a phase change will occur?
 Why is the liquid oxygen machine producing less liquid oxygen than normal?
Unit 2 Chemical Reactions
Description: Students will learn about chemical reactions, what makes substances different, and the conservation of matter. Taking on the role as student chemist, they will solve the mystery of “Why is there a reddishbrown substance coming out of the water pipes?’
Science Standards:
7MSPS12 Analyze and interpret data on the properties of substances before and after the substances interact to determine if a chemical reaction has occurred.
7MSPS15 Plan an investigation to determine the relationships among the energy transferred, the type of matter, the mass, and the change in the average kinetic energy of the particles as measured by the temperature of the sample.
7MSLS16* Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for the role of photosynthesis and cellular respiration in the cycling of matter and flow of energy into and out of organisms.
7MSESS35* Ask questions to clarify evidence of the factors that have caused the rise in global temperatures over the past century
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why is there a mysterious reddishbrown substance in the tap water?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 Why do substances have different properties?
 How do substances change into different substances during chemical reactions?
 What happens to atoms during a chemical reaction?
 Which suspect is most likely to have made the hydrofluoric acid?
Unit 3 Metabolism
Description: Students will learn about the human body systems work together to provide cells in the human body with the molecules they need, how energy is released in the cells through cellular respiration, and how that energy supports movement and cellular growth and repair. Taking on the role as a medical student, they will draw connections between the large and small scale processes that make the body function in order to diagnose patients and athletes.
Engineering Unit Description:
The engineering company has been hired to design health bars that will feed people and communities affected by natural disasters, with a particular interest on populations who have health needs beyond what can be provided by emergency meals. Taking on the role as food engineer student interns, they will apply their understanding of metabolism to design health bars that balance criteria such as needs, taste and cost.
Science Standards:
7MSLS13* Use an argument supported by evidence for how the body is a system of interacting subsystems composed of groups of cells.
7MSLS17* Develop a model to describe how food is arranged through chemical reactions forming new molecules that support growth and/or release energy as this matter moves through an organism.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: What is causing Elisa, a young patient, to feel tired all the time?
Engineering Unit: How can health bars be designed to feed with people with specific health conditions in regions affected by natural disasters?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 How do molecules from food and air get to the cells in the body?
 How can having a medical condition affect the delivery of molecules to cells?
 How do oxygen and glucose molecules release energy in the cells?
 How did the athlete increase their cellular respiration and improve performance?
Engineering Unit Summary:  How can a health bar be designed to meet the metabolic needs of populations affected by natural disasters?
Unit 4 Traits & Inheritance
Description: Students will connect ideas about genes, proteins, traits, and genetic inheritance to form a deep understanding of the causes of variation. Taking on the role as student genetic researchers, they will investigate breeds of spiders that produce silk that can be used for medical applications
Science Standards:
7MSLS13 Use an argument supported by evidence for how the body is a system of interacting subsystems composed of groups of cells.
7MSLS32 Develop and use a model to describe why asexual reproduction results in offspring with identical genetic information and sexual reproduction results in offspring with genetic variation.
7MSLS44 Construct an explanation based on evidence that describes how genetic variations of traits in a population increase some individuals’ probability of surviving and reproducing in a specific environment.
7MSLS45 Gather, read, and synthesize information about technologies that have changed the way humans influence the inheritance of desired traits in organisms.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why do Darwin’s bark spider offspring have different silk flexibility traits even though they have the same parents?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 What determines an organism’s traits at the molecular scale?
 Why do some organisms make one type of protein for a feature and other organisms make two?
 How does genetic inheritance result in variation among offspring?
 Why is Jackie an elite distance runner when no one else in her family has that trait?
Unit 5 Ocean, Atmosphere & Climate
Description: Students will investigate how ocean currents behave and what effect they have on the climate at different locations around the world. Taking on the role as student climatologists, they will investigate the change in air temperature during El Nino years in order to help a farm council understand what causes the change in air temperature.
Science Standards:
7MSPS14* Develop and use a model that predicts and describes changes in particle motion, temperature, and the state of a pure substance when thermal energy is added or removed.
7MSESS25* Collect data to provide evidence for how the motions and complex interactions of air masses results in changes in weather conditions.
7MSESS26* Develop and use a model to describe how unequal heating and rotation of the Earth causes patterns of atmospheric and oceanic circulation that determine regional climates.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: During El Nino year, why is New Zealand’s air temperature cooler than usual?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 How do different locations across the planet have different air temperatures?
 How do ocean currents affect the air temperatures of locations near the coast?
 How can changes to prevailing winds affect the air temperature of a location?
 In South Chain during the late Carboniferous period, was the air temperature warmer or cooler than the air temperature in that location today?
Unit 6 Weather Patterns
Description: Students will learn about how differences in the amount of water vapor, temperature and air pressure can affect how much it rains. Taking on the role as student forensic meteorologists, they will investigate why a specific town is having a high amount of severe rainstorms.
Science Standards:
7MSPS14 Develop and use a model that predicts and describes changes in particle motion, temperature, and the state of a pure substance when thermal energy is added or removed.
7MSESS24 Develop a model to describe the cycling of water through Earth’s systems driven by energy from the sun and the force of gravity.
7MSESS25* Collect data to provide evidence for how the motions and complex interactions of air masses results in changes in weather conditions.
7MSESS26* Develop and use a model to describe how unequal heating and rotation of the Earth causes patterns of atmospheric and oceanic circulation that determine regional climates.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why have recent rainstorms in a community been so severe?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 What makes rain happen?
 What determines how much an air parcel will cool?
 How can wind affect the cooling of an air parcel?
 How was the Wilderness Education Center Damaged during a winter storm?
Unit 7 Earth’s Changing Climate
Description: Students will learn about how differences in the amount of water vapor, temperature and air pressure can affect how much it rains. Taking on the role as student forensic meteorologists, they will investigate why a specific town is having a high amount of severe rainstorms.
Science Standards:
7MSESS25 Collect data to provide evidence for how the motions and complex interactions of air masses results in changes in weather conditions.
7MSESS26 Develop and use a model to describe how unequal heating and rotation of the Earth causes patterns of atmospheric and oceanic circulation that determine regional climates.
7MSESS35 Ask questions to clarify evidence of the factors that have caused the rise in global temperatures over the past century.
7MSLS16 Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for the role of photosynthesis and cellular respiration in the cycling of matter and flow of energy into and out of organisms.
7MSLS24 Construct an argument supported by empirical evidence that changes to physical or biological components of an ecosystem affect populations.
7MSLS25 Undertake a design project that assists in maintaining diversity and ecosystem services.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why is the ice on Earth’s surface melting?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:

What could be causing ice to melt and temperature to increase on Earth?
 What kinds of changes to the atmosphere could affect how much energy is absorbed by Earth’s surface?
 How do methane and carbon dioxide affect energy entering/exiting the Earth system?
 Why are carbon dioxide and methane increasing in the atmosphere?
 How is Earth’s climate affected in the five to ten years after a large volcanic eruption?
Grade 8
Unit 1 Geology on Mars
Description: Students will observe satellite images and Mars rover data as they consider what may have formed a longchannel on the surface of Mars. Taking on the role as student planetary geologists, they will investigate whether a particular channel on Mars was caused by flowing water or flowing lava.
Science Standards:
8MSESS22* Construct an explanation based on evidence for how geoscience processes have changed Earth's surface at varying time and spatial scales.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Essential Questions and Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: How can we search for evidence that other planets were once habitable?
Reflective Summaries:
 How does our understanding of Earth help us learn about other rocky planets?
 How do models help scientists answer questions?
 How do scientists construct arguments?
 What geologic process could have formed features such as channels on Mars?
Unit 2 Plate Motion
Description: Students will investigate tectonic plates, what happens at plate boundaries, and at what rate changes happen on a geologic scale. Taking on the role as student geologist, they will investigate a fossil mystery to answer ‘Why are fossils of Mesosaurus that once lived together are now found separated by thousands of kilometers of ocean?’
Engineering Unit Description: Students will consider the design problem of how to protect people from natural hazards such as tsunamis. Taking on the role student engineering interns, they will design a tsunami warning system for the communities along the plate boundaries that surround the Indian Ocean.
Science Standards:
8MSESS14 Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence from rock strata how geologic time scale is used to organize Earth’s geologic history.
8MSESS22* Construct an explanation based on evidence for how geoscience processes have changed Earth's surface at varying time and spatial scales.
8MSESS23* Analyze and interpret data on the distribution of fossils and rocks, continental shapes, and seafloor structures to provide evidence of the past plate motions.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why are fossils of Mesosaurus separated by thousands of kilometers of ocean when the species once lived all together?
Engineering Unit Phenomenon: How can a tsunami warning system be designed to warn communities living in the Indian Ocean?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 What is the land like under Earth’s surface?
 What happens to the plates and mantle at plate boundaries?
 What evidence do we have of current and past plate motion?
 What best explains the pattern of volcanic activity and earthquakes on Earth?
Engineering Summary:
How can a device be designed to help warn communities of a tsunami?
Unit 3 Rock Transformations
Description: Students will develop an understanding of rock transformation processes in order to explain how rock materials from the Rocky Mountains eventually became part of the Great Plains. Taking on the role as student geologists, they will investigate different ways rocks form and change for two iconic locations in the US that have a shared geologic history: The Rocky Mountains and the Great Plains.
Science Standards:
8MSESS22 Construct an explanation based on evidence for how geoscience processes have changed Earth's surface at varying time and spatial scales.
8MSESS23 Analyze and interpret data on the distribution of fossils and rocks, continental shapes, and seafloor structures to provide evidence of the past plate motions.
8MSESS31 Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for how the uneven distributions of Earth's mineral, energy, and groundwater resources are the result of past and current geoscience processes.
8MSESS33 Apply scientific principles to design a method for monitoring and minimizing human impact on the environment.
8MSPS13 Gather and make sense of information to describe that synthetic materials come from natural resources and impact society.
8MSESS21 Develop a model to describe the cycling of Earth’s materials and the flow of energy that drives this process.
Essential Questions and Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Why are rock samples from the Great Plains and from the Rocky Mountains composed of such similar minerals, when they look so different and come from different areas?
Reflective Summaries:
 Ho do rocks form?
 What causes sediment and magma to form?
 How do rock formations move between the surface and Earth’s interior?
 How do uplift and subduction lead to the transformation of rocks?
 What rock transformations processes are happening on Venus?
Unit 4 Natural Selection
Description: Students will connect ideas about how the environment determines which traits are adaptive and which are not, and how this affects the likelihood of survival and reproduction. Taking on the role as student biologist, they will investigate what caused a newt population to become more poisonous over time.
Engineering Unit Description: Students will apply what they have learned as they explore ways to prevent certain traits in a parasite population from increasing – in this case, the trait for high resistance to an antimalarial drug. Taking on the role as biomedical engineering student interns, they will design a treatment that does not cause an increase in the malaria parasite population.
Science Standards:
8MSLS31 Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for how environmental and genetic factors influence the growth of organisms.
8MSLS46* Use mathematical representations to support explanations of how natural selection may lead to increases and decreases of specific traits in populations of species over time.
*The performance expectation is only partially addressed using the identified phenomenon. The performance expectation is addressed in another unit.
8MSLS14 Construct and use argument(s) based on empirical evidence and scientific reasoning to support an explanation for how characteristic animal behaviors and specialized plant structures affect the probability of survival and successful reproduction of animals and plants respectively.
8MSLS15 Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for how environmental and genetic factors influence the growth of organisms.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: What caused the newt population in Oregon State Park to become more poisonous?
Engineering Unit Phenomenon: How can certain traits in a parasite population decrease, such as a high resistance to an antimalarial drug?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 How can we describe a population?
 What makes the distribution of traits in a population change?
 How do individuals in a population get their traits?
 How do some traits become more common over many generations while others become less common?
 What determines if a new trait will become more common in the population?
 What caused the stickleback fish population to have less armored fin plates and become faster swimmers?
Engineering Summary:
How can we design a treatment that minimizes drugresistant malaria?
Unit 5 Evolutionary History
Description: Students will learn that species share similar structures because they descended from a common ancestry and that differences in structures arise due to natural selection and speciation over vast amounts of time. Taking on the role as student paleontologist, they will investigate a mystery fossil to determine its evolutionary history.
Science Standards:
8MSLS41 Analyze and interpret data for patterns in the fossil record that document the existence, diversity, extinction, and change of life forms throughout the history of life on Earth under the assumption that natural laws operate today as in the past.
8MSLS42 Apply scientific ideas to construct an explanation for the anatomical similarities and differences among modern organisms and between modern and fossil organisms to infer evolutionary relationships.
8MSLS43 Analyze displays of pictorial data to compare patterns of similarities in the embryological development across multiple species to identify relationships not evident in the fully formed anatomy.
8MSLS46 Use mathematical representations to support explanations of how natural selection may lead to increases and decreases of specific traits in populations of species over time.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Is a mystery fossil more closely related to wolves or to whales?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 Why do different species share similar structures?
 How does an ancestor population evolve into descendant species with differences in their shared structures?
 How did descendant species from a common ancestor become very different from one another?
 When comparing different species, how can one tell which species are more closely related than others?
 Is the mystery fossil more closely related to ostriches or to crocodiles?
Unit 6 Thermal Energy
Description: Students will discover that observed temperature changes can be explained by the movement of molecules, which facilitates the transfer of kinetic energy from one place to another. Taking on the role as student thermal scientists, they will help a school choose a new heater system that uses water to heat the building.
Science Standards:
8MSPS11 Develop models to describe the atomic composition of simple molecules and extended structures.
8MSPS33 Apply scientific principles to design, construct, and test a device that either minimizes or maximizes thermal energy transfer.
8MSPS35 Construct, use, and present arguments to support the claim that when the kinetic energy of an object changes, energy is transferred to or from the object.
8MSPS16 Undertake a design project to construct, test, and modify a device that either releases or absorbs thermal energy by chemical processes.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Which heating system will best heat a school?
Essential Questions and Reflective Summaries:
 How is something different when it is warmer or cooler?
 Why do molecules change speed?
 Why does the transfer of energy between two things stop?
 What determines how much kinetic energy something has?
 What determines how much something will change temperature?
 Why are people getting sick despite using a pasteurization kit during a freshwater emergency?
Physics
Unit 1 Newton’s 2nd Law and Momentum of Colliding Forces
Description:
Students will analyze data to support the claim that Newton’s 2nd Law of Motion describes the mathematical relationship among the net on a macroscopic object, its mass, and acceleration. Students will also use mathematical representations to support the claim that the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is not net force on the system. Students will then apply science and engineering ideas to design, evaluate, and a device that minimizes the force on a macroscopic object during a collision.
Science Standards:
HSPS21 Analyze data to support the claim that Newton’s second law of motion describes the mathematical relationship among the net force on a macroscopic object, its mass, and its acceleration.
HSPS22 Use mathematical representations to support the claim that the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is no net force on the system.
HSPS23 Apply scientific and engineering ideas to design, evaluate, and refine a device that minimizes the force on a macroscopic object during a collision.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Faster NHL Skater Challenge: Each year skaters challenge to see who can skate the fastest time around the ring. In 2018, that time was 13.454 sec. The record was set in 2016 with a time of 13.172 sec.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 How is data used to support claims that Newton’s second law of motion describes the mathematical relationship among the net force on a macroscopic object, its mass, and its acceleration?
 Use mathematical representations to support claims the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is no net force on the system.
 How can you apply scientific and engineering ideas to design, evaluate, and refine a device that minimizes the force on a macroscopic object during a collision?
Unit 2 Motion and Stability
Description:
Students will use mathematical representations of Newton’s Law of Gravitation and Coulomb’s Law to describe and predict the gravitational and electrostatic forces between objects. They will also plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence that an electric current can produce a magnetic field and that a changing magnetic field can produce an electric current. Students will develop and use models of two objects interacting through electric and magnetic fields to illustrate the forces between objects and the changes in energy of the objects due to this interaction.
Science Standards:
HSPS21 Analyze data to support the claim that Newton’s second law of motion describes the mathematical relationship among the net force on a macroscopic object, its mass, and its acceleration.
HSPS22 Use mathematical representations to support the claim that the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is no net force on the system.
HSPS23 Apply scientific and engineering ideas to design, evaluate, and refine a device that minimizes the force on a macroscopic object during a collision.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Faster NHL Skater Challenge: Each year skaters challenge to see who can skate the fastest time around the ring. In 2018, that time was 13.454 sec. The record was set in 2016 with a time of 13.172 sec.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 How is data used to support claims that Newton’s second law of motion describes the mathematical relationship among the net force on a macroscopic object, its mass, and its acceleration?
 Use mathematical representations to support claims the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is no net force on the system.
 How can you apply scientific and engineering ideas to design, evaluate, and refine a device that minimizes the force on a macroscopic object during a collision?
Unit 3 Energy
Description:
Students will create models to calculate the change in one component in a system when the change in energy of the other components and energy flows in and out of the system are known. They will also develop models to illustrate that energy at the macroscopic scale can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the motions and relative position of particles and/or objects. Then students will design and refine a device that works within given constraints to convert one form of energy into another form of energy. Students will conclude by planning and conducting an investigation to provide evidence that the transfer of thermal energy when two components of different temperature are combined within a closed system results in a more uniform energy distribution among the components in the system.
Science Standards:
HSPS31 Create a computational model to calculate the change in the energy of one component in a system when the change in energy of the other components and energy flows in and out of the system are known.
HSPS32 Develop and use models to illustrate that energy at the macroscopic scale can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the motion of particles and/or objects and energy associated with the relative positions of particles and/or objects.
HSPS33 Design, build, and refine a device that works within given constraints to convert one form of energy into another form of energy.
HSPS34 Plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence that the transfer of thermal energy when two components of different temperature are combined within a closed system results in a more uniform energy distribution among the components in the system.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Wind turbines convert wind energy to electrical energy.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 How can computational models be used to calculate the change in the energy of one component in a system when the change in energy of the other components are known?
 How can computational models be used to calculate the change in the energy of one component in a system when the energy flows in and out of the system are known?
 Use and/or apply models to illustrate that energy at the macroscopic scale can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the motion of particles and/or objects.
 Use and/or apply models to illustrate that energy at the macroscopic scale can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the energy associated with the relative positions of particles and/or objects.
 Describe and refine a device that works within given constraints to convert one form of energy into another form of energy.
 Predict and/or describe the outcomes when the transfer of thermal energy of two components of different temperatures are combined within a closed system.
Unit 4 Wave Applications
Description:
Students will use mathematical representations to support a claim regarding the relationships among the frequency, wavelength and speed of waves traveling in various mediums. Students will also evaluate the claims, evidence, and reasoning behind the idea that electromagnetic radiation can be described either by a wave or particle models and that for some situations one model is more useful than the other.
Science Standards:
HSPS41 Use mathematical representations to support a claim regarding the relationships among frequency, wavelength, and speed of waves traveling in various media.
HSPS43 Evaluate the claims, evidence, and reasoning behind the idea that electromagnetic radiation can be described either by a wave model or a particle model, and that for some situations one model is more useful than the other.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Gamma radiation can travel through walls yet light waves cannot.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Apply mathematical representations to support a claim regarding the relationships among frequency, wavelength, and speed of waves traveling in various media.
 Describe the reasoning behind the idea that electromagnetic radiation can be represented by a wave model or a particle model.
 In certain situations, why are some models of electromagnetic radiation more useful than the others?
Chemistry
Unit 1 Nuclear Processes
Description:
Students will use the periodic table to predict the relative properties of elements based on valence electrons and composition of nucleus. Students will apply this knowledge to illustrate the composition of the nucleus and the energy released during fission, fusion, and radioactive decay. Students will also evaluate claims in published materials about the viability of nuclear power as a source of alternative energy relative to other forms of energy (fossil fuels, wind, solar, geothermal).
Science Standards:
HSPS11 Use the periodic table as a model to predict the relative properties of elements based on the patterns of electrons in the outermost energy level and the composition of the nucleus of atoms.
HSPS18 Develop models to illustrate the changes in the composition of the nucleus of the atom and the energy released during the processes of fission, fusion, and radioactive decay.
HSPS66 Evaluate the validity and reliability of claims in published materials about the viability of nuclear power as a source of alternative energy relative to other forms of energy (e.g., fossil fuels, wind, solar, geothermal).
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Japanese people living in the area where the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear disaster took place have a higher risk of developing cancer.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 How are fission and fusion reactions different?
 What role do fission and fusion reactions play in powering nuclear power plants?
 Over the past 300 years, how have discoveries related to atomic structure affected life on our planet?
 How do economic, environmental, social and political factors affect the development and emergence of new nuclear technologies?
 How is nuclear energy regulated in the United States?
 What is the role of a reactor in a nuclear power plant?
 Make a claim supporting or refuting the use of nuclear energy in the United States or Louisiana. Use evidence to support your response.
Unit 2 Atoms and the Periodic Table
Description:
Students will continue to use the periodic table to predict relative properties of elements (reactivity, bond type, bond number, and reaction with oxygen) based on valence electrons and composition of nucleus. They will also gather evidence to compare the structure of substances at the macroscale (melting and boiling point, vapor pressure) to infer the strength of electrical forces between particles. Students will also communicate information about why the atomic, subatomic and/or molecular level structure is important in the function of designed materials.
Science Standards:
HSPS11 Use the periodic table as a model to predict the relative properties of elements based on the patterns of electrons in the outermost energy level and the composition of the nucleus of atoms.
HSPS13 Plan and conduct an investigation to gather evidence to compare the structure of substances at the macroscale to infer the strength of electrical forces between particles.
HSPS26 Communicate scientific and technical information about why the atomiclevel, subatomiclevel, and/or molecular level structure is important in the functioning of designed materials.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
The existence and properties of Technetium were accurately predicted 70 years before it was discovered.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Predict the properties of an element from the Periodic Table given the properties of other elements in its group and period.
 Design an experiment to determine the microscale configuration of a material by examining its macroscale properties.
 Create a brochure or informational advertising a specific element or molecule to a scientific audience. Choose a specific purpose to advertise and communicate why that element/molecule would be best suited to your application.
Unit 3 Chemical Reactions
Description:
Students will construct and revise explanations for the outcome of a simple chemical reaction based on the valence electron, periodic table trends, and knowledge of the patterns of chemical properties. They will also illustrate the release and absorption of energy from a chemical reactions system depending upon the changes in total bond energy. Students will use mathematical representations to support the claim that atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a chemical reaction.
Science Standards:
HSPS12 Construct and revise an explanation for the outcome of a simple chemical reaction based on the outermost electron states of atoms, trends in the periodic table, and knowledge of the patterns of chemical properties.
HSPS14 Develop a model to illustrate that the release or absorption of energy from a chemical reaction system depends upon the changes in total bond energy.
HSPS17 Use mathematical representations to support the claim that atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a chemical reaction.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
MREs (Meals Ready to Eat) provide hot meals in areas with no cooking infrastructure using military grade Flameless Ration Heaters.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Predict the outcome of a simple chemical reaction and explain your answer using evidence from the Periodic Table of Elements.
 Given a chemical equation, illustrate the bond energy of the products and reactants as well as any energy released or absorbed.
 Explain how the principle of conservation of mass leads to the necessity of balancing chemical equations.
Unit 4 Optimizing Chemical Reactions
Description:
Students will apply evidence of scientific principles to provide explanations about the effects of changing the temperature or concentration of the reacting particles on the rate at which a reaction occurs. Students will also refine a chemical system design by specifying a change in conditions that produces increased amounts of products at equilibrium (Le Chatelier’s Principle).
Science Standards:
HSPS15 Apply scientific principles and evidence to provide an explanation about the effects of changing the temperature or concentration of the reacting particles on the rate at which a reaction occurs.
HSPS16 Refine the design of a chemical system by specifying a change in conditions that would produce increased amounts of products at equilibrium.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Different methods of preservation may or may not keep avocados from turning brown.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Explain the factors that can increase the rate of an observed chemical reaction.
 Design a chemical system by specifying a change in conditions that would produce increased amounts of products at equilibrium.
Unit 5 Energy
Description:
Students will create computational models to calculate the change in the energy of one component in a system when the change in energy of the other component(s) and energy flows in and out of the system are known. They will also conduct investigations to provide evidence that the transfer of thermal energy when two components of different temperatures are combined within a closed system results in a more uniform energy distribution among the components of a system (2nd Law of Thermodynamics). Students will also design, build, and refine a device (ex: hot and/or cold packs and batteries) that works within given constraints (ex: renewable energy forms) to convert one form of energy into another form of energy.
Science Standards:
HSPS15 Apply scientific principles and evidence to provide an explanation about the effects of changing the temperature or concentration of the reacting particles on the rate at which a reaction occurs.
HSPS16 Refine the design of a chemical system by specifying a change in conditions that would produce increased amounts of products at equilibrium.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Heat from Earth’s natural geologic processes can be used to make electricity.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Calculate the change in the energy of one component in a system when the change in energy of the other component(s) and energy flows in and out of the system are known.
 Design an experiment to verify that objects of different temperatures, when placed together, move towards a more uniform temperature distribution.
 Refine the design of a simple system that converts energy from one form to another.
Environmental Science
Unit 1 Environmental Systems
Description:
Students will make claims that a change to Earth’s surface can cause other system changes and explore how system flow and energy variations result in changes in atmosphere and climate. They will also refine solutions to reduce human impact and illustrate relationships among systems. Students will also develop models to describe the cycling of carbon among the geospheres.
Science Standards:
HSESS22 Analyze geoscience data to make a claim that a change to Earth's surface can create feedback that causes changes to other Earth's systems.
HSESS24 Analyze and interpret data to explore how variations in flow of energy into/out of Earth’s systems result in changes in atmosphere and climate.
HSESS34 Evaluate or refine a technological solution that reduces impacts of human activities on natural systems.
HSESS36 Use a computational representation to illustrate relationships among Earth systems and how those relationships are being modified due to human activity.
HSESS26 Develop a quantitative model to describe the cycling of carbon among the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
A mass of glacier ice suddenly breaks away from a glacier and causes sea levels to rise. This phenomenon is known as ice calving.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 How do human activities and an increase in Earth’s global temperature contribute to the ice calving phenomenon? Provide evidence to support your claim.
 How does ice calving impact Earth’s systems, weather, and atmospheric changes? Provide evidence to support your claim.
 How does ice calving and an increase in Earth’s global temperatures impact organisms? Provide evidence to support your claim.
 How do human activities impact the cycling of carbon within Earth’s biogeochemical cycles? Provide evidence to support your claim.
 How do scientists and/or engineers identify and develop technological solutions to identify and solve the impact of human activities on natural systems? Provide evidence to support your claim.
Unit 2 Environmental Awareness & Protection
Description:
Students will continue to make claims that a change to Earth’s surface can cause changes to other systems and refine a technological solution that reduces impacts of human activity. Students will apply this knowledge to evaluate a solution to limit waterway nonpoint source pollution introduction, and predict the effects that pollution has on population density.
Science Standards:
HSESS22 Analyze geoscience data to make a claim that a change to Earth's surface can create feedback that causes changes to other Earth's systems.
HSESS34 Evaluate or refine a technological solution that reduces impacts of human activities on natural systems.
HSEVS21 Design and evaluate a solution to limit introduction of nonpoint source pollution into state waterways.
HSEVS22 Develop a quantitative model to describe the cycling of carbon among the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
The largest Gulf of Mexico dead zone measured 22,720 square kilometers on July 2430, 2017.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Make a claim supported by evidence that eutrophication in the Gulf of Mexico creates feedback that causes changes to its ecosystem.
 Describe how farming and other human activities contribute to the Gulf of Mexico Dead Zone.
 Create a model and use mathematics and computational data to explain that hypoxic conditions impact aquatic organisms in the Gulf of Mexico.
 Design a solution to limit the impact of eutrophication in the Gulf of Mexico.
Unit 3 Ecosystems
Description:
Students will use representations to support explanations of factors that affect carrying capacity and biodiversity in populations of ecosystems and support claims for the cycling of matter and energy among organisms in ecosystems. They will also evaluate claims that complex interactions in ecosystems maintain consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing conditions may result in a new ecosystem. Students will also refine a solution for reducing human activity impacts on the environment and biodiversity.
Science Standards:
HSLS21 Use mathematical and/or computational representations to support explanations of factors that affect carrying capacity, biodiversity and populations of ecosystems at different scales.
HSLS24 Use mathematical representations to support claims for the cycling of matter and flow of energy among organisms in an ecosystem.
HSLS26 Evaluate the claims, evidence and reasoning that the complex interactions in ecosystems maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing conditions may result in a new ecosystem.
HSLS27 Design, evaluate, and refine a solution for reducing the impacts of human activities on the environment and biodiversity.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Wolves were absent from Yellowstone National Park for approximately 70 years. In 1995, wolves were reintroduced to the park and as result, the behaviors of rivers changed.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Use mathematics and computational data to describe how the removal of wolves from Yellowstone National Park impacted the cycling of matter and flow of energy in the park.
 Use mathematical and computational representations to explain how the removal of wolves from Yellowstone National Park impacted its carrying capacity, biodiversity and populations.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that the complex interactions in Yellowstone National Park maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions.
 Communicate information supported by evidence that geographical changes in Yellowstone National Park affected its ecosystem.
 Evaluate and/or refine the Endangered Species Act to reduce the impact of human activities on the environment and biodiversity.
Unit 4 Resources and Resource Management
Description:
Students will interpret how variations in the flow of energy into and out of Earth’s systems result in changes in atmosphere and climate and identify factors that affect sustainable development of natural resources in Louisiana. They will also interpret data about the consequences of environmental decisions to determine the riskbenefit of environmental actions and/or practices. Students will also construct arguments addressing the negative impacts of introduced organisms that have one native species.
Science Standards:
HSESS25 Plan and conduct an investigation on the properties of water and its effects on Earth materials and surface processes.
HSEVS11 Analyze and interpret data to identify the factors that affect sustainable development and natural resource management in Louisiana.
HSEVS13 Analyze and interpret data about the consequences of environmental decisions to determine the riskbenefit values of actions and practices implemented for selected issues.
HSEVS23 Use multiple lines of evidence to construct an argument addressing the negative impacts that introduced organisms have on Louisiana's native species.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
For approximately 100 million years, sediment deposition to the Mississippi River gradually increased the size of the Mississippi River Delta. However, over the past few decades, the Mississippi River Delta has greatly decreased.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Describe the properties of water and its effects on Earth materials and surface processes.
 Describe the consequences of building levees and hydrological modifications on the Mississippi River Delta and Louisiana.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that invasive species are impacting Louisiana wetlands and native species.
 Explain how the Mississippi River Delta and/or Louisiana wetlands supply ecosystem capital. Identify factors that affect its sustainable development and natural resource management and solutions to overcome them.
Unit 5 Succession
Description:
Students will continue to evaluate the claims, evidence and reasoning that complex interactions in ecosystems maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing conditions may result in a new ecosystem. Then they will apply this knowledge to construct explanations for how the availability of natural resources, occurrence of natural hazards, and changes in climate have influenced human activity.
Science Standards:
HSESS31 Construct an explanation based on evidence for how the availability of natural resources, occurrence of natural hazards, and changes in climate have influenced human activity.
HSLS26 Evaluate the claims, evidence and reasoning that the complex interactions in ecosystems maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing conditions may result in a new ecosystem.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
For approximately 100 million years, sediment deposition to the Mississippi River gradually increased the size of the Mississippi River Delta. However, over the past few decades, the Mississippi River Delta has greatly decreased.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Construct an explanation based on evidence for how the occurrence of natural hazards, changes in climate, and availability of resources drive human activity.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that the complex interactions in Mount Saint Helen ecosystem maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing those conditions may result in a new ecosystem.
Unit 6 Human Impact and Sustainability
Description:
Students will communicate information on the effectiveness of management or conservation practices for one of Louisiana’s natural resources with respect to common considerations such as social, economic, technological, and influencing political factors over the last 50 years. They will also evaluate arguments about the positive and negative consequences of using disposable resources vs. reusable resources and evaluate design solutions for developing, managing, and utilizing energy and mineral resources based on costbenefit ratios. Students will also illustrate the relationships among management of natural resources, the sustainability of human populations, and biodiversity.
Science Standards:
HSEVS12 Obtain, evaluate and communicate information on the effectiveness of management or conservation practices for one of Louisiana’s natural resources with respect to common considerations such as social, economic, technological, and influencing political factors over the past 50 years.
HSEVS31 Construct and evaluate arguments about the positive and negative consequences of using disposable resources versus reusable resources.
HSESS32 Evaluate competing design solutions for developing, managing, and utilizing energy and mineral resources based on costbenefit ratios.
HSESS33 Create a computational simulation to illustrate the relationships among management of natural resources, the sustainability of human populations, and biodiversity.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
The Deepwater Horizon oil spill disrupted the cellular function of killifish.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Communicate information on the effectiveness of management or conservation practices for oil and gas production in Louisiana with respect to common considerations such as social, economic, technological, and influencing political factors over the past 50 years.
 Construct arguments about the positive and negative consequences of using disposable resources versus reusable resources in Louisiana.
 Evaluate competing design solutions for developing, managing, and utilizing energy and mineral resources in Louisiana based on costbenefit ratios.
 Create a computational simulation to illustrate the relationships among management of natural resources, the sustainability of human populations, and biodiversity in Louisiana.
Biology
Unit 1 Evolution
Description:
Bend 1: Students will initially investigate a case of a young girl with a lifethreatening infection of panresistant bacteria. This case sparks questions that lead students to investigate the growing prevalence of such cases and discrepancies between antibiotic use in the community and CDC recommendations.
Bend 2: Students will also expand their investigations to look at population changes occurring in a population of junco birds which exhibit noticeable differences in physical and behavioral traits over the past 60 years.
Science Standards:
HSLS41 Analyze and interpret scientific information that common ancestry and biological evolution are supported by multiple lines of empirical evidence.
HSLS42 Construct an explanation based on evidence that biological diversity is influenced by (1) the potential for a species to increase in number, (2) the heritable genetic variation of individuals in a species due to mutation and sexual reproduction, (3) competition for limited resources, and (4) the proliferation of those organisms that are better able to survive and reproduce in the environment.
HSLS43 Apply concepts of statistics/probability to support explanations that populations of organisms adapt when an advantageous heritable trait increases in proportion to organisms lacking this trait.
HSLS44 Construct an explanation based on evidence for how natural selection and other mechanisms lead to genetic changes in populations.
HSLS45 Evaluate evidence supporting claims that changes in environmental conditions can affect the distribution of traits in a population causing: (1) increases in the number of individuals of some species, (2) the emergence of new species over time, and (3) the extinction of other species.
HSLS18 Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information about (1) viral and bacterial reproduction and adaptation, (2) the body’s primary defenses against infection, and (3) how these features impact the design of effective treatment.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Bend 1: A little girl goes to a hospital with a bacterial infection. After several weeks of antibiotic treatment, she developed a lifethreatening panresistant bacterial infection.
Bend 2: UCSD juncos have different behaviors and physical traits than juncos who live in a nearby mountain range.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
Bend 1:
 Describe the differences between viral and bacterial reproduction and adaptation and the body’s primary defenses against these infections. How have these features impacted the design of effective treatments from viral and bacterial infections?
Bend 1 & 2:
 Explain common ancestry and biological evolution are supported by multiple lines of empirical evidence.
 Construct an explanation based on evidence that biological diversity is influenced by (1) the potential for a species to increase in number, (2) the heritable genetic variation of individuals in a species due to mutation and sexual reproduction, (3) competition for limited resources, and (4) the proliferation of those organisms that are better able to survive and reproduce in the environment.
 Describe that populations of organisms adapt when an advantageous heritable trait increases in proportion to organisms lacking this trait.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that natural selection and other mechanisms lead to genetic changes in populations.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that changes in environmental conditions can affect the distribution of traits in a population causing: (1) increases in the number of individuals of some species, (2) the emergence of new species over time, and (3) the extinction of other species.
Unit 2 Genetics
Description:
Bend 1: Students will investigate genetics and heredity, and ask questions about the phenomenon of a group of boys with Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy. Students will investigate the function and role of proteins, DNA, and inheritance in the disorder. Students figure out the role of a heritable genetic mutation, and how heritable traits and disorders are related to the structure and function proteins. Students will also explore different ways that heritable diseases are passed to offspring.
Bend 2: Students will investigate genetics and heredity, and ask questions about the phenomenon of a group of boys with Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy. Students will investigate the function and role of proteins, DNA, and inheritance in the disorder. Students figure out the role of a heritable genetic mutation, and how heritable traits and disorders are related to the structure and function proteins. Students will also explore different ways that heritable diseases are passed to offspring. Students then ask questions about how we can use genetic engineering technologies to cure genetic disorders and explore the ethical implications of need technologies such as CRSPRCas9.
Science Standards:
HSLS11 Construct an explanation based on evidence for how the structure of DNA determines the structure of proteins which carry out the essential functions of life through systems of specialized cells.
HSLS14 Use a model to illustrate the role of the cell cycle and differentiation in producing and maintaining complex organisms.
HSLS31 Formulate, refine, and evaluate questions to clarify relationships about the role of DNA and chromosomes in coding the instructions for characteristic traits passed from parents to offspring.
HSLS32 Make and defend a claim based on evidence that inheritable genetic variations may result from: (1) new genetic combinations through meiosis, (2) viable errors occurring during replication, and/or (3) mutations caused by environmental factors.
HSLS33 Apply concepts of statistics and probability to explain the variation and distribution of expressed traits in a population.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Rocks spontaneously combust and cause a woman’s pants to catch fire.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Construct an explanation for the outcome of a simple chemical reaction based on the outermost electron states of atoms, trends in the periodic table, and knowledge of the patterns of chemical properties.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a chemical reaction.
 Create a model to illustrate that energy at the microscopic scale can be accounted for as energy associated with the motions of particles and energy associated with the relative positions of particles.
Unit 3 Ecosystems: Serengeti
Description:
Bend 1: Students will investigate the case of the rapid increase and decline of the buffalo population in the Serengeti. Students will be motivated to ask questions and develop initial hypotheses for what could have changed in the ecosystem to create such drastic population changes. Students will then analyze data from many populations of organisms in the Serengeti to figure out how population changes are the results of predatorprey relations, migrations, climate, human impact, and how disease eradication in the 1960s led to the major changes we see in the Serengeti today. Students will explore the changing buffalo populations and their effects on the Serengeti ecosystem.
Bend 2: Students will evaluate the claim that trees store carbon and can reduce climate change impact. Students figure out how photosynthesis and cellular respiration are key mechanisms to explaining the role of trees in climate mitigation. Finally, students will explore and compare climate change mitigation solutions.
Science Standards:
HSLS12 Develop and use a model to illustrate the hierarchical organization of interacting systems that provide specific functions within multicellular organisms.
HSLS13 Plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence that feedback mechanisms maintain homeostasis in living organisms.
HSLS14 Use a model to illustrate the role of the cell cycle and differentiation in producing and maintaining complex organisms.
HSLS15 Use a model to illustrate how photosynthesis transforms light energy into stored chemical energy.
HSLS16 Construct and revise an explanation based on evidence for how carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen from sugar molecules may combine with other elements to form amino acids and/or other large carbonbased molecules.
HSLS17 Use a model to illustrate that cellular respiration is a chemical process whereby the bonds of food molecules and oxygen molecules are broken and the bonds in new compounds are formed, resulting in a net transfer of energy.
HSLS24 Use mathematical representations to support claims for the cycling of matter and flow of energy among organisms in an ecosystem.
HSLS21 Use mathematical and/or computational representations to support explanations of factors that affect carrying capacity, biodiversity and populations of ecosystems at different scales.
HSLS24 Use mathematical representations to support claims for the cycling of matter and flow of energy among organisms in an ecosystem.
HSLS26 Evaluate the claims, evidence and reasoning that the complex interactions in ecosystems maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing conditions may result in a new ecosystem.
HSLS27 Design, evaluate, and refine a solution for reducing the impacts of human activities on the environment and biodiversity.
Enduring Understandings
Unit Anchor Phenomenon:
Bend 1: Since the 1960s, populations of herbivores in the Serengeti have fluctuated. The populations experienced a rapid increase followed by a rapid decline.
Bend 2: Trees can mitigate climate change.
Essential Questions
Reflective Summaries:
Bend 1:
 Describe factors that affect carrying capacity, biodiversity, and populations in Serengeti at different scales.
 Make a claim supported by evidence of cycling of matter and flow of energy among organisms in Serengeti.
 Describe how complex interactions in ecosystems maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing conditions may result in a new ecosystem.
Bend 2:
 Use a model to illustrate the hierarchical organization of interacting systems that provide specific functions within multicellular organisms.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that feedback mechanisms maintain homeostasis in organisms.
 Use a model to illustrate the role of the cell cycle and differentiation in producing and maintaining complex organisms.
 Use a model to explain how photosynthesis transforms light energy into stored chemical energy.
 How do carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen from sugar molecules combine with other elements to form amino acids and/or other large carbonbased molecules?
 Use a model to illustrate that cellular respiration is a chemical process whereby the bonds of food molecules and oxygen molecules are broken and the bonds in new compounds are formed, resulting in a net transfer of energy.
 Describe how complex interactions in ecosystems maintain relatively consistent numbers and types of organisms in stable conditions, but changing conditions may result in a new ecosystem.
 Describe how stress may reduce the impacts of human activities on the environment and biodiversity.
Physical Science
Unit 1 Atoms and the Periodic Table
Description: Students will use the periodic table to predict the relative properties of elements based on the atom’s patterns of valence electrons and composition of the nucleus. Students will also develop models to illustrate the changes in the composition of the nucleus and the energy released during the processes of fission, fusion, and radioactive decay.
Science Standards:
HSPS11 Use the periodic table as a model to predict the relative properties of elements based on the patterns of electrons in the outermost energy level and the composition of the nucleus of atoms.
HSPS18 Develop models to illustrate the changes in the composition of the nucleus of the atom and the energy released during the process of fission, fusion, and radioactive decay.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: On August 6, 1945, during World War II, an American bomber dropped an atomic bomb over the Japanese city of Hiroshima. The Hiroshima atomic bomb was approximately 9.84 ft. in length with a diameter of 28 in., yet it wiped out 90 percent of the city of Hiroshima and killed 80,000 people.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Develop a model to illustrate the changes in the composition of an atom and the energy released during a fission and fusion reaction.
 How are fission and fusion reactions different? Use evidence from your model to support your response.
 What role do fission and fusion reactions play in powering atomic bombs?
 How is uranium235 different from uranium238?
 Why is uranium235 used to power atomic bombs instead of uranium238?
 How is energy generated in an atomic bomb different from energy generated in a nuclear reactor?
Unit 2 Chemical Compounds and Reactions
Description: Students will construct and review an explanation for the outcome of a simple chemical reaction on the valence electron, periodic table trends, and patterns of chemical properties. They will also use mathematical representations in balancing chemical equations to support the claim of Conservation of Mass/Matter. Students will also use models to illustrate that energy can be accounted as a combination of energy associated with the motions and position of objects.
Science Standards:
HSPS12 Construct and revise an explanation for the outcome of a simple chemical reaction based on the outermost electron states of atoms, trends in the periodic table, and knowledge of the patterns of chemical properties.
HSPS17 Use mathematical representations to support the claim that atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a chemical reaction.
HSPS32 Develop and use models to illustrate that energy at the macroscopic scale can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the motions of particles and/or objects and energy associated with the relative positions of particles and/or objects.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Rocks spontaneously combust and cause a woman’s pants to catch fire.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Construct an explanation for the outcome of a simple chemical reaction based on the outermost electron states of atoms, trends in the periodic table, and knowledge of the patterns of chemical properties.
 Make a claim supported by evidence that atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a chemical reaction.
 Create a model to illustrate that energy at the microscopic scale can be accounted for as energy associated with the motions of particles and energy associated with the relative positions of particles.
Unit 3 Forces and Motion
Description: Students will analyze data to support Newton’s 2nd Law of Motion and describe the mathematical relationship among an object’s net force and mass. They will also use mathematical representations to support the claim of Conservation of Momentum. Students will apply science and engineering ideas to design, evaluate, and refine a device that minimizes the force on an object during a collision.
Science Standards:
HSPS21 Analyze data to support the claim that Newton’s second law of motion describes the mathematical relationship among the net force on a macroscopic object, its mass, and its acceleration.
HSPS22 Use mathematical representations to support the claim that the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is no net force on the system.
HSPS23 Apply scientific and engineering ideas to design, evaluate, and refine a device that minimizes the force on a macroscopic object during a collision.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: Reducing forces on passengers during a potential crash is a primary design challenge when designing a car.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Make a claim that Newton’s second law of motion describes the mathematical relationship among the net force on a macroscopic object, its mass, and its acceleration.
 Use mathematical representations to support the claim that the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is no net force on the system.
 Design a device that minimizes the force on a macroscopic object during a collision.
Unit 4 Energy
Description: Students will continue to use models to illustrate that energy can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the motions and relative position of particles, and connect this knowledge to design/refine a device that works within given restraints to convert one form of energy to another. Students will also conduct an investigation to provide evidence that the transfer of thermal energy occurs when two components of different temperature are combined within a closed system resulting in a more uniform energy distribution.
Science Standards:
HSPS32 Develop and use models to illustrate that energy at the macroscopic scale can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the motions of particles and/or objects and energy associated with the relative positions of particles and/or objects.
HSPS33 Design, build, and refine a device that works within given constraints to convert one form of energy into another form of energy.
HSPS34 Plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence that the transfer of thermal energy when two components of different temperature are combined within a closed system results in a more uniform energy distribution among the components in the system (second law of thermodynamics).
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: The Hubble Space Telescope was launched into orbit in 1990 and remains in service today. The James Webb Space Telescope, which launches in 2021, will use a similar power source as the Hubble Space Telescope.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Create a model to illustrate that energy at the macroscopic scale can be accounted for as a combination of energy associated with the motions of particles and/or objects and energy associated with the relative positions of particles and/r objects
 Design and/or build a device that works within given constraints to convert one form of energy into another form of energy. Does your device support or refute the law of conservation of energy?
 Plan and conduct an experiment to demonstrate the second law of thermodynamics.
Unit 5 Electricity and Magnetism
Description: Students will plan and conduct investigations to provide evidence that an electric current can produce a magnetic field and or changing the magnetic field can produce an electrical current. Students will also use models of two objects interacting through electric and magnetic fields to illustrate the forces between objects and the changes in energy of the objects due to this interaction.
Science Standards:
HSPS25 Plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence that an electric current can produce a magnetic field and that a changing magnetic field can produce an electric current.
HSPS35 Develop and use a model of two objects interacting through electric or magnetic fields to illustrate the forces between objects and the changes in energy of the objects due to the interaction.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: A Van de Graaff generator creates static electricity.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence that electric current can produce a magnetic field and a changing magnetic field can produce electric current.
 Develop and use a model of two objects interacting through electric or magnetic fields to illustrate the forces between objects and the changes in energy of the objects due to the interaction.
Unit 6 Waves
Description: Students will use mathematical representations to support a claim regarding the relationship among the frequency, wavelength, and speed of waves traveling in various mediums. Students will also evaluate the validity and reliability of claims in published materials regarding the effects that different frequencies of electromagnetic radiation have when absorbed by matter.
Science Standards:
HSPS41 Use mathematical representations to support a claim regarding relationships among the frequency, wavelength, and speed of waves traveling in various media.
HSPS44 Evaluate the validity and reliability of claims in published materials regarding the effects that different frequencies of electromagnetic radiation have when absorbed by matter.
Enduring Understandings:
Unit Anchor Phenomenon: The F117 Nighthawk was a Cold War era aircraft designed to be undetectable to enemy radar.
Essential Questions:
Reflective Summaries:
 Use mathematical representations to support a claim regarding relationships among the frequency, wavelength, and speed of waves traveling in various media.
 Describe the effects different frequencies of electromagnetic radiation have when absorbed by matter.
Social Studies
 Grade K
 Grade 1
 Grade 2
 Grade 3
 Grade 4
 Grade 5
 Grade 6
 Grade 7
 Grade 8
 Government
 World Geography
 World History
 US History
Grade K
Unit 4 Being Part of a Community and Unit 1 Exploring Our World
Description: Beginning with Unit 4 Chapters 1 and 2, students will learn that rules and laws help people live safely in communities by showing them what they can and cannot do. They will learn that different leaders are responsible for making different rules and laws. Then, students will use Unit 1 Chapters 1 and 2 to learn to describe the type of community in which they live. Students will learn that we live on the planet Earth, and it is made up of land and water. They will learn about land called continents, water bodies, and some landforms. They will learn about a variety of climates and weather and how this influences how people in those regions live, including their shelter and clothing. Students will also learn about maps and how they help people get to places both near and far
Social Studies Standards:
K.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
K.7 Explain the purpose of local government.
K.8 Describe the importance of fairness, responsibility, respect, and hard work. For example:
a. Taking care of personal belongings and respecting the property of others.
b. Following rules and recognizing consequences of breaking rules.
c. Taking responsibility for assigned duties.
K.9 Describe organizations and individuals within a school or parish that help solve issues, including the school
principal, school custodian, volunteers, police officers, and fire and rescue workers.
K.10 Describe the importance of rules and how they help protect our liberties.
K.11 Explain how people can work together to make decisions.
K.18 Use maps and models to describe relative location. For example: locating objects and places to the right or left, up or down, in or out, above or below.
K.19 Identify basic landforms and bodies of water in a variety of visual representations, including mountains, hills, coasts, islands, lakes, and rivers.
K.20 Identify ways people interact with their environment, including:
a. Using natural resources
b. Modifying their environment to create shelter
K.21 Identify rural, suburban, and urban areas.
K.22 Explain how weather impacts daily life and choices.
K.23 Explain why people may move from place to place.
Framing Questions:
 Why do we have rules and laws?
 How does a community work together to make rules?
 Where do people live?
 Why are maps helpful?
Unit 2 Understanding the Past
Description: Students will learn that history is the study of the past. Students will learn that primary and secondary sources like letters, speeches, textbooks, and autobiographies, along with tools, calendars, and timelines help people learn about the past. Students will learn that studying the past is an important way to understand the present. Students will learn about historical events and contributions of individuals and groups through holidays like Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Day, and Thanksgiving. They will also learn that history has a significant influence on cultures in Louisiana, the United States, and around the world. Understanding the historical context of various traditions and symbols helps us better connect with our community.
Social Studies Standards:
K.1 Order events in a chronological sequence using schedules, calendars, and timelines. For example:
a. Daily classroom activities
b. Significant events in students’ lives
K.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
K.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
K.4 Identify symbols, customs, famous individuals, and celebrations representative of our state and nation,
including:
a. Symbols: United States flag, bald eagle, Louisiana State flag, brown pelican
b. Customs: pledging allegiance to the United States flag, singing “The StarSpangled Banner”
c. Individuals: George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.
d. State and nationally designated holidays: New Year’s Day, the birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
K.5 Identify examples of different cultures and traditions in Louisiana, including:
a. Music: Cajun, jazz, zydeco
b. Traditions: king cake, red beans and rice on Mondays
c. Cuisine: jambalaya, gumbo, etouffee, bread pudding, meat pies, tamales
K.6 Identify a cause and effect for a significant event in a school, neighborhood, or parish.
Framing Questions:
 How do we learn about the past?
 Why are people in the past important today?
 How can an event in the past influence the present?
 What is culture?
Unit 3 Understanding Wants and Needs
Description: Students will learn that the actions a person takes are based on their wants and needs. They will learn that wants are the things they would like to have and do, and needs are the things they must have in order to survive. Students will also learn that these needs and wants can be goods and services. They will learn that people pay for their wants and needs with money, which they earn by working at a job. Students will also learn that people make decisions about how much money to spend now and how much they will save for later.
Social Studies Standards:
K.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
K.4 Identify symbols, customs, famous individuals, and celebrations representative of our state and nation,
including:
a. Symbols: United States flag, bald eagle, Louisiana State flag, brown pelican
b. Customs: pledging allegiance to the United States flag, singing “The StarSpangled Banner”
c. Individuals: George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.
d. State and nationally designated holidays: New Year’s Day, the birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
K.13 Identify examples of goods and services. For example:
a. Goods: food, toys, clothing
b. Services: medical care, fire protection, law enforcement, library resources
K.14 Describe and compare reasons to save and spend money.
K.15 Differentiate between wants and needs.
K.16 Identify jobs and industries within a school and community.
K.17 Describe the concept of scarcity using examples.
Framing Questions:
 What is the difference between wants and needs?
 Why do people have jobs?
 Why do people spend and save money?
Unit 1 Exploring Our World and Unit 4 Being a Part of a Community
Description: Using Unit 1 Chapter 3, students will learn about different locations within the United States. Using Unit 4 Chapters 35, students will learn that people are members of communities at the school, local, state, national, and international levels. They will learn about leaders in their schools and local governments. Students will also explore symbols that represent different ideas, beliefs, and values in their country and state.
Social Studies Standards:
K.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
K.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
K.4 Identify symbols, customs, famous individuals, and celebrations representative of our state and nation, including:
a. Symbols: United States flag, bald eagle, Louisiana State flag, brown pelican
b. Customs: pledging allegiance to the United States flag, singing “The StarSpangled Banner”
c. Individuals: George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.
d. State and nationally designated holidays: New Year’s Day, the birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
K.5 Identify examples of different cultures and traditions in Louisiana, including:
a. Music: Cajun, jazz, zydeco
b. Traditions: king cake, red beans and rice on Mondays
c. Cuisine: jambalaya, gumbo, etouffee, bread pudding, meat pies, tamales
K.6 Identify a cause and effect for a significant event in a school, neighborhood, or parish.
K.7 Explain the purpose of local government.
K.11 Explain how people can work together to make decisions.
K.12 Identify local business and government leaders and describe their roles.
K.19 Identify basic landforms and bodies of water in a variety of visual representations, including mountains, hills, coasts, islands, lakes, and rivers.
K.20 Identify ways people interact with their environment, including:
a. Using natural resources
b. Modifying their environment to create shelter
K.21 Identify rural, suburban, and urban areas.
K.22 Explain how weather impacts daily life and choices.
Framing Questions:
 What would you see on a trip across the United States?
 What does a local government do?
 What symbols stand for the United States?
 What symbols stand for Louisiana?
Grade 1
Unit 4 Being a Citizen of Louisiana and the United States
Description: In this unit, students will learn about rules and laws and why they are important. They will also learn how to be a good citizen and civic virtues. Students will learn the purpose of government and how the government and good citizens can help a community solve problems or help each other during a time of emergency.
Social Studies Standards:
1.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
1.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
1.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning.
1.10 Describe the purpose of the state government of Louisiana.
1.13 Describe examples of rules and laws in Louisiana.
1.14 Describe civic virtues including voting, running for office, serving on committees, and volunteering.
1.15 Describe the importance of fairness, responsibility, respect, and hard work. For example:
a. Taking care of personal belongings and respecting the property of others.
b. Following rules and recognizing consequences of breaking rules.
c. Taking responsibility for assigned duties.
1.30 Explain how Louisianans have successfully met the challenges posed by natural disasters
Framing Questions:
 Why do we have rules and laws?
 How can I make my community and state a better place?
Unit 1 A Place Called Louisiana
Description: In this unit, students will learn about maps and map features such as map symbols, map keys, a map scale, and a compass rose. Students will learn about the location of Louisiana on a map and globe. They will also learn about Louisiana's natural resources and regions as well as how people modify the environment to meet their needs
Social Studies Standards:
1.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
1.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
1.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning.
1.23 Describe the importance of natural resources in Louisiana, including timber, seafood, and oil.
1.24 Create and use maps or models with cardinal directions, keys, and scale.
1.25 Identify where Louisiana is within the United States and on the globe.
1.27 Identify places, regions, and landforms in Louisiana, and describe their relative locations including the cultural regions: North Louisiana, Central Louisiana, Southwest Louisiana, Florida Parishes, Acadiana, Bayou Region, and Greater New Orleans.
1.28 Describe the physical characteristics of various regions of Louisiana, including bayous, swamps, floodplains, forests, and farmland.
1.29 Describe ways people in Louisiana change their environment to meet their needs, including the construction of bridges and levees.
1.30 Explain how Louisianans have successfully met the challenges posed by natural disasters
Framing Questions:
 How can maps help us?
 What are features of Louisiana’s geography?
Unit 2 Louisiana History and Culture
Description: In this unit, students will learn about the first people to live in Louisiana and describe how these early groups adapted to Louisiana’s natural resources. They will compare life in the past to life today. Students will also learn about European exploration and settlement and how each group of people contributed to Louisiana’s development. Students will also learn how Louisiana became a state and how its cultural regions had a large impact on Louisiana traditions, food, music, symbols, and architecture.
Social Studies Standards:
1.1 Create a chronological sequence of events using appropriate vocabulary.
1.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
1.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
1.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning.
1.5 Compare life in Louisiana in the past to life today.
1.6 Describe how past events can affect the present.
1.8 Identify examples of Louisiana's culture, including:
a. State and nationally designated holidays: New Year’s Day, the birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
b. Music: Cajun, jazz, zydeco
c. Languages: French, Spanish, Native languages (e.g., Atakpan, Caddo, Choctaw)
d. Architecture: St. Louis Cathedral, The Cabildo, State Capitol, Louisiana Superdome, Strand Theater, Sports Hall of Fame, The National WWII Museum
e. Traditions: lagniappe, second line parades, king cake, red beans and rice on Mondays
f. Cuisine: jambalaya, gumbo, etouffee, bread pudding, meat pies, tamales
g. Symbols: Louisiana State flag, brown pelican, magnolia tree, brown bear
h. Individuals who have made significant contributions to Louisiana’s artistic heritage.
1.9 Identify cultural groups that influenced Louisiana, including Acadians, Africans, Canary Islanders, French, Germans, Haitians, Native Americans, Asian Americans, French, and Spanish.
1.11 Identify Louisiana as a unique state among fifty, and as a part of the United States.
1.23 Describe the importance of natural resources in Louisiana, including timber, seafood, and oil.
1.24 Create and use maps or models with cardinal directions, keys, and scale.
1.26 Differentiate between the town, parish, state, and country in which the student lives on a political map.
1.27 Identify places, regions, and landforms in Louisiana, and describe their relative locations including the cultural regions: North Louisiana, Central Louisiana, Southwest Louisiana, Florida Parishes, Acadiana, Bayou Region, and Greater New Orleans.
1.28 Describe the physical characteristics of various regions of Louisiana, including bayous, swamps, floodplains, forests, and farmland.
1.31 Explain how and why people and goods move from place to place.
1.32 Explain how the physical landscape of Louisiana affected the settlement of Native Americans and early settlers.
Framing Questions:
 Who were the first people to live in Louisiana?
 What was life like in colonial Louisiana?
 How did Louisiana become part of the United States?
 What makes Louisiana’s culture unique?
Unit 3 Living and Working in Louisiana
Description:
Students will learn that people make choices about how to use resources to satisfy their needs and wants. They will distinguish between producers, consumers, goods, and services and learn about scarcity. Students will also learn how people produce goods and services using natural resources from different parts of Louisiana and how jobs help people.
Social Studies Standards:
1.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
1.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning.
1.17 Differentiate between producers and consumers.
1.18 Identify examples of an economic cost or benefit of a decision or event.
1.19 Describe how different public and private jobs help Louisianans. For example:
a. Public: firefighters keeping people and their property safe
b. Private: nurses caring for sick or injured people
1.20 Explain why and how goods and services are produced and traded.
1.21 Describe how scarcity requires people to make choices.
1.22 Identify and describe which goods and services are produced in different places and regions in Louisiana.
1.23 Describe the importance of natural resources in Louisiana, including timber, seafood, and oil.
1.29 Describe ways people in Louisiana change their environment to meet their needs, including the construction of bridges and levees.
Framing Questions:
 Why do people make certain economic choices?
 What jobs do Louisianans do?
Unit 5 How Our State Government Works
Description: Students will learn about the three branches of Louisiana’s government and their responsibilities. They will learn examples of rules and laws in Louisiana. Students will also identify state leaders and learn how citizens can become involved in state government.
Social Studies Standards:
1.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
1.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning.
1.5 Compare life in Louisiana in the past to life today.
1.8 Identify examples of Louisiana's culture, including:
a. State and nationally designated holidays: New Year’s Day, the birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
b. Music: Cajun, jazz, zydeco
c. Languages: French, Spanish, Native languages (e.g., Atakpan, Caddo, Choctaw)
d. Architecture: St. Louis Cathedral, The Cabildo, State Capitol, Louisiana Superdome, Strand Theater, Sports Hall of Fame, The National WWII Museum
e. Traditions: lagniappe, second line parades, king cake, red beans and rice on Mondays
f. Cuisine: jambalaya, gumbo, etouffee, bread pudding, meat pies, tamales
g. Symbols: Louisiana State flag, brown pelican, magnolia tree, brown bear
h. Individuals who have made significant contributions to Louisiana’s artistic heritage.
1.10 Describe the purpose of the state government of Louisiana.
1.12 Identify each of the branches of the state government of Louisiana.
1.13 Describe examples of rules and laws in Louisiana.
1.14 Describe civic virtues including voting, running for office, serving on committees, and volunteering.
1.16 Identify leaders at various levels of Louisiana State government, and explain their roles and responsibilities.
1.24 Create and use maps or models with cardinal directions, keys, and scale.
1.26 Differentiate between the town, parish, state, and country in which the student lives on a political map.
1.27 Identify places, regions, and landforms in Louisiana, and describe their relative locations including the cultural regions: North Louisiana, Central Louisiana, Southwest Louisiana, Florida Parishes, Acadiana, Bayou Region, and Greater New Orleans.
Framing Questions:
 What are the three branches of government?
 Who are the leaders in our state?
Grade 2
Unit 1 North America: Geography and the Environment
Description: Students will learn that maps are an important tool we can use to learn about our location and place in the world. Students will identify and use the features of a map, including compass rose, symbols, map key, and map scale. Students will learn about the four hemispheres, the equator, and the prime meridian. They will also learn to describe North America as they learn about its physical geography, economic activities, use of land, natural disasters, landmarks, and monuments for the United States, Canada, and Mexico.
Social Studies Standards:
2.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
2.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
2.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and secondary sources with clear reasoning.
2.7 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, symbols, and places.
e. Identify and describe manmade American monuments and landmarks including the Gateway Arch, the Golden Gate Bridge, Jefferson Memorial, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Memorial in Washington D.C, Lincoln Memorial, Mount Rushmore, Pearl Harbor Museum, September 11 Memorial and Museum, Statue of Liberty, the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, U.S. Capitol, Washington Monument, and the White House.
f. Identify and describe natural American landmarks, including the Grand Canyon, Mississippi River, Monument Valley, Niagara Falls, Rocky Mountains, Smoky Mountains, and Yellowstone National Park.
2.20 Create and use maps and models with a key, scale, and compass with intermediate directions.
2.21 Describe geographic features and physical characteristics of places in the United States and the world, including mountains, hills, plains, deserts, coasts, islands, peninsulas, lakes, oceans, and rivers.
2.22 Identify and locate the four hemispheres, equator, and prime meridian.
2.23 Describe the relative location of the United States.
2.24 Compare and contrast basic land use and economic activities in urban, suburban, and rural environments.
2.25 Identify natural disasters such as blizzards, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods and explain their effects on people and the environment.
Framing Questions:
 How and why do people use maps?
 What are some important geographical features of the United States?
 What are some important geographical features of Canada?
 What are some important geographical features of Mexico?
Unit 2 The Earliest Americans
Description: Students will learn about the first people of North America by studying how they lived and contributed to the culture of the United States. Students will explore the movement of people, ideas, and goods throughout and into the United States and learn about colonial North America. They will continue learning about geographic and physical features within the United States. They will compare life in the past to life today, as well as, compare democracy to monarchy. Students will learn to describe key historical figures and significant events that led to the American Revolution. Additionally, students will learn about national holidays, monuments, landmarks, and symbols that are important to the United States.
Social Studies Standards:
2.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of events using appropriate vocabulary.
2.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
2.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
2.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and secondary sources with clear reasoning.
2.5 Compare life in the United States in the past to life today.
2.6 Describe the significance of the American Revolution and the founding of the United States.
2.7 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, symbols, and places.
a. Identify and describe the Founding Fathers, including George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin, Patrick Henry, John Adams, John Hancock, and James Madison.
b. Identify and describe historical female figures, including Abigail Adams, Anne Hutchinson, Dolley Madison, Betsy Ross, and Phillis Wheatley.
c. Describe the significance of state and nationally designated holidays, including New Year’s Day, the birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.
d. Describe the history of American symbols, including the Liberty Bell, United States flag (etiquette, customs pertaining to the display and use of the flag), bald eagle, national anthem, Uncle Sam, Statue of Liberty, The Pledge of Allegiance, and the national motto “In God We Trust.”
e. Identify and describe manmade American monuments and landmarks including the Gateway Arch, the Golden Gate Bridge, Jefferson Memorial, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Memorial in Washington D.C, Lincoln Memorial, Mount Rushmore, Pearl Harbor Museum, September 11 Memorial and Museum, Statue of Liberty, the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, U.S. Capitol, Washington Monument, and the White House.
2.8 Interpret legends, stories, and songs that contributed to the development of the cultural history of the United States, including Native American legends, African American history, tall tales, and stories of folk heroes.
2.10 Identify and describe principles of American democracy and relate them to the founding of the nation.
a. Identify reasons for the settlement of the thirteen colonies and the founding of the United States, including the search for freedom and a new life.
2.12 Define governmental systems, including democracy and monarchy.
2.20 Create and use maps and models with a key, scale, and compass with intermediate directions.
2.21 Describe geographic features and physical characteristics of places in the United States and the world, including mountains, hills, plains, deserts, coasts, islands, peninsulas, lakes, oceans, and rivers.
2.26 Explain how and why people, goods, and ideas move from place to place.
2.27 Describe how and why people from various cultures immigrate to the United States.
Framing Questions:
 Who were the first people to live in North America?
 What was life like in the thirteen colonies?
 How did the colonies win their independence?
 What places and symbols represent the United States?
Unit 3 Making the United States of America
Description: Students will describe the founding of the United States and basic principles of the Constitution. Students will define democracy and identify founders who helped write the Constitution. Students will study the three branches of government and learn about our government leaders’ responsibilities. Additionally, students will learn about the importance of civic virtues.
Social Studies Standards:
2.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of events using appropriate vocabulary.
2.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
2.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
2.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and secondary sources with clear reasoning.
2.5 Compare life in the United States in the past to life today.
2.6 Describe the significance of the American Revolution and the founding of the United States.
2.7 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, symbols, and places.
a. Identify and describe the Founding Fathers, including George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin, Patrick Henry, John Adams, John Hancock, and James Madison.
b. Identify and describe historical female figures, including Abigail Adams, Anne Hutchinson, Dolley Madison, Betsy Ross, and Phillis Wheatley.
c. Describe the significance of state and nationally designated holidays, including New Year’s Day, the birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.
d. Describe the history of American symbols, including the Liberty Bell, United States flag (etiquette, customs pertaining to the display and use of the flag), bald eagle, national anthem, Uncle Sam, Statue of Liberty, The Pledge of Allegiance, and the national motto “In God We Trust.”
2.9 Describe the structure and responsibilities of each of the three branches of the U.S. government (legislative, executive, judicial).
2.10 Identify and describe principles of American democracy and relate them to the founding of the nation
b. Identify and describe basic principles of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States, including equality under the law and fair treatment for all.
2.11 Explain the purpose of rules and laws in the United States.
2.12 Define governmental systems, including democracy and monarchy.
2.13 Describe civic virtues including voting, running for office, serving on committees, and volunteering.
2.15 Compare local, state, and national elected officials and explain their roles and responsibilities, including the president, governor, mayor, and representatives.
Framing Questions:
 How did the Constitution come to be?
 How does the United States government work?
 How can we be good citizens?
Unit 4 Choices and Costs
Description: Students will learn about economic choices and costs as they learn about producers, consumers, opportunity cost, and their connection between natural resources and trade. Students will explore how people can specialize in a particular industry. They will also learn how planning for the future helps people make decisions. Students will be introduced to the importance of hard work, good habits, and consistent attendance can help a person achieve their goals.
Social Studies Standards:
2.2 Differentiate between primary and secondary sources. For example:
a. Primary sources: letters, diaries, autobiographies, speeches, interviews
b. Secondary sources: magazine articles, textbooks, encyclopedia entries, biographies
2.3 Select and use appropriate evidence from primary and secondary sources to support claims.
2.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and secondary sources with clear reasoning.
2.5 Compare life in the United States in the past to life today.
2.14 Describe how hard work, good habits, consistent attendance in school, and planning for the future can help you achieve your goals, including attending college, learning a trade, and having a successful career.
2.15 Compare local, state, and national elected officials and explain their roles and responsibilities, including the president, governor, mayor, and representatives.
2.16 Describe the United States in economic terms, including free enterprise, private property, producers and consumers, profit and loss, costs and benefits, and imports and exports.
a. Describe how people are both producers and consumers.
b. Explain why free enterprise and private property are important concepts and how they are beneficial to individuals and to the United States.
c. Identify examples of an economic cost or benefit of a decision or event.
2.17 Explain why and how people specialize in the production of goods and services.
2.18 Explain how scarcity of resources and opportunity costs require people to make choices to satisfy wants and needs.
2.19 Identify how people use natural (renewable and nonrenewable), human, and capital resources to provide goods and services.
2.26 Explain how and why people, goods, and ideas move from place to place.
Framing Questions:
 How does the economy work?
 How can we plan for the future?
Grade 3
Unit 1 Founding the United States of America
Description: Students will learn how Great Britain denied American colonists the “rights of Englishmen,” leading to colonists protesting against “taxation without representation” until the conflict grew into the war now known as the American Revolution. Students will learn how the Declaration of Independence was adopted, why the Articles of Confederation provided for a weak national government, and how the government balanced power with the United States Constitution. Students will also learn about the first president of the United States, George Washington, specifically how his leadership and invaluable contributions during times of war and peace helped shape the nation and its government into the United States we know today.
Social Studies Standards:
3.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
3.2 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history.
3.3 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
3.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
3.5 Compare life in the United States in the past and present.
3.6 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, and symbols.
a. Describe the achievements of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, Sacagawea, Abraham Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Sojourner Truth, Sitting Bull, George Washington Carver, Susan B. Anthony, Mabel PingHua Lee, Theodore Roosevelt, the Wright Brothers, Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Alexander Graham Bell, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Jackie Robinson, Sally Ride, Katherine Johnson, and Mae Jemison.
b. Describe the significance of state and nationally designated holidays, including New Year’s Day, the birthday of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day.
c. Describe the history of American symbols, including the Liberty Bell, U.S. flag (etiquette, customs pertaining to the display and use of the flag), bald eagle, national anthem, Uncle Sam, Statue of Liberty, The Pledge of Allegiance, and the national motto “In God We Trust.”
d. Identify and describe manmade American monuments and landmarks including the Gateway Arch, the Golden Gate Bridge, Jefferson Memorial, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Memorial in Washington D.C, Lincoln Memorial, Mount Rushmore, Pearl Harbor Museum, September 11 Memorial and Museum, Statue of Liberty, the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, U.S. Capitol, Washington Monument, and the White House.
e. Identify and describe natural American landmarks, including the Grand Canyon, Mississippi River, Monument Valley, Niagara Falls, Rocky Mountains, Smoky Mountains, and Yellowstone National Park.
3.7 Describe the significance of major events in the history of the United States, including the American Revolution, Louisiana Purchase, Lewis and Clark Expedition, the abolition of slavery following the Civil War, Women’s Suffrage Movement, Civil Rights Movement, and the Space Race.
3.10 Recognize functions of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.
d. Compare and contrast representative democracy (republic) and monarchy.
e. Explain how our founding documents protect individuals’ rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
3.11 Identify and describe basic principles of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.
3.13 Describe civic virtues: voting, running for office, serving on committees, and volunteering.
3.19 Create and use maps and models with a key, scale, and compass with intermediate directions.
3.20 Describe the geographic features of places in the United States.
Framing Questions:
 What actions and ideas led to the founding of the United States of America?
 What challenges were involved in creating a new constitution?
 Why was George Washington chosen to be the first president of the United States?
Unit 2 Papers and Places
Description: Students will learn how the United States Constitution provides a flexible framework of general principles of government. They will learn how it limits federal power by dividing responsibilities between the states and the federal government. In addition, a system of checks and balances separates power among the government’s executive, legislative, and judicial branches. Students will also learn that the Constitution outlines numerous roles and responsibilities of citizens and establishes a process for becoming a naturalized citizen. Students will explore how the United States was divided into eight distinct regions with each region’s geographic and cultural characteristics contributing to the American identity.
Social Studies Standards:
3.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
3.2 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history.
3.3 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
3.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects. d. Describe counterclaims.
3.5 Compare life in the United States in the past and present.
3.6 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, and symbols.
b. Describe the significance of state and nationally designated holidays, including New Year’s Day, the birthday of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day.
c. Describe the history of American symbols, including the Liberty Bell, U.S. flag (etiquette, customs pertaining to the display and use of the flag), bald eagle, national anthem, Uncle Sam, Statue of Liberty, The Pledge of Allegiance, and the national motto “In God We Trust.”
d. Identify and describe manmade American monuments and landmarks including the Gateway Arch, the Golden Gate Bridge, Jefferson Memorial, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Memorial in Washington D.C, Lincoln Memorial, Mount Rushmore, Pearl Harbor Museum, September 11 Memorial and Museum, Statue of Liberty, the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, U.S. Capitol, Washington Monument, and the White House.
e. Identify and describe natural American landmarks, including the Grand Canyon, Mississippi River, Monument Valley, Niagara Falls, Rocky Mountains, Smoky Mountains, and Yellowstone National Park.
3.10 Recognize functions of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.
a. Describe the process by which a bill becomes law.
b. Describe the responsibilities of the three branches of government.
c. Explain the relationship between the federal government and state government.
3.11 Identify and describe basic principles of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.
3.13 Describe civic virtues: voting, running for office, serving on committees, and volunteering.
3.14 Describe how and why people become citizens of the United States.
3.16 Identify how people use natural (renewable and nonrenewable), human, and capital resources to provide goods and services.
3.19 Create and use maps and models with a key, scale, and compass with intermediate directions.
3.20 Describe the geographic features of places in the United States.
3.21 Interpret geographic features of the United States using a variety of tools such as different types of maps and photos.
3.22 Identify and locate the four hemispheres, equator, and prime meridian.
3.23 Locate and describe the seven continents and five oceans.
3.24 Describe the relative location of the United States.
3.25 Describe why and how people in the United States have modified their environment.
3.26 Compare and contrast basic land use and economic activities in urban, suburban, and rural environments.
Framing Questions:
 How does the Constitution set up the United States government?
 What are the major geographic features and national symbols associated with the United States?
Unit 3 A Growing Nation
Description: Students will learn that Americans began looking westward, hoping to find new lands to settle. In just a few decades, the United States stretched from the Mississippi River all the way to the Pacific Ocean. Students will learn that advancements in transportation technology, including the steamboat and the railroad, allowed people to move in great numbers. They will also learn that westward expansion led to conflicts with Native Americans. Through war, assimilation, and systematic removal, the United States took vast amounts of Native lands. Some Native peoples were removed entirely from the lands where they had lived for generations. Others retained only a fraction of their original territory.
Social Studies Standards:
3.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
3.2 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history.
3.3 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
3.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects. d. Describe counterclaims.
3.5 Compare life in the United States in the past and present.
3.6 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, and symbols.
a. Describe the achievements of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, Sacagawea, Abraham Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Sojourner Truth, Sitting Bull, George Washington Carver, Susan B. Anthony, Mabel PingHua Lee, Theodore Roosevelt, the Wright Brothers, Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Alexander Graham Bell, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Jackie Robinson, Sally Ride, Katherine Johnson, and Mae Jemison.
b. Describe the significance of state and nationally designated holidays, including New Year’s Day, the birthday of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day.
c. Describe the history of American symbols, including the Liberty Bell, U.S. flag (etiquette, customs pertaining to the display and use of the flag), bald eagle, national anthem, Uncle Sam, Statue of Liberty, The Pledge of Allegiance, and the national motto “In God We Trust.”
d. Identify and describe manmade American monuments and landmarks including the Gateway Arch, the Golden Gate Bridge, Jefferson Memorial, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Memorial in Washington D.C, Lincoln Memorial, Mount Rushmore, Pearl Harbor Museum, September 11 Memorial and Museum, Statue of Liberty, the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, U.S. Capitol, Washington Monument, and the White House.
3.7 Describe the significance of major events in the history of the United States, including the American Revolution, Louisiana Purchase, Lewis and Clark Expedition, the abolition of slavery following the Civil War, Women’s Suffrage Movement, Civil Rights Movement, and the Space Race.
3.8 Describe how voluntary and involuntary migration has affected the United States.
3.9 Describe how technological advancements such as the steam engine, railroad, airplane, automobile, electricity, telephone, radio, television, microwave, and digital technologies have affected the lives of people in the United States.
3.19 Create and use maps and models with a key, scale, and compass with intermediate directions.
3.20 Describe the geographic features of places in the United States.
3.21 Interpret geographic features of the United States using a variety of tools such as different types of maps and photos.
3.24 Describe the relative location of the United States.
3.25 Describe why and how people in the United States have modified their environment.
3.26 Compare and contrast basic land use and economic activities in urban, suburban, and rural environments.
3.28 Describe how the regions of the United States vary culturally and economically.
Framing Questions:
 How did the Louisiana Purchase and the Lewis and Clark Expedition contribute to the growth of the United States?
 In what ways did American settlers move west?
Unit 4 A Changing Nation
Description: Students will learn that the Industrial Revolution brought technology to the forefront of American consciousness, especially in the North. They will learn of major technology advancements such as the steam engine, steamboats and locomotives, the country’s first mechanical spinning machine, and Eli Whitney’s cotton gin. Students will also learn about slavery, such as how abolitionists spoke out against slavery, and the work of those on the Underground Railroad helped thousands of enslaved African Americans gain their freedom. Students will explore how the increase in runaway slaves, growing abolitionist sentiment, and the election of Abraham Lincoln were some of the events that led to a fouryear civil war. At its end was the liberation of enslaved African Americans and the passage of the Thirteenth Amendment, which officially prohibited slavery.
Social Studies Standards:
3.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
3.2 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history.
3.3 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
3.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects. d. Describe counterclaims.
3.5 Compare life in the United States in the past and present.
3.6 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, and symbols.
a. Describe the achievements of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, Sacagawea, Abraham Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Sojourner Truth, Sitting Bull, George Washington Carver, Susan B. Anthony, Mabel PingHua Lee, Theodore Roosevelt, the Wright Brothers, Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Alexander Graham Bell, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Jackie Robinson, Sally Ride, Katherine Johnson, and Mae Jemison.
b. Describe the significance of state and nationally designated holidays, including New Year’s Day, the birthday of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day.
c. Describe the history of American symbols, including the Liberty Bell, U.S. flag (etiquette, customs pertaining to the display and use of the flag), bald eagle, national anthem, Uncle Sam, Statue of Liberty, The Pledge of Allegiance, and the national motto “In God We Trust.”
d. Identify and describe manmade American monuments and landmarks including the Gateway Arch, the Golden Gate Bridge, Jefferson Memorial, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Memorial in Washington D.C, Lincoln Memorial, Mount Rushmore, Pearl Harbor Museum, September 11 Memorial and Museum, Statue of Liberty, the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, U.S. Capitol, Washington Monument, and the White House.
3.7 Describe the significance of major events in the history of the United States, including the American Revolution, Louisiana Purchase, Lewis and Clark Expedition, the abolition of slavery following the Civil War, Women’s Suffrage Movement, Civil Rights Movement, and the Space Race.
3.8 Describe how voluntary and involuntary migration have affected the United States.
3.9 Describe how technological advancements such as the steam engine, railroad, airplane, automobile, electricity, telephone, radio, television, microwave, and digital technologies have affected the lives of people in the United States.
3.10 Recognize functions of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.
e. Explain how our founding documents protect individuals’ rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
3.12 Explain the significance of the Emancipation Proclamation and the Thirteenth Amendment.
3.15 Describe the United States in economic terms: free enterprise, private property, producers and consumers, profit and loss, supply and demand, and imports and exports.
a. Explain why free enterprise and private property are important concepts and how they are beneficial to individuals and to the United States.
b. Explain how the interaction between producers and consumers in a free market satisfies economic wants and needs.
c. Explain how supply and demand can affect the prices of goods and services.
d. Differentiate between imports and exports.
e. Explain why and how people specialize in the production of goods and services.
3.16 Identify how people use natural (renewable and nonrenewable), human, and capital resources to provide goods and services.
3.17 Describe the relationship between scarcity and opportunity cost in economic decisionmaking.
3.25 Describe why and how people in the United States have modified their environment.
3.26 Compare and contrast basic land use and economic activities in urban, suburban, and rural environments.
3.28 Describe how the regions of the United States vary culturally and economically
Framing Questions:
 How were the regions of the United States different before the Civil War?
 How was slavery abolished in the United State?
Unit 5 A Nation of Industry and Innovation
Description: Students will learn that the United States became an industrial giant. People moved to the cities for factory jobs and in some instances, entrepreneurs became exceedingly rich creating big businesses. Students will learn how inventions changed the way ordinary people lived. The benefits of industrialization and invention were not shared by all. Unskilled workers had difficulty finding work and often worked long hours in difficult and/or dangerous conditions for very low pay. Students will learn that workers formed unions to fight for better pay and working conditions. As urban areas formed and grew to accommodate more and more factories and their employees, living conditions in cities were often unsafe and unsanitary. Industrialization also raised questions about land use and management across the country. Students will learn how Theodore Roosevelt put the country on a new course of conservation and preservation to safeguard the nation’s resources and natural wonders for future generations.
Social Studies Standards:
3.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
3.2 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history.
3.3 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
3.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
3.5 Compare life in the United States in the past and present.
3.6 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, and symbols.
a. Describe the achievements of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, Sacagawea, Abraham Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Sojourner Truth, Sitting Bull, George Washington Carver, Susan B. Anthony, Mabel PingHua Lee, Theodore Roosevelt, the Wright Brothers, Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Alexander Graham Bell, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Jackie Robinson, Sally Ride, Katherine Johnson, and Mae Jemison.
b. Describe the significance of state and nationally designated holidays, including New Year’s Day, the birthday of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Inauguration Day, Washington’s Birthday, Mardi Gras, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day.
e. Identify and describe natural American landmarks, including the Grand Canyon, Mississippi River, Monument Valley, Niagara Falls, Rocky Mountains, Smoky Mountains, and Yellowstone National Park.
3.8 Describe how voluntary and involuntary migration has affected the United States.
3.9 Describe how technological advancements such as the steam engine, railroad, airplane, automobile, electricity, telephone, radio, television, microwave, and digital technologies have affected the lives of people in the United States.
3.15 Describe the United States in economic terms: free enterprise, private property, producers and consumers, profit and loss, supply and demand, and imports and exports.
a. Explain why free enterprise and private property are important concepts and how they are beneficial to individuals and to the United States.
b. Explain how the interaction between producers and consumers in a free market satisfies economic wants and needs.
c. Explain how supply and demand can affect the prices of goods and services.
d. Differentiate between imports and exports.
e. Explain why and how people specialize in the production of goods and services.
3.16 Identify how people use natural (renewable and nonrenewable), human, and capital resources to provide goods and services.
3.17 Describe the relationship between scarcity and opportunity cost in economic decisionmaking.
3.25 Describe why and how people in the United States have modified their environment.
3.26 Compare and contrast basic land use and economic activities in urban, suburban, and rural environments.
3.27 Describe the importance of conservation and preservation.
3.28 Describe how the regions of the United States vary culturally and economically.
Framing Questions:
 How did America become an industrial nation and what were the impacts of industrialization?
 How did Theodore Roosevelt bring about national change, especially when it came to protecting the environment?
Unit 6 Towards a More Perfect Union
Description: Students will learn that the United States has struggled since its beginning—and continues to struggle today—to put into practice the noble ideas in the Declaration of Independence and the U.S. Constitution, particularly the idea of equality. Many important accomplishments in the nation’s history have come from this struggle for justice. Throughout the history of the United States, women and people of color have often been denied equal rights. Students will learn that during the 1800s and 1900s, many Americans were inspired to fight to achieve the equality promised in America’s founding documents.
Social Studies Standards:
3.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
3.2 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history.
3.3 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
3.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
3.5 Compare life in the United States in the past and present.
3.6 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, and symbols.
a. Describe the achievements of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, Sacagawea, Abraham Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Sojourner Truth, Sitting Bull, George Washington Carver, Susan B. Anthony, Mabel PingHua Lee, Theodore Roosevelt, the Wright Brothers, Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Alexander Graham Bell, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Jackie Robinson, Sally Ride, Katherine Johnson, and Mae Jemison.
3.7 Describe the significance of major events in the history of the United States, including the American Revolution, Louisiana Purchase, Lewis and Clark Expedition, the abolition of slavery following the Civil War, Women’s Suffrage movement, Civil Rights Movement, and the Space Race.
3.8 Describe how voluntary and involuntary migration has affected the United States.
3.10 Recognize functions of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.
e. Explain how our founding documents protect individuals’ rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
3.11 Identify and describe basic principles of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.
3.13 Describe civic virtues: voting, running for office, serving on committees, and volunteering.
Framing Questions:
 How did women gain the right to vote?
 How did the Civil Rights Movement end legal segregation in the United States?
Unit 7 An EverAdvancing Nation
Description: Students will learn how our nation continues to advance. They will learn that following World War II, the United States engaged in a space race with the Soviet Union. This competition led to innovations in many areas, including flight, and many more breakthroughs altered how Americans lived. Students will learn that these innovations—including the computer, Internet, and cell phone—have brought on a new digital age. During this time, the way people communicate, work, and even shop has changed.
Social Studies Standards:
3.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
3.2 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history.
3.3 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
3.4 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
3.5 Compare life in the United States in the past and present.
3.6 Identify and describe national historical figures, celebrations, and symbols.
a. Describe the achievements of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, Sacagawea, Abraham Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Sojourner Truth, Sitting Bull, George Washington Carver, Susan B. Anthony, Mabel PingHua Lee, Theodore Roosevelt, the Wright Brothers, Thomas Edison, Henry Ford, Alexander Graham Bell, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., Jackie Robinson, Sally Ride, Katherine Johnson, and Mae Jemison.
3.7 Describe the significance of major events in the history of the United States, including the American Revolution, Louisiana Purchase, Lewis and Clark Expedition, the abolition of slavery following the Civil War, Women’s Suffrage Movement, Civil Rights Movement, and the Space Race.
3.9 Describe how technological advancements such as the steam engine, railroad, airplane, automobile, electricity, telephone, radio, television, microwave, and digital technologies have affected the lives of people in the United States.
Framing Questions:
 How did the Space Race impact the United States?
 How have digital technologies affected Americans?
Grade 4
Unit 1 Prehistory and the Agricultural Revolution
Description: Students will learn the stages of development from the Stone Age through the Agricultural Revolution to the earliest known civilizations. They will explore the natural, geographic, climatic, and human factors that affected the physical, social, and technological development of early human life, and they will also consider how some of those same factors continue to affect life today. They will respond to questions such as: How did early humans develop from nomads who foraged or scavenged for food into settlers who produced their own stable food supply? How did they spread from small, isolated settlements to cover the globe?
Social Studies Standards:
4.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
4.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
4.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
4.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
4.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
4.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, and deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; climate and environment.
4.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of ancient civilizations and empires.
4.9 Describe the characteristics of nomadic huntergatherer societies, including their use of hunting weapons, fire, shelter and tools.
4.10 Describe early human migration out of Africa, first to Asia and Europe, then to Australia and the Americas.
4.11 Explain the effects of the Agricultural Revolution, including the barter economy, food surpluses, domestication of plants and animals, specialization, and the growth of permanent settlements.
4.12 Identify and explain the importance of the following key characteristics of civilizations: culture, specialization, infrastructure, stable food supply, government, technology, belief systems, writing, and social structure.
Framing Questions:
 Why did early humans migrate out of Africa?
 How did the Agricultural Revolution change the way people lived?
 What is a civilization?
Unit 2 Ancient Near East
Description: Students will learn about the Fertile Crescent as an agriculturally rich area where some of the first complex societies developed thousands of years ago. The Fertile Crescent includes the area between the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers. The land near these rivers is rich in fertile soil and benefits from a favorable climate. Students will learn of these advantages that made the region ideal for agricultural development. They will also learn how the Fertile Crescent was home to some of the most prominent civilizations in history, including the Sumerians, Babylonians, Assyrians, and Israelites. These civilizations left behind remarkable legacies in art, architecture, literature, and law that continue to inspire us today.
Social Studies Standards:
4.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
4.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
4.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
4.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
4.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
4.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, and deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; climate and environment.
4.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of ancient civilizations and empires.
4.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
4.11 Explain the effects of the Agricultural Revolution, including the barter economy, food surpluses, domestication of plants and animals, specialization, and the growth of permanent settlements.
4.12 Identify and explain the importance of the following key characteristics of civilizations: culture, specialization, infrastructure, stable food supply, government, technology, belief systems, writing, and social structure.
4.13 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of the ancient Near East.
a. Identify and locate geographic features of the ancient Near East, including the Black Sea, Persian Gulf, Euphrates River, Tigris River, Mediterranean Sea, and Zagros Mountains.
b. Explain how geographic and climatic features led to the region being known as the Fertile Crescent.
c. Explain how irrigation, silt, metallurgy, production of tools, use of animals, and inventions, such as the wheel and plow, led to advancements in agriculture.
d. Describe how changes in agriculture in Sumer led to economic growth, expansion of trade and transportation, and the growth of independent citystates.
e. Identify important achievements of the Mesopotamian civilization, including cuneiform, clay tablets, ziggurats, and the Epic of Gilgamesh as the oldest written epic.
f. Describe the significance of the written law in the Code of Hammurabi, and explain the meaning of the phrase “an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth.”
g. Describe the achievements of the ancient Israelites.
4.14 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of ancient Egypt.
a. Identify and locate geographic features of ancient Egypt, including the Mediterranean Sea, Red Sea, Nile River and Delta, and the Sahara Desert.
b. Explain the structure of ancient Egyptian society, including the relationships between groups of people and the role played by the pharaoh and enslaved people.
c. Explain Egyptian beliefs about the afterlife, the reasons for mummification, and the use of pyramids.
d. Describe the significance of key figures from ancient Egypt, including Queen Hatshepsut, Ramses the Great, and the significance of the discovery of Tutankhamun’s tomb on the modern understanding of ancient Egypt.
e. Describe the achievements of ancient Egyptian civilization, including hieroglyphics, papyrus, and the pyramids and Sphinx at Giza.
f. Describe the cultural diffusion of ancient Egypt with surrounding civilizations through trade and conflict.
Framing Questions:
 Why is Mesopotamia called a “cradle of civilization”?
 What ideas influenced the culture of the Israelites?
 What do objects from ancient Egypt reveal about its civilization?
Unit 3 Early Civilizations: India, Greece, China
Description: Students will learn about the early civilizations of India, Greece, and China. Students will learn that in ancient India, the Indus valley civilization developed along the Indus River. The beliefs and practices of people who lived in this ancient civilization led to the development of major world religions which are still practiced today by people throughout the world. They will also learn that ancient China developed along the Huang He River (Yellow River), and early Chinese civilization was shaped by several political dynasties: the Xia, the Shang, and the Zhou. Students will learn that the philosophies of Confucianism and Daoism were introduced during the Zhou dynasty, and ancient Greece’s most important contribution to the modern world is political, not religious, in nature. Students will explore that the earliest forms of democracy originated in ancient Greece, as did the concept of the citizen. Greek theater, architecture, philosophy, and athletic events are all still practiced and referenced today, perhaps even more important to the modern Western world than they were during Alexander the Great’s era.
Social Studies Standards:
4.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
4.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
4.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
4.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
4.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects. d. Describe counterclaims.
4.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, and deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; climate and environment.
4.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of ancient civilizations and empires.
4.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
4.11 Explain the effects of the Agricultural Revolution, including the barter economy, food surpluses, domestication of plants and animals, specialization, and the growth of permanent settlements.
4.12 Identify and explain the importance of the following key characteristics of civilizations: culture, specialization, infrastructure, stable food supply, government, technology, belief systems, writing, and social structure.
4.15 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of ancient India.
a. Identify and locate geographic features of ancient India, including the Ganges River, Indus River, Himalayan Mountains, Indian Ocean, and the subcontinent of India.
b. Explain the emergence of civilization in the Indus River Valley as an early agricultural civilization and describe its achievements, including architecture built with bricks, roads arranged into a series of grid systems, and sewer systems. c. Identify the longlasting intellectual traditions that emerged during the late empire of ancient India, including advances in medicine and HinduArabic numerals.
4.16 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of ancient Greece.
a. Identify and locate geographic features of ancient Greece, including the Mediterranean Sea, Athens, the Peloponnesian peninsula, and Sparta.
b. Describe how the geographic features of ancient Greece, including its mountainous terrain and access to the Mediterranean Sea contributed to its organization into citystates and the development of maritime trade.
c. Describe the concept of the polis in Greek citystates, including the ideas of citizenship, civic participation, and the rule of law.
d. Explain the basic concepts of direct democracy and oligarchy.
e. Explain the characteristics of the major Greek citystates of Athens and Sparta, including the status of women, approaches to education, type of government, and the practice of slavery.
f. Describe the causes and consequences of the Persian Wars, including the role of Athens and its cooperation with Sparta.
g. Describe the polytheistic religion of ancient Greece.
h. Identify Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle as great philosophers of ancient Greece and explain how ideas can spread through writing and teaching.
i. Identify examples of ancient Greek architecture, including the Parthenon and the Acropolis.
j. Identify Alexander the Great and explain how his conquests spread Hellenistic (Greek) culture.
4.18 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of ancient China.
a. Identify and locate geographic features of ancient China, including the Gobi Desert, Plateau of Tibet, Himalayan Mountains, Yangtze River, Pacific Ocean, and the Yellow River.
b. Describe the influence of geographic features on the origins of ancient Chinese civilization in the Yellow River Valley, and explain how China’s geography helped create a unique cultural identity.
c. Describe problems prevalent in the time of Confucius and explain the concepts of filial piety (dutiful respect) and the Mandate of Heaven
e. Describe how the size of ancient China made governing difficult and how early dynasties attempted to solve this problem, including the construction of the Grand Canal and the Great Wall.
Framing Questions:
 What ideas, practices, and events developed across the vast Indian subcontinent several thousand years ago?
 What were the political and cultural characteristics of early China?
 In what ways were ancient Greek citystates alike and different?
 What were some of the cultural achievements of ancient Greece?
Unit 4 The Growth of Empires
Description: Students will learn about the growth of empires in Rome and China. They will learn that ancient Rome has had a major influence on Western culture. Students will learn that the legacies of rulers such as Julius Caesar, Caesar Augustus, and Constantine have also influenced modern cultures. Similarly, students will learn that imperial China has also helped shape modern society. It is responsible for the building of many famous landmarks, such as the Great Wall and the Grand Canal. Students will learn that the development of the Silk Road, along with inventions such as paper, woodblock printing, and the magnetic compass, paved the way for centuries of scientific and technological advancements.
Social Studies Standards:
4.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
4.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
4.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
4.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
4.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects. d. Describe counterclaims.
4.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, and deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; climate and environment.
4.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of ancient civilizations and empires.
4.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
4.11 Explain the effects of the Agricultural Revolution, including the barter economy, food surpluses, domestication of plants and animals, specialization, and the growth of permanent settlements.
4.12 Identify and explain the importance of the following key characteristics of civilizations: culture, specialization, infrastructure, stable food supply, government, technology, belief systems, writing, and social structure.
4.17 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of ancient Rome.
a. Identify and locate the geographic features of ancient Rome, including the Mediterranean Sea, Italian Alps, Rome, Italian Peninsula, and the Tiber River.
b. Explain how the geographic location of ancient Rome contributed to its political and economic growth in the Mediterranean region and beyond.
c. Describe the class system of ancient Rome, including the roles and rights of patricians, plebeians, and enslaved people in Roman society.
d. Describe the polytheistic religion of ancient Rome and its connection to ancient Greek beliefs.
e. Describe the characteristics of Julius Caesar’s rule, including his role as dictator for life.
f. Explain the influence of Augustus Caesar, including the establishment of the Roman Empire and its expansion during the Pax Romana.
g. Describe how innovations in engineering and architecture contributed to Roman expansion, including the role of: aqueducts, domes, arches, roads, bridges, and sanitation.
h. Describe the fall of the Western Roman Empire, including difficulty governing its large territory and political, military, and economic problems.
4.18 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of ancient China.
a. Identify and locate geographic features of ancient China, including the Gobi Desert, Plateau of Tibet, Himalayan Mountains, Yangtze River, Pacific Ocean, and the Yellow River.
b. Describe the influence of geographic features on the origins of ancient Chinese civilization in the Yellow River Valley, and explain how China’s geography helped create a unique cultural identity.
c. Describe problems prevalent in the time of Confucius and explain the concepts of filial piety (dutiful respect) and the Mandate of Heaven.
d. Explain the significance of the unification of ancient China into the first Chinese empire by Qin Shi Huangdi. e. Describe how the size of ancient China made governing difficult and how early dynasties attempted to solve this problem, including the construction of the Grand Canal and the Great Wall.
f. Explain the major accomplishments of the Han Dynasty, including the magnetic compass, paper making, porcelain, silk, and woodblock printing.
g. Describe how the desire for Chinese goods influenced the creation of The Silk Road and began a process of cultural diffusion throughout Eurasia.
Framing Questions:
 What factors helped Rome become a major power?
 What caused the fall of the Roman Empire?
 What factors influenced Chinese culture during the imperial period?
Unit 5 Early Civilizations in North America
Description:
Students will learn about early civilizations in North America. They will learn about the first people who arrived in North America as early as twenty thousand years ago. Some arrived along the Pacific coast. Others traveled from Asia across Beringia, the land bridge. Over time, people migrated throughout the North American continent and into Central and South America. Students will learn that these early people adapted to their environments and developed unique cultures. Among the earliest Americans were the Ancestral Pueblo and the Mound Builders, two groups that later gave rise to Native American groups in the American Southwest, Midwest, Southeast, and Eastern Woodlands. Students will learn that presentday Louisiana was home to several distinct prehistoric civilizations, including Poverty Point and the Tchefuncte, Marksville, Troyville, Coles Creek, Caddo, Plaquemine, and Mississippian cultures.
Social Studies Standards:
4.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
4.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
4.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
4.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
4.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects. d. Describe counterclaims.
4.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, and deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; climate and environment.
4.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of ancient civilizations and empires.
4.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
4.10 Describe early human migration out of Africa, first to Asia and Europe, then to Australia and the Americas.
4.11 Explain the effects of the Agricultural Revolution, including the barter economy, food surpluses, domestication of plants and animals, specialization, and the growth of permanent settlements.
4.12 Identify and explain the importance of the following key characteristics of civilizations: culture, specialization, infrastructure, stable food supply, government, technology, belief systems, writing, and social structure.
4.19 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Indigenous civilizations of the Americas.
a. Identify and locate geographic features in the Americas, including Mississippi River and Delta, Amazon River, the Pacific Ocean, Appalachian Mountains, Gulf of Mexico, Atlantic Ocean, South America, and the Yucatan Peninsula.
b. Describe the cultural elements among Indigenous communities in the Americas, including housing, clothing, games/entertainment, dance, and how food was gathered/caught and cooked.
c. Explain how nomadic groups of people first hunted and traveled throughout what would become Louisiana.
d. Explain how people living in what would become Louisiana gradually moved towards seasonal hunting and gathering, using new tools and practices for hunting, and building large mounds for ceremonial and practical purposes.
e. Describe key characteristics of Poverty Point culture, including art, hunting methods, dress, food, use of mounds, and resources traded there.
Framing Questions:
 Who were the first peoples to live in North America?
 Who were the first peoples to live in Louisiana?
Unit 6 Early Civilizations: The Maya
Description: Students will learn about the early civilization of Maya. The Maya thrived in the rainforests and mountainous terrain of Belize, El Salvador, Honduras, Guatemala, and Mexico’s Yucatán Peninsula from about 200 to 900 CE. Students will learn that they were known for their pyramids, hieroglyphics, advanced calendars and systems of mathematics, and that the Maya disappeared abruptly from the archaeological record—a mystery that continues to be a subject of discussion and research.
Social Studies Standards:
4.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
4.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
4.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
4.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
4.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects. d. Describe counterclaims.
4.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, and deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; climate and environment.
4.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of ancient civilizations and empires.
4.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
4.11 Explain the effects of the Agricultural Revolution, including the barter economy, food surpluses, domestication of plants and animals, specialization, and the growth of permanent settlements.
4.12 Identify and explain the importance of the following key characteristics of civilizations: culture, specialization, infrastructure, stable food supply, government, technology, belief systems, writing, and social structure.
4.19 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Indigenous civilizations of the Americas.
a. Identify and locate geographic features in the Americas, including Mississippi River and Delta, Amazon River, the Pacific Ocean, Appalachian Mountains, Gulf of Mexico, Atlantic Ocean, South America, and the Yucatan Peninsula.
f. Explain the major accomplishments of the Mayans, including advancements in astronomy, mathematics and the calendar, construction of pyramids, temples, and hieroglyphic writing.
g. Describe the influence of geographic features on the origins of the Mayan civilization and explain theories related to the abandonment of their cities
Framing Questions:
 What characterized the early Maya civilization?
 What factors may have led the Maya to abandon their cities?
Grade 5
Unit 1 The Medieval World
Description: Students will learn about the Middle Ages that occurred between ancient and modern times, or from the fall of Rome in 476 CE to the years just before the early Renaissance, around 1350 CE. They will learn that during this time Christianity was the dominant religion in western Europe, and feudalism, a system in which land was offered in exchange for loyalty and military support, was the dominant political arrangement. Students will learn about the roles of lords, knights, monks, peasants, and serfs. Students will also learn that the Crusades resulted in a number of positive and negative effects when western Europeans interacted with Muslims in the Middle East. They will learn how feudalism weakened and kings grew stronger. Students will also learn that France and England fought each other in the Hundred Years’ War. They will learn about the roles of Joan of Arc, King Henry II, and King John during this time and how the Parliament was established through the Magna Carta, a document that guaranteed people certain rights. The growth of cities, rise of strong governments, along with the effects of the Black Death, helped usher in a new age.
Social Studies Standards:
5.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
5.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
5.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
5.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
5.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
5.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; latitude and longitude, climate, and environment.
5.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of civilizations and empires.
5.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
5.9 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Europe during the Middle Ages.
a. Identify and locate geographic features of Europe, including the Alps, Atlantic Ocean, North European Plain, English Channel, Ural Mountains, and the Mediterranean Sea.
b. Describe the role of monasteries in the preservation of knowledge and the spread of the Catholic Church throughout Europe.
c. Explain how Charlemagne shaped and defined medieval Europe, including the creation of the Holy Roman Empire, and the establishment of Christianity as the religion of the Empire.
d. Describe the development of feudalism and manorialism and their role in the medieval European economy.
e. Describe the significance of the Magna Carta, including limiting the power of the monarch, the rule of law, and the right to trial by jury.
f. Explain how the Crusades affected Christian, Muslim, and Jewish populations in Europe.
g. Describe the economic and social effects of the spread of the Black Death (Bubonic Plague) from Central Asia to China, the Middle East, and Europe, and its effect on the global population.
h. Describe the significance of the Hundred Years’ War, including the roles of Henry V in shaping English culture and language and Joan of Arc in promoting a peaceful end to the war.
5.10 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Southwest Asia and North Africa.
a. Identify and locate the geographic features of Southwest Asia and North Africa, including the Arabian Peninsula, the Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Red Sea, Black Sea, and the Caspian Sea.
b. Describe the diffusion of Islam, its culture, and the Arabic language throughout North Africa and Southwest Asia.
c. Summarize the contributions of Islamic scholars in the areas of art, medicine, science, and mathematics
Framing Questions:
 What ideas and practices characterized the Middle Ages?
 What were the hallmarks of early Islamic civilization?
 How did plague and war affect medieval Europe?
Unit 2 African Kingdoms
Description: Students will learn that from the 600s to the mid1500s CE, West Africa produced three mighty civilizations that were rich in wealth, knowledge, and military power. They will learn that the empire of Ghana became one of the richest kingdoms because of its location in the center of important trade routes. Then, they will learn that Ghana was succeeded and eclipsed by the kingdom of Mali, which used its vast gold resources to expand its wealth and assert itself as a hub of the Islamic world. Finally, they will learn that the next empire to grow in West Africa was Songhai, which also expanded to impressive proportions.
Social Studies Standards:
5.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
5.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
5.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
5.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
5.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
5.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; latitude and longitude, climate, and environment.
5.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of civilizations and empires.
5.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
5.11 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Medieval West African Kingdoms.
a. Identify and locate the geographic features of West Africa, including the Atlantic Ocean, Niger River, Djenne, the Sahara, Gulf of Guinea, and Timbuktu.
b. Describe the growth of the kingdoms of Ghana, Mali, and Songhai, including cities such as Djenne and Timbuktu as centers of trade, culture, and learning.
c. Describe the role of the TransSaharan caravan trade in the changing religious and cultural characteristics of West Africa and in the exchange of salt, gold, and enslaved people.
d. Explain the importance of the Malian king Mansa Musa and his pilgrimage to Mecca.
Framing Questions:
 What characterized the African empire of Ghana?
 How did strong leaders change West Africa?
 How was the Songhai Empire similar to and different from previous West African empires?
Unit 3 Civilizations in North America
Description: Students will learn that the earliest Americans arrived in North America as early as perhaps twenty thousand years ago (18,000 BCE), along the Pacific coast. Others traveled from Asia across Beringia, the land bridge. They will also learn that over time, Native peoples migrated throughout the North American continent and into Central and South America. Students will learn that these early peoples adapted to their environments and developed unique cultures. They will also learn that among the earliest North Americans were the Ancestral Pueblo and the Mound Builders, two groups that later gave rise to Native American groups in the presentday Southeast, Great Plains, Eastern Woodlands, and Southwest. While some Indigenous groups disappeared after contact with Europeans, many others survive today, carefully preserving vibrant cultural traditions that have been practiced for centuries.
Social Studies Standards:
5.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
5.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
5.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
5.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
5.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
5.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; latitude and longitude, climate, and environment.
5.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of civilizations and empires.
5.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
5.13 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Indigenous civilizations of the Americas.
a. Identify and locate the geographic features of the Americas, including the Andes Mountains, Appalachian Mountains, Great Plains, Pacific Ocean Mountains, Gulf of Mexico, Rocky Mountains, Atlantic Ocean, Mississippi River, Amazon River, South America, Caribbean Sea, North America, Yucatan Peninsula, and the Central Mexican Plateau.
b. Explain the effects of geographic features on Indigenous North American cultures (Northeast, Southeast, and Plains), including clothing, housing, and agriculture.
c. Describe the existence of diverse networks of Indigenous North American cultures, including varied languages, customs, and economic and political structures.
Framing Questions:
 What are the key characteristics of the nations of the Southeast?
 What are the key characteristics of the nations of the Plains?
 What were the key characteristics of the nations of the Northeast?
Unit 4 The Inca and Aztec Empires
Description: Students will learn about the Inca and Aztec civilizations that once flourished in South America and Mesoamerica and how they were alike in many ways. They will learn how they practiced farming, developed social structures, raised animals, and worshiped many gods. Students will learn that the Inca were skilled engineers who built a vast system of roads and bridges to unite their empire which was located high in the Andes Mountains. They will learn that the Aztec built a large and dense city at Tenochtitlán, located on a swampy lake in the middle of a semiarid basin in central Mexico.
Social Studies Standards:
5.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
5.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
5.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
5.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
5.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
5.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; latitude and longitude, climate, and environment.
5.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of civilizations and empires.
5.13 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Indigenous civilizations of the Americas.
a. Identify and locate the geographic features of the Americas, including the Andes Mountains, Appalachian Mountains, Great Plains, Pacific Ocean Mountains, Gulf of Mexico, Rocky Mountains, Atlantic Ocean, Mississippi River, Amazon River, South America, Caribbean Sea, North America, Yucatan Peninsula, and the Central Mexican Plateau.
d. Explain the effects of geographic features and climate on the agricultural practices and settlement of the Aztec and Incan civilizations.
e. Explain how the Aztec built and controlled a powerful empire that covered much of what is now central Mexico.
f. Describe Aztec religious beliefs and how they were linked to the traditions of the society.
g. Describe Tenochtitlán and the surrounding landscape, including aqueducts, massive temples, and chinampa agriculture.
h. Identify Moctezuma II and describe features of his reign.
i. Explain how the Inca built and organized their empire and how Inca engineers overcame challenges presented by the geography of the land.
j. Explain how the Inca kept their empire together without a written language.
Framing Questions:
 How did the Inca manage and grow their empire?
 What were the main characteristics of the Aztec Empire?
Unit 5 Renaissance and Reformation
Description: Students will learn that in the fourteenth through the seventeenth centuries, Europe was in a state of flux. What began as a rediscovery of the knowledge of ancient Greece and Rome became an era of innovation and disruption of the status quo. Students will learn about Johannes Gutenberg’s invention of a printing press with movable type that allowed European commoners to have access to information that once was only available to the rich and powerful. They will learn that it was because of the printing press that literacy spread, and new ideas about politics, religion, science, and the relationships between the three traveled across the continent.
Social Studies Standards:
5.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
5.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
5.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
5.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
5.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
5.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; latitude and longitude, climate, and environment.
5.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of civilizations and empires.
5.8 Describe the origin and spread of major world religions as they developed throughout history.
5.12 Describe the origins, accomplishments, and geographic diffusion of the Renaissance as well as the historical developments of the Protestant Reformation and Scientific Revolution.
a. Explain how the location of the Italian Peninsula affected the movement of resources, knowledge, and culture throughout Italy’s independent trade cities.
b. Identify the importance of Florence, Italy and the Medici Family in the early stages of the Renaissance.
c. Explain the development of Renaissance art, including the significance of Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, William Shakespeare, and systems of patronage.
d. Explain how Johannes Gutenberg’s printing press affected the growth of literacy and diffusion of knowledge.
e. Explain the significant causes of the Protestant Reformation, including the selling of indulgences and Martin Luther’s 95 Theses.
f. Compare and contrast heliocentric and geocentric theories of the Greeks (geocentric) and Copernicus (heliocentric).
g. Describe Galileo Galilei’s theories and improvement of scientific tools, including the telescope and microscope.
Framing Questions:
 What factors helped bring about the age known as the Renaissance?
 What factors helped bring about the age known as the Reformation?
 What new ideas were introduced during the Scientific Revolution?
Unit 6 Age of Contact
Description: Students will learn that the Age of Exploration was an era in which European powers claimed the great resources and natural wealth of other continents. What began as a simple desire for exotic spices became a matter of national policy for powerful governments in Spain, Portugal, England, France, and the Netherlands. Students will learn that European explorers set forth in search of riches and lands, establishing footholds in Asia, Africa, and the Americas. They will explore how European nations then colonized these areas to use their resources, and how this colonization benefited the mother countries. They will also learn of negative effects to the people who already lived on these lands such as those forced into slavery, those who suffered from mistreatment, and those who were impacted by diseases brought by European settlers..
Social Studies Standards:
5.1 Create and use a chronological sequence of related events to compare developments and describe instances of change and continuity.
5.2 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Explain claims and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources.
5.3 Explain connections between ideas, events, and developments in world history.
5.4 Compare and contrast events and developments in world history.
5.5 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, content knowledge, and clear reasoning in order to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Explain causes and effects.
d. Describe counterclaims.
5.6 Create and use geographic representations to locate and describe places and geographic characteristics, including hemispheres; landforms such as continents, oceans, rivers, mountains, deserts; cardinal and intermediate directions; latitude and longitude, climate, and environment.
5.7 Use geographic representations and historical information to explain how physical geography influenced the development of civilizations and empires.
5.13 Describe the geographic, political, economic, and cultural structures of Indigenous civilizations of the Americas.
a. Identify and locate the geographic features of the Americas, including the Andes Mountains, Appalachian Mountains, Great Plains, Pacific Ocean Mountains, Gulf of Mexico, Rocky Mountains, Atlantic Ocean, Mississippi River, Amazon River, South America, Caribbean Sea, North America, Yucatan Peninsula, and the Central Mexican Plateau.
5.14 Analyze the motivations for the movement of people from Europe to the Americas and describe the effects of exploration by Europeans.
a. Analyze why European countries were motivated to explore the world, including religion, political rivalry, and economic gain.
b. Identify the significance of the voyages and routes of discovery of the following explorers by their sponsoring country: England: Henry Hudson; France: Jacques Cartier; Portugal: Vasco da Gama, Bartolomeu Dias; Spain: Christopher Columbus, Hernando de Soto, Ferdinand Magellan, and Amerigo Vespucci.
c. Describe Prince Henry the Navigator’s influence on exploration, voyages, cartographic improvements, and tools related to exploration, including the compass, caravel, and astrolabe.
d. Describe how the Aztec and Inca empires were eventually defeated by Spanish conquistadors.
e. Explain the impact of the Columbian Exchange on people, plants, animals, technology, culture, ideas, and diseases among Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Americas in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, and examine the major effects on each continent.
f. Explain how Spanish colonization introduced Christianity, the mission system, and the encomienda system to the Americas as well as the transition to African slavery.
g. Describe the development of the transatlantic slave trade and the experiences of enslaved people in the Americas.
Framing Questions:
 How did European interests and rivalries shape trade and colonization?
 Why and how did Europeans colonize the Americas?
 What were the consequences of the Columbian Exchange and the slave trade?
Grade 6
Unit 1 The Exploration and Settlement of North America
Description: In this unit, students develop an understanding of the motivations for European exploration, Spanish colonization, and the effects on the indigenous population. Students will also explore content around the origins of British and French exploration and the earliest settlement at Roanoke.
Social Studies Standards:
6.1 Explain ideas, events, and developments in the history of the United States of America from 1580 to 1791 and how they progressed, changed, or remained the same over time.
6.2 Analyze connections between ideas, events, and developments in U.S. history within their global context from 1580 to 1791.
6.3 Compare and contrast events and developments in U.S. history from 1580 to 1791.
6.4 Use geographic representations and historical data to analyze events and developments in U.S. history from 1580 to 1791, including environmental, cultural, economic, and political characteristics and changes.
6.5 Use maps to identify absolute location (latitude and longitude) and describe geographic characteristics of places in Louisiana, North America, and the world.
6.6 Use a variety of primary and secondary sources to:
a. Analyze social studies content.
b. Evaluate claims, counterclaims, and evidence.
c. Compare and contrast multiple sources and accounts.
d. Explain how the availability of sources affects historical interpretations.
6.7 Construct and express claims that are supported with relevant evidence from primary and/or secondary sources, social studies content knowledge, and clear reasoning and explanations to:
a. Demonstrate an understanding of social studies content.
b. Compare and contrast content and viewpoints.
c. Analyze causes and effects. d. Evaluate counterclaims.
6.8 Analyze European exploration and colonization of North America.
a. Explain the significance of the land claims made in North America by European powers after 1600, including England, France, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Spain, and Sweden and their effects on Native Americans.
b. Compare and contrast the motivations, challenges, and achievements related to exploration and settlement of North America by the British, Dutch, French, and Spanish, including the search for wealth, freedom, and a new life.
6.9 Analyze the development of the settlements and colonies in the late sixteenth century through the seventeenth century.
a. Explain the importance of the founding and development of Jamestown, including representative government established through the House of Burgesses, private ownership of land, introduction of slavery, and arrival of women and families.
b. Explain the importance of the founding and development of the Plymouth settlement, including practice of selfgovernment established by the Mayflower Compact, religious freedom, and contributions of Native Americans, including Chief Massasoit and Squanto, the leadership of William Bradford.
c. Compare and contrast the New England, Middle, and Southern colonies, including their physical geography, religion, education, economy, and government.
d. Explain the contributions of key individuals and groups to the foundation of the colonies, including Pilgrims, Puritans, Quakers, John Smith, Roger Williams, Anne Hutchinson, William Penn, Edward Winslow, William Bradford, John Winthrop, John Rolfe, and Pocahontas.
e. Identify the locations of the colonies and lands inhabited by Native Americans, and explain how location, environment, and resources affected changes and development over time.
f. Analyze the causes, interactions, and consequences related to triangular trade, including the forced migration of Africans through the transatlantic trade of enslaved people and experiences of the Middle Passage.
g. Explain the experiences and perspectives of various people groups living in colonial North America, including large landowners, farmers, artisans, women, children, indentured servants, enslaved people, and Native Americans.
h. Analyze cooperation, competition, and conflict among groups in North America from the late 1500s to the mid1700s, including Dutch, English, French, Spanish, and Native Americans including the 1621 Autumn Harvest Celebration, French and Native American trade of fur, Bacon’s Rebellion, and King Philip’s (Metacom) War
Framing Questions:
 How and why did European exploration and settlements in North America begin?
 How were the first English Settlements in North America similar and different?
Unit 2 Colonial America
Description: In this unit, students explore the history of the colonies that became the United States of America. Students will examine the different regions of the colonies and compare and contrast their unique characteristics. Students will